Asr 9 K HIGbook

Cisco ASR 9000 Series
Aggregation Services Router

Hardware Installation Guide
December 2012
Americas Headquarters
Cisco Systems, Inc.
170 West Tasman Drive
San Jose, CA 95134-1706
USA
http://www.cisco.com
Tel: 408 526-4000
800 553-NETS (6387)
Fax: 408 527-0883
Text Part Number: OL-17499-07
THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. ALL
STATEMENTS, INFORMATION, AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE PRESENTED WITHOUT
WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. USERS MUST TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS.
THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET FORTH IN THE INFORMATION PACKET THAT
SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE. IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE
OR LIMITED WARRANTY, CONTACT YOUR CISCO REPRESENTATIVE FOR A COPY.
The following information is for FCC compliance of Class A devices: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant
to part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial
environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio-frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause
harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference, in which case users will be required
to correct the interference at their own expense.
The following information is for FCC compliance of Class B devices: The equipment described in this manual generates and may radiate radio-frequency energy. If it is not
installed in accordance with Ciscos installation instructions, it may cause interference with radio and television reception. This equipment has been tested and found to
comply with the limits for a Class B digital device in accordance with the specifications in part 15 of the FCC rules. These specifications are designed to provide reasonable
protection against such interference in a residential installation. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation.
Modifying the equipment without Ciscos written authorization may result in the equipment no longer complying with FCC requirements for Class A or Class B digital
devices. In that event, your right to use the equipment may be limited by FCC regulations, and you may be required to correct any interference to radio or television
communications at your own expense.
You can determine whether your equipment is causing interference by turning it off. If the interference stops, it was probably caused by the Cisco equipment or one of its
peripheral devices. If the equipment causes interference to radio or television reception, try to correct the interference by using one or more of the following measures:
Turn the television or radio antenna until the interference stops.
Move the equipment to one side or the other of the television or radio.
Move the equipment farther away from the television or radio.
Plug the equipment into an outlet that is on a different circuit from the television or radio. (That is, make certain the equipment and the television or radio are on circuits
controlled by different circuit breakers or fuses.)
Modifications to this product not authorized by Cisco Systems, Inc. could void the FCC approval and negate your authority to operate the product.
The Cisco implementation of TCP header compression is an adaptation of a program developed by the University of California, Berkeley (UCB) as part of UCBs public
domain version of the UNIX operating system. All rights reserved. Copyright 1981, Regents of the University of California.
NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER WARRANTY HEREIN, ALL DOCUMENT FILES AND SOFTWARE OF THESE SUPPLIERS ARE PROVIDED AS IS WITH
ALL FAULTS. CISCO AND THE ABOVE-NAMED SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT
LIMITATION, THOSE OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OR ARISING FROM A COURSE OF
DEALING, USAGE, OR TRADE PRACTICE.
IN NO EVENT SHALL CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS OR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO DATA ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THIS MANUAL, EVEN IF CISCO
OR ITS SUPPLIERS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
Cisco and the Cisco logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Cisco and/or its affiliates in the U.S. and other countries. To view a list of Cisco trademarks, go to this
URL: www.cisco.com/go/trademarks. Third-party trademarks mentioned are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership
relationship between Cisco and any other company. (1110R)
Any Internet Protocol (IP) addresses used in this document are not intended to be actual addresses. Any examples, command display output, and figures included in the
document are shown for illustrative purposes only. Any use of actual IP addresses in illustrative content is unintentional and coincidental.
Cisco ASR 9000 Series Aggregation Services Router Hardware Installation Guide
2012 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
CONTENTS
Preface
CHAPTER
xxv
Preparing for Installation
1-1
Safety Guidelines 1-1

General Safety Guidelines 1-1
Compliance and Safety Information 1-2
Laser Safety 1-2
Energy Hazard 1-2
Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage
Lifting Guidelines 1-5
1-2
Site Requirement Guidelines 1-6

Site Layout and Equipment Dimensions 1-6
Site Wiring Guidelines 1-10
Chassis Air Flow Guidelines 1-11
Rack-Mounting and Air Flow Clearance Guidelines 1-14
Telco 2-Post Rack 1-15
Open 4-Post Rack 1-16
Enclosed Rack with Perforated Sides 1-17
Air Flow Guidelines for Enclosed Rack Installation 1-18
ASR 9010 Clearance Requirements 1-18
Temperature and Humidity Guidelines 1-22
Power Connection Guidelines 1-22
AC Powered Routers 1-22
AC Power Cord Illustrations - Version 1 Power 1-24
AC Power Cord Illustrations - Version 2 Power 1-28
DC Powered Router 1-32
NEBS Supplemental Unit Bonding and Grounding Guidelines 1-36
RSP and RP Port Connection Guidelines 1-38
Console Port and Auxiliary Port Connection Guidelines
Console Port Signals 1-39
Auxiliary Port Signals 1-40
Management LAN Ports Connection Guidelines 1-40
Management LAN Port LED Indicators 1-42
1-38
OL-17499-07
iii
Contents
Management LAN RJ45 Cabling 1-43

Alarm Connection Guidelines 1-43
Sync Ports Connection Guidelines 1-45
RSP Compact Flash Slot 1-46
RP USB Port 1-46
CHAPTER
Unpacking and Installing the Chassis
2-1
Pre-Installation Considerations and Requirements

Installation Overview 2-2
Required Tools and Equipment
2-1
2-3
Unpacking the Router 2-3

Unpacking the Cisco ASR 9010 Router 2-3
Positioning the Router Overview 2-11
Removing Components Before Installing the Chassis 2-11
Removing Power Modules 2-11
Removing the Fan Tray from the Cisco ASR 9010 Router or the Cisco ASR 9922 Router 2-11
Replacing a Version 1 Fan Tray in the Cisco ASR 9010 Router With a Version 2 Fan Tray 2-13
Removing the Fan Tray from the Cisco ASR 9006 Router 2-14
Removing Cards from the Chassis 2-15
Removing RSP and Line Cards from the Chassis 2-16
Removing RP, FC, and Line Cards from the Cisco ASR 9922 Router
Rack-Mounting the Router Chassis 2-24
Verifying Rack Dimensions 2-24
Installing the Chassis in a 2-Post Rack
Installing the Chassis in a 4-post Rack
2-20
2-25
2-29
Supplemental Bonding and Grounding Connections
2-33
Installing Chassis Accessories 2-35

Installing Base Chassis Accessories on the Cisco ASR 9010 Router 2-36
Installing Optional Chassis Accessories on the Cisco ASR 9010 Router 2-39
Installing Base Chassis Accessories on the Cisco ASR 9006 Router 2-43
CHAPTER
Installing Cards and Modules in the Chassis

Installing Power Modules 3-1
Installing AC Power Modules
3-1
3-2
iv
OL-17499-07
Contents
Prerequisites 3-2
Steps 3-2
Installing DC Power Modules 3-3
Prerequisites 3-3
Steps 3-3
Installing the Fan Trays 3-4
Prerequisites 3-4
Steps 3-4
3-2
3-3
3-4
Installing Cards in the Chassis 3-5

Installing RSP Cards in the Chassis 3-6
RSP Cable Management Ties 3-8
Installing RP Cards in the Chassis 3-9
Installing FC Cards in the Chassis 3-10
Installing Line Cards in the Chassis 3-10
Connecting Line Card Network Interface Cables
3-14
Connecting Cables to the RSP or RP 3-17

Connecting to the Console Port 3-20
Connecting to the Auxiliary Port 3-20
Connecting to the Ethernet Management Ports
Connecting the Alarm Cable
3-20
3-21
Connecting Power to the Router 3-22

Connecting Power to an AC-Powered Router 3-22
Connecting Power to a DC-Powered Router 3-24
Powering on the Router
CHAPTER
3-27
Troubleshooting the Installation
4-1
Troubleshooting Overview 4-1

Troubleshooting Using a Subsystem Approach
Normal Router Startup Sequence 4-2
Identifying Startup Issues 4-3
4-2
Troubleshooting the Power Subsystem 4-6

Troubleshooting the AC-Input Power Subsystem 4-6
Troubleshooting the DC-Input Power Subsystem 4-9
Troubleshooting a DC Power Module 4-10
Additional Power Subsystem Troubleshooting Information
Hardware and Software Identification 4-11
4-11
OL-17499-07
Contents
Obtaining Temperature and Environmental Information

Troubleshooting the Power Distribution System 4-14
4-12
Troubleshooting the Route Processor Subsystem 4-15

Route Processor Overview 4-16
RSP and RP Front Panel Indicators 4-19
Compact Flash and Status LEDs 4-21
Ethernet Ports and Status LEDs 4-21
Auxiliary and Console Ports 4-22
Alphanumeric Message Displays 4-22
Flash Memory 4-22
Troubleshooting the RSP and RP Cards 4-23
Troubleshooting Line Cards and Modular Port Adapters 4-25
Monitoring Critical, Major, and Minor Alarm Status 4-25
Troubleshooting the Cooling Subsystem 4-25
Fan Tray Operation 4-26
Power Module Fans 4-26
Overtemperature Conditions 4-27
Isolating Cooling Subsystem Problems 4-27
CHAPTER
Replacing Cisco ASR 9000 Series Router Components
5-1
Prerequisites and Preparation 5-1

Field Replaceable Units 5-2
Online Insertion and Removal 5-3
OIR Monitoring 5-3
Powering Off the Router 5-3
Replacing the Chassis Air Filter
5-4
Removing and Replacing the Fan Trays 5-7

Prerequisites 5-7
Required Tools and Equipment 5-8
Steps 5-8
Removing and Replacing AC or DC Power System Components 5-9
Power Module Replacement Guidelines 5-9
Removing and Replacing an AC or DC Power Module 5-9
Removing a Version 1 AC or DC Power Module 5-10
Removing a Version 2 AC or DC Power Module 5-10
Prerequisites 5-10
Required Tools and Equipment 5-10
Steps 5-10
Installing a Version 1 AC or DC Power Module 5-11
vi
OL-17499-07
Contents
Installing a Version 2 AC or DC Power Module 5-11

Disconnecting AC Power 5-12
Reconnecting AC Power 5-12
Disconnecting DC Power 5-13
Reconnecting DC Power 5-15
Removing an AC or DC Power Tray on Cisco ASR 9000 Series Router 5-15
Installing an AC or DC Power Tray on Cisco ASR 9000 Series Router 5-18
Removing and Replacing Cards from the Chassis
Removing Cards from the Chassis 5-20
Replacing Cards in the Chassis 5-21
Removing a Chassis from the Equipment Rack
5-19
5-21
Installing a Replacement Chassis in the Equipment Rack

Packing a Chassis for Shipment
5-22
5-23
APPENDIX
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX
Site Log
APPENDIX
Cisco ASR 9000 Satellite Systems (ASR 9000v, ASR 903, ASR 901)
A-1
B-1
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf Overview C-3

Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf Faceplates C-4
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf CardLevel Indicators
Cisco ASR 901 Router Hardware Description C-5
Cisco ASR 901 Router Ethernet Version Front View
Cisco ASR 901 Router Rear View C-7
LEDs C-7
C-1
C-4
C-5
Reading the LEDs C-8

Chassis LEDs C-8
SFP Ethernet Interface LEDs C-8
RJ-45 Ethernet Interface LEDs C-9
Power Supply C-9
Safety Precautions
C-9
Environmental Monitoring Temperature Sensor

System Specifications
C-11
Router Interface Numbering

Regulatory Compliance
Where to Go Next
C-11
C-11
C-12
C-12
Cisco ASR 903 Router Hardware Features
C-12
OL-17499-07
vii
Contents
Cisco ASR 903 Router Front View

Where to Go Next
C-13
C-14
Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Procedure for the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
Prerequisites C-15
Preparing Your Location C-15
Preparing the Rack Room C-16
Preparing Yourself C-17
Locating and Grounding the Chassis C-19
Locating and Grounding the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
C-14
C-20
Preparing to Install the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf C-21

Important Safety Recommendations C-22
Required Tools and Equipment C-22
Cisco Supplied Materials C-23
User Supplied Materials C-23
NTP-J53 Unpack and Inspect the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf C-24
Procedure C-24
NTP-J54 Inspect the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf C-24
Procedure C-24
ANSI Rack Installation C-25
Mounting Brackets C-26
Mounting a Single Node C-26
ETSI Rack Installation C-26
Mounting a Single Node C-27
Wall Mounting and Desktop Mounting the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf C-27
NTP-J55 Install the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf C-29
Procedure C-30
NTP-J56 Mounting the 19-inch Brackets on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf for the ANSI Rack
Configuration C-31
Procedure C-31
Configuration C-32
Procedure C-33
DLP-J175 Mounting the Brackets on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf for the ETSI Rack
Configuration C-34
Procedure C-35
DLP-J176 Mounting the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf on a Rack (One Person) C-36
Procedure C-37
DLP-J177 Mounting the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf on the Wall C-38
Procedure C-38
DLP-J178 Mounting the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf on the Desktop C-40
viii
OL-17499-07
Contents
Procedure C-41
Power Module C-41
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf with an AC Power Module C-42
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf with a DC Power Module C-42
Fan-Tray Assembly C-42
Fan Speed C-43
Fan Failure C-43
NPT-J57 Replacing the Fan-Tray Assembly in the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
Procedure C-44
NPT-J58 Replacing the Air Filter in the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf C-45
Procedure C-45
C-43
Power and Ground Description C-47

ANSI Power and Ground C-47
ETSI Power and Ground C-49
NPT-J59 Installing the Power Feeds and Ground to the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf C-50
Procedure C-52
DLP-J179 Connecting Office Power (AC) to the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf C-53
Procedure C-54
DLP-J180 Connecting Office Power (DC) to the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf (ANSI Only) C-55
Procedure C-56
DLP-J181 Connecting Office Power (DC) to the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf (ETSI Only) C-59
Procedure C-60
DLP-J182 Turning on and Verifying Office Power (AC) on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf C-61
Procedure C-61
DLP-J183 Turning on and Verifying Office Power (DC) on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf C-62
Procedure C-62
NTP-J60 Connecting Cables to the EOBC, Timing, and Console Ports on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite
Shelf C-63
Procedure C-64
DLP-J184 Connecting the Timing Cables to the PPS, 10MHz, and ToD/PPS Ports on the Cisco ASR
9000v Satellite Shelf C-64
Procedure C-65
DLP-J185 Connecting the Cables to the EOBC or Console Port on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite
Shelf C-65
Procedure C-66
NTP-J61 Install and Route Fiber-Optic Cables C-67
Procedure C-68
Maintaining the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf C-70
Air Filter Overview C-70
NPT-J58 Replacing the Air Filter in the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
C-71
OL-17499-07
ix
Contents
Procedure C-71
NTP-J62 Clean Fiber Connectors C-73
DLP-J186 Clean Multi Fiber-Optic Cable Connectors C-73
DLP-J187 Clean Fiber Connectors with CLETOP C-74
DLP-J188 Clean the Fiber Adapters C-75
NTP-J63 Perform the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf Installation Acceptance Test
Procedure C-75
DLP-J188 Inspect the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf Installation and Connections
Procedure C-76
DLP-J189 Measure DC Voltage on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf C-76
Procedure C-77
Hardware Specifications C-78
Product Names C-78
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf Product IDs C-78
C-75
C-76
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf System Specifications C-78

System Power for the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf C-79
Fan Tray C-80
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf Physical Dimensions C-81
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf Operating Temperature and Humidity C-81
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf Switching Capacity C-81
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf GBIC, SFP, SFP+, and XFP Compatibility C-81
Next Steps
C-83
Installing the Cisco ASR 901 Mobile Wireless Router as a Satellite Shelf
Safety Guidelines C-83
Safety with Equipment C-84
Safety with Electricity C-84
Prerequisites
C-83
C-86
C-87
Site Planning C-87

Power Supply Considerations C-87
Site Environment C-87
Air Flow Guidelines C-88
Method of Procedure C-88
Unpacking and Checking the Contents of your Shipment
Required Tools and Equipment C-89
Installation Checklist C-90
Creating a Site Log C-91
C-89
Console Port Considerations C-91

Console Port Connections C-91
OL-17499-07
Contents
Network Modules
C-92
Mounting the Cisco ASR 901 Router C-92

Rack-Mounting Configuration Guidelines C-92
Attaching the Rack-Mounting Brackets C-93
Mounting the Cisco ASR 901 Router in a Rack C-94
Attaching the Cable Guides C-94
Connecting the Chassis Ground and Power C-95
Grounding the Cisco ASR 901 Router C-95
Power Connection Compliance C-97
Wiring the DC-Input Power Source C-98
Installing and Removing SFP Modules
Installing SFP Modules C-99
Removing SFP Modules C-100
C-99
Connecting Cables C-101

Connecting the Console Port C-101
Types of RJ-45 Cables C-102
Console Port C-102
Connecting the Network Cables C-103
Connecting Gigabit Ethernet Interface Cables C-103
Connecting SFP Cables C-103
Connecting Cables to the BITS Interface C-103
Connecting GPS Cables C-104
Connecting to the Alarm Port C-105
Connecting to the Management Ethernet Port C-105
Cisco ASR 901 Cable Specifications
C-105
Gigabit Ethernet Connector Pinouts
C-105
SFP Port Pinouts and Cable Specifications

T1/E1 Port Pinouts
C-106
C-106
Console Port Signals and Pinouts C-107

Console Port Signals and Pinouts C-108
Identifying a Rollover Cable C-109
BITS Port Pinouts
C-110
Time of Day Pinouts

GPS Port Pinouts
Alarm Port Pinouts
C-110
C-111
C-111
Management Ethernet Port Pinouts C-112

Dressing Router Cables C-112
Powering On the Router
C-113
OL-17499-07
xi
Contents
Checklist for Power Up C-113

Interpreting Front-Panel LEDs C-113
Power-On Procedure C-113
What to Do After Installing the Hardware
C-114
Installing the Cisco ASR 903 Router as a Satellite Shelf
C-114
Safety Guidelines C-114

Standard Warning Statements C-115
Safety Guidelines for Personal Safety and Equipment Protection
Safety Precautions for Module Installation and Removal C-116
Safety with Electricity C-117
Power Supply Considerations C-121
Preventing ESD Damage C-121
Site Planning C-122
General Precautions C-122
Site Planning Checklist C-122
Site Selection Guidelines C-123
Environmental Requirements C-123
Physical Characteristics C-123
Air Flow Guidelines C-124
Air Flow Guidelines for Enclosed Rack Installation
Floor Loading Considerations C-125
Site Power Guidelines C-125
Electrical Circuit Requirements C-126
Site Cabling Guidelines C-126
Asynchronous Terminal Connections C-127
Interference Considerations C-127
Rack-Mounting Guidelines C-128
Precautions for Rack-Mounting C-128
Rack Selection Guidelines C-129
Equipment Rack Guidelines C-129
Installation Checklist C-131
Creating a Site Log C-132
Receiving the Cisco ASR 903 Router C-132
Chassis-Lifting Guidelines C-133
Tools and Equipment C-133
Unpacking and Verifying the Shipped Contents
Installing the Router in a Rack C-135
Installing the Chassis Brackets C-136
Installing the Router Chassis in the Rack
C-116
C-125
C-134
C-137
xii
OL-17499-07
Contents
Attaching the Cable Management Brackets

Installing the Chassis Ground Connection
Installing the Fan Tray C-142
Removing and Replacing the Fan Tray
C-138
C-139
C-142
RSP Installation C-144

Installing an RSP Module C-145
Removing an RSP Module C-146
Interface Module Installation C-147
Installing an Interface Module C-147
Removing an Interface Module C-148
Installing the Power Supply C-149
Preventing Power Loss C-149
Power Connection Guidelines C-150
Guidelines for DC-Powered Systems C-150
Guidelines for AC-Powered Systems C-150
Installing the DC Power Supply C-151
Installing the DC Power Supply Module C-151
Installing the Terminal Block C-152
Activating the DC Power Supply C-155
Removing and Replacing the DC Power Supply C-156
Installing the AC power Supply C-157
Installing the AC Power Supply Module C-157
Activating the AC Power Supply C-158
Removing and Replacing the AC Power Supply C-158
Connecting the Cisco ASR 903 Router to the Network C-159
Connecting Console Cables C-159
Connecting to the Serial Port using Microsoft Windows C-160
Connecting to the Console Port using Mac OS X C-162
Connecting to the Console Port using Linux C-162
Installing the Cisco Microsoft Windows USB Device Driver C-163
Uninstalling the Cisco Microsoft Windows USB Driver C-164
Connecting to the Auxiliary Port C-165
Connecting a Management Ethernet Cable C-166
Installing and Removing SFP and XFP Modules C-167
Connecting a USB Flash Device C-167
Removing a USB Flash Device C-168
Connecting Ethernet Cables C-168
Connecting Cables to SFP Modules C-169
Connecting the Fan Tray Alarm Port C-169
OL-17499-07
xiii
Contents
Connector and Cable Specifications
C-170
Troubleshooting the Cisco ASR 903 Router Satellite Shelf

Pinouts C-170
Alarm Port Pinout C-170
Console/Aux RJ45 RS232 Serial Port Pinout
Management Ethernet Port Pinout C-171
USB Console Port Pinout C-171
USB Flash/MEM Port Pinout C-172
Fiber-Optic Specifications C-172
C-170
C-171
LED Summary C-172

RSP LEDs C-173
Interface Module LEDs C-174
Power Supply LEDs C-174
Fan Tray LEDs C-175
Site Log
C-176
INDEX
xiv
OL-17499-07
F I G U R E S
Figure 1-1
ESD Label Information on Router Chassis
Figure 1-2
Connecting an ESD-Preventive Wrist Strap to the Cisco ASR 9010 Router Chassis
1-3
Figure 1-3
1-4
Figure 1-4
1-5
Figure 1-5
Cisco ASR 9010 Router Chassis Footprint and DimensionsTop Down View
1-8
Figure 1-6
1-9
Figure 1-7
1-10
Figure 1-8
Air Flow Path through the Cisco ASR 9010 RouterSide View
Figure 1-9
Air Flow Path through the Cisco ASR 9006 Router
Figure 1-10
Figure 1-11
Equipment Rack Types
Figure 1-12
Cisco ASR 9010 Router Mounted in a 2-Post Rack
1-15
Figure 1-13
1-16
Figure 1-14
1-17
Figure 1-15
ASR 9010 Clearance Requirements for an Enclosed 4-Post Rack Installation
1-19
Figure 1-16
1-20
Figure 1-17
ASR 9922 Clearance Requirements for a 4-Post Rack Installation
Figure 1-18
AC Power Cord CAB-7513ACA=
Figure 1-19
AC Power Cord CAB-AC-16A-AUS
Figure 1-20
AC Power Cord CAB-AC16A-CH=
Figure 1-21
AC Power Cord CAB-7513ACE=
Figure 1-22
AC Power Cord CAB-2500W-EU=
Figure 1-23
AC Power Cord CAB-AC-2500W-EU=
Figure 1-24
AC Power Cord CAB-AC-2500W-INT=
Figure 1-25
AC Power Cord CAB-AC-2500W-ISRL=
Figure 1-26
AC Power Cord CAB-7513ACI=
Figure 1-27
AC Power Cord CAB-AC-2500W-US1=
Figure 1-28
AC Power Cord CAB-AC-C6K-TWLK=
Figure 1-29
AC Power Cord CAB-7513ACSA=
Figure 1-30
AC Power Cord CAB-ACS-16=
1-3
1-12
1-12
1-13
1-14
1-21
1-24
1-24
1-25
1-25
1-25
1-26
1-26
1-26
1-27
1-27
1-27
1-28
1-28
OL-17499-07
xv
Figures
Figure 1-31
AC Power Cord PWR-CAB-AC-CHN=
Figure 1-32
AC Power Cord PWR-CAB-AC-EU=
Figure 1-33
AC Power Cord PWR-CAB-AC-ISRL=
1-29
Figure 1-34
AC Power Cord PWR-CAB-AC-USA=
1-29
Figure 1-35
AC Power Cord PWR-CAB-AC-AUS=
1-30
Figure 1-36
AC Power Cord PWR-CAB-AC-ITA=
Figure 1-37
AC Power Cord PWR-CAB-AC-BRA=
Figure 1-38
AC Power Cord PWR-CAB-AC-SA=
1-31
Figure 1-39
AC Power Cord PWR-CAB-AC-UK=
1-31
Figure 1-40
AC Power Cord PWR-CAB-AC-SUI=
1-31
Figure 1-41
AC Power Cord PWR-CAB-AC-JPN=
1-32
Figure 1-42
Typical DC Power Cable Lug
Figure 1-43
Typical Source DC Power Cabling Scheme for a Single DC Power Module - Version 1 Power System
1-34
Figure 1-44
1-35
Figure 1-45
Typical Plastic Safety Cover over the Power Tray Connection Terminals - Version 2 Power System
Figure 1-46
NEBS Bonding and Grounding Points on the Cisco ASR 9010 Router
Figure 1-47
NEBS Bonding and Grounding Point on the Cisco ASR 9006 Router
1-37
Figure 1-48
1-37
Figure 1-49
RSP Console Port and Auxiliary Ports
Figure 1-50
RP Console Port and Auxiliary Ports
Figure 1-51
RSP Management LAN Ports
Figure 1-52
RP Management LAN Ports
Figure 1-53
RSP/RP Management LAN Port LED Indicators
Figure 1-54
Straight-Through Cable Pinout to a Hub, Repeater or Switch
Figure 1-55
Crossover Cable Pinout Between RSPs/RPs
Figure 1-56
Alarm Connector on the RSP/RP Card Front Panel
Figure 1-57
SYNC Port Connector
Figure 2-1
Cisco ASR 9010 Router Packaged on Shipping Pallet
Figure 2-2
Unpacking the Cisco ASR 9010 Router from the Shipping Container and Pallet
2-4
Figure 2-3
2-6
Figure 2-4
Unpacking the Cisco ASR 9922 Router from the Shipping Container
Figure 2-5
Cross-brace and Attachment Bolts on the Shipping Rack
Figure 2-6
Holddown Brackets on the Cisco ASR 9922 Router Shipping Pallet
Figure 2-7
Rack Mount Installation Kit for the Cisco ASR 9922 Router
Figure 2-8
Removing or Installing the Fan Tray on the Cisco ASR 9010 Router Chassis
1-28
1-29
1-30
1-30
1-33
1-35
1-36
1-38
1-39
1-41
1-42
1-42
1-43
1-43
1-44
1-45
2-2
2-7
2-8
2-9
2-10
2-12
xvi
OL-17499-07
Figures
Figure 2-9
2-13
Figure 2-10
2-15
Figure 2-11
Cisco ASR 9010 Router Components and Slot Numbering with Version 1 Power System
2-16
Figure 2-12
2-17
Figure 2-13
2-17
Figure 2-14
2-18
Figure 2-15
Removing a Line Card from the Cisco ASR 9010 Router Chassis
2-19
Figure 2-16
2-20
Figure 2-17
Figure 2-18
Removing a FC Card from the Cisco ASR 9922 Router Chassis
Figure 2-19
Removing a Line Card from the Cisco ASR 9922 Router Top Card Cage
Figure 2-20
Verifying Equipment Rack Dimensions
Figure 2-21
Installing the Cisco ASR 9010 Router Chassis in a 2-Post Rack
2-25
Figure 2-22
2-26
Figure 2-23
Correct Lifting Positions
Figure 2-24
Incorrect Lifting Handholds
Figure 2-25
2-30
Figure 2-26
2-31
Figure 2-27
Figure 2-28
Figure 2-29
NEBS Bonding and Grounding for the Cisco ASR 9010 Router
2-34
Figure 2-30
2-34
Figure 2-31
2-35
Figure 2-32
Installing Ball Studs - Version 1 Power, Cisco ASR 9010 Router Shown (Base Accessories installation)
2-36
Figure 2-33
Installing Ball Studs - Version 2 Power, Cisco ASR 9010 Router Shown (Base Accessories installation)
2-37
Figure 2-34
Installing Base Chassis Accessories on the Cisco ASR 9010 Router
Figure 2-35
Optional Chassis Accessories for the Cisco ASR 9010 Router
Figure 2-36
Installing the Hinge Brackets and L-Shaped Brackets on the Cisco ASR 9010 Router
Figure 2-37
Installing Optional Chassis Accessory Doors on the Cisco ASR 9010 Router
Figure 2-38
Installing Plastic Fan Tray Door Accessory and Metal Mounting Brackets on the Cisco ASR 9006 Router
Figure 2-39
Installing Chassis Side Brackets on the Cisco ASR 9006 Router
Figure 2-40
Installing Plastic Chassis Corners on the Cisco ASR 9006 Router (Base Accessories Installation)
Figure 2-41
Installing Ball Stud Assemblies on the Cisco ASR 9006 Router (Shown with Version 1 Power System)
Figure 2-42
Installing the Optional Accessory Door on the Cisco ASR 9006 Router
Figure 2-43
Installing Plastic Chassis Corners on the Cisco ASR 9006 Router (Optional Accessories Installation)
2-21
2-22
2-23
2-24
2-27
2-28
2-32
2-33
2-38
2-40
2-41
2-42
2-44
2-45
2-46
2-47
2-48
2-49
OL-17499-07
xvii
Figures
Figure 2-44
Optional Fan Tray Covers for the Cisco ASR 9922 Router
Figure 2-45
Optional Card Cage Doors for the Cisco ASR 9922 Router
Figure 3-1
Installing a Version 1 Power Module
3-2
Figure 3-2
3-3
Figure 3-3
RSP Card Ejector Lever Positions During Installation
Figure 3-4
RSP Cable Management Ties
Figure 3-5
Installing a Line Card into the Cisco ASR 9010 Router Chassis
3-11
Figure 3-6
3-12
Figure 3-7
3-13
Figure 3-8
Routing Interface Cables through the Cable Management Tray
3-14
Figure 3-9
Attaching a Line Card Cable Management Bracket
Figure 3-10
Example of Interface Cable Routing Using Line Card Cable Management Bracket
Figure 3-11
Example of Interface Cable Routing Using Line Card and Chassis Cable Management Bracket on the
Cisco ASR 9006 Router 3-17
Figure 3-12
RSP Console and Auxiliary Port Connections
Figure 3-13
RP Console and Auxiliary Port Connections
Figure 3-14
Alarm Out Cable Connector
Figure 3-15
Typical AC Power Connections to an AC Power Tray - Version 1 Power System
3-23
Figure 3-16
3-23
Figure 3-17
Typical Power Connections to a Power Tray for a Single DC Power Module - Version 1 Power System
Figure 3-18
DC Power Tray Rear Panel - Version 1 Power System
Figure 3-19
Figure 3-20
Location of DC Power Switch - Version 2 Power System
Figure 3-21
Typical Plastic Safety Cover over the Power Tray Connection Terminals - Version 2 Power System
Figure 4-1
Version 1 Power Module Status Indicators
4-7
Figure 4-2
4-8
Figure 4-3
RSP Card Front Panel
Figure 4-4
RSP-440 Card Front Panel
Figure 4-5
RP Card Front Panel
Figure 4-6
Management LAN Port Activity LEDs
Figure 5-1
Replacing the ASR 9010 Router Chassis Air Filter
Figure 5-2
Replacing the Cisco ASR 9006 Router Chassis Air Filter
Figure 5-3
ASR 9922 Router Chassis Air Filters
Figure 5-4
Removing the Cisco ASR 9922 Router Chassis Center Air Filter
Figure 5-5
Removing the Cisco ASR 9922 Router Chassis Side Air Filter
5-7
Figure 5-6
Removing or Installing a Version 1 AC or DC Power Module
5-10
2-50
2-51
3-7
3-8
3-15
3-16
3-18
3-19
3-21
3-25
3-25
3-26
3-26
3-27
4-16
4-17
4-18
4-22
5-4
5-5
5-6
5-6
xviii
OL-17499-07
Figures
Figure 5-7
Figure 5-8
Removing the Front Grill on the Cisco ASR 9010 Router
Figure 5-9
Removing the Front Power Tray Bezel on the Cisco ASR 9922 Router
Figure 5-10
Removing a Power Tray - Version 1 Power Tray - Cisco ASR 9010 Router Shown
5-17
Figure 5-11
5-17
Figure 5-12
Rotating the Ejector Levers Inward to Seat the Version 1 Power Tray
5-18
Figure 5-13
5-19
Figure C-1
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf with AC Power Faceplate
Figure C-2
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf with DC ETSI 48 V Faceplate
Figure C-3
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf with DC ANSI 48 V Faceplate
Figure C-4
Figure C-5
Cisco ASR 901 RouterRear View
Figure C-6
Cisco ASR 903 Chassis Design
Figure C-7
Building with Rack Room Connected to Earth Ground
Figure C-8
Rack Room Connected to Earth Ground
Figure C-9
Wearing the ESD Strap
Figure C-10
Handling the Chassis
Figure C-11
Grounding the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
Figure C-12
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf Dimensions for a 19-inch ANSI Rack Configuration
Figure C-13
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf Dimensions for an ETSI Rack Configuration
Figure C-14
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf Label
Figure C-15
Mounting the Brackets on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf for the ANSI Rack Configuration
Figure C-16
Mounting the Brackets on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf for a 23-inch (584.2-mm) ANSI Rack
Configuration C-33
Figure C-17
Mounting the Cable Guide on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf 23-inch (584.2-mm) Mounting Bracket
Figure C-18
Mounting the Brackets on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf for the ANSI Rack Configuration
Figure C-19
Mounting the Cable Guide on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf ETSI Mounting Bracket
Figure C-20
Mounting a Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf in a Rack
C-37
Figure C-21
Wall Mounting of the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
C-39
Figure C-22
Mounting the Fire Protective Cover
Figure C-23
Desktop Mounting of the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
Figure C-24
Ports on the Fan-Tray Assembly
Figure C-25
Fan-Tray Assembly in the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
Figure C-26
Fan-Tray Assembly in the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf Extracted
Figure C-27
Removing the Air Filter in the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
C-46
Figure C-28
Extracting the Air Filter in the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
C-46
5-11
5-16
5-16
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-6
C-7
C-13
C-16
C-17
C-18
C-19
C-21
C-25
C-27
C-28
C-32
C-34
C-35
C-36
C-40
C-41
C-43
C-44
C-45
OL-17499-07
xix
Figures
Figure C-29
Removing the Air Filter from the Air Filter Faceplate
Figure C-30
Attach the Air Filter Faceplate to the Air Filter Frame
Figure C-31
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf for 48 VDC Power Supply
Figure C-32
Ground Points on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
Figure C-33
Connecting Office Power to the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf AC Power
Figure C-34
Closing the Cable Clip to Secure the Power Cable to the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
Figure C-35
Removing the Terminal Block Protective Cover on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
Figure C-36
Loosening the Terminal Block Screws on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
Figure C-37
Inserting the Lugs on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
Figure C-38
Replacing the Terminal Block Protective Cover on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
Figure C-39
Connecting DC ETSI Power Cables to the DSUB Power Connectors on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite
Shelf C-60
Figure C-40
Securing the DC Power Cables to the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
Figure C-41
Timing Connectors (PPS, 10 MHz, or ToD/PPS) on the Fan-Tray Assembly
Figure C-42
EOBC or Console Port on the Fan-Tray Assembly
Figure C-43
Cable Management in an ANSI Rack Configuration
Figure C-44
Cable Management in an ETSI Rack Configuration
Figure C-45
C-71
Figure C-46
C-72
Figure C-47
Figure C-48
Figure C-49
Attaching the Bracket for Front-Mounting
Figure C-50
Attaching the Cable Guide
Figure C-51
Grounding Point
Figure C-52
Stripping a Ground Wire
Figure C-53
Crimping a Ground Lug onto the Ground Wire
Figure C-54
6-Pin Terminal Block
Figure 3-55
SFP Module with a Bale-Clasp Latch
Figure 3-56
Installing an SFP Module into an SFP Module Slot
Figure 3-57
Removing a Bale-Clasp Latch SFP Module by Using a Flat-Blade Screwdriver
Figure C-58
RJ-45 Connector and Port
Figure C-59
RJ-48C Connector
Figure C-60
RJ-48-to-RJ-48 T1/E1 Cable Wiring
C-107
Figure C-61
Connecting the Console Port to a PC
C-108
Figure C-62
Identifying a Rollover Cable
Figure C-63
Cisco ASR 903 as a Satellite Shelf Chassis Air Flow
C-46
C-47
C-48
C-49
C-54
C-54
C-56
C-57
C-57
C-58
C-60
C-65
C-67
C-69
C-70
C-72
C-72
C-93
C-95
C-96
C-97
C-97
C-98
C-99
C-100
C-101
C-105
C-106
C-110
C-124
xx
OL-17499-07
Figures
Figure C-64
Cisco ASR 903 Router Packaged for Shipping
Figure C-65
Attaching Mounting Brackets for a 19-inch EIA Rack
Figure C-66
Attaching Mounting Brackets for a 300 mm ETSI Cabinet
Figure C-67
Installing the Chassis in a 19-inch EIA Rack
Figure C-68
Installing the Chassis to support the Japanese JIS Rack Standard
Figure C-69
Installing the Chassis in a 300 mm ETSI Cabinet
Figure C-70
Cable Management Bracket Installation
Figure C-71
Attaching a Grounding Lug to the Rear of the Router
Figure C-72
Attaching a Grounding Lug to the Rack-Mount Bracket
Figure C-73
Figure C-74
Figure C-75
Installing the Fan Tray
Figure C-76
Detaching the Fan Tray
Figure C-77
Fan Tray Removal
Figure C-78
Cisco ASR 903 RSP Installation
Figure C-79
Inserting an Interface Module
Figure C-80
Installing the DC Power Supply
Figure C-81
DC Power Supply with Lead Wires
Figure C-82
Torquing the DC Power Supply Terminal Block Plug Screws
Figure C-83
Inserting the DC Power Supply Terminal Block Plug in the Block Header
Figure C-84
Complete DC Terminal Block Plug Insertion and Secure Tie Wrap
Figure C-85
Installing the AC Power Supply
Figure C-86
Connecting the USB Console Cable to the Cisco ASR 901
Figure C-87
Connecting a Modem to the Cisco ASR 903 Router Satellite Shelf
Figure C-88
Cisco ASR 903 Router Satellite Shelf Flash Token Memory Stick
C-132
C-136
C-136
C-137
C-137
C-138
C-138
C-139
C-139
C-140
C-141
C-142
C-143
C-144
C-145
C-147
C-152
C-153
C-154
C-154
C-155
C-157
C-161
C-166
C-168
OL-17499-07
xxi
Figures
xxii
OL-17499-07
T A B L E S
Table 1-1
AC-Input Power Cord Options for ASR 9010 Routers and ASR 9006 Routers with Version 1 Power System
Table 1-2
AC-Input Power Cord Options for ASR 9010, ASR 9006, and ASR 9922 Routers with Version 2 Power
System 1-23
Table 1-3
RSP/RP Console Port Signals
Table 1-4
RSP/RP AUX Port Signals
Table 1-5
RSP/RP Management LAN Port Signals
Table 1-6
Alarm Connector Pinout
Table 1-7
BITS/J.211 Connector Pinout
Table 4-2
Power Module Hardware and Software IDs
Table 4-3
RSP and RSP-440 Discrete LED Display Definitions
Table 4-4
RP Discrete LED Display Definitions
4-20
Table 4-5
Supported Compact Flash Disk Sizes
4-23
Table 4-6
Troubleshooting Using the RSP Alphanumeric Display Messages
Table A-1
ASR 9010 Router Physical Specifications
A-2
Table A-2
A-2
Table A-3
A-3
Table A-4
Cisco ASR 9000 Series Environmental Specifications
Table A-5
Cisco ASR 9010 AC Electrical Specifications
A-5
Table A-6
A-5
Table A-7
A-7
Table A-8
Cisco ASR 9010 DC Electrical Specifications
A-7
Table A-9
A-8
Table A-10
A-9
Table A-11
AC Input Voltage Range
A-9
Table A-12
DC Input Voltage Range
A-9
Table A-13
DC Output Levels for Version 1 Power System
A-10
Table A-14
A-10
Table A-15
RSP/RP Port Specifications
Table A-16
Card and Fan Tray Power Consumption Specifications
Table C-3
SFP LEDs
Table C-4
100/1000 Ethernet Port LEDs
1-23
1-39
1-40
1-40
1-44
1-45
4-11
4-19
4-24
A-4
A-11
A-11
C-9
C-9
OL-17499-07
xxiii
Tables
Table C-5
Cisco ASR 901 Router Power Supply Specifications
Table C-6
Power Supply Connector Pinouts (-24/-72 VDC Application)
Table C-7
Cisco ASR 901 Router System Specifications
Table C-9
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf Installation Task Summary
Table C-10
Product Names for the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
Table C-11
GPS (Global Positioning System) Interface (1PPS and 10Mhz) of the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
System C-79
Table C-12
TOD/1PPS RS422 Interface RJ45 Pinout of the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf System
Table C-14
Fan-Tray Power Requirements
Table C-16
Switching Capacity of the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf System
Table C-17
GBIC, SFP, SFP+, and XFP Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf System Compatibility
Table C-18
RJ-45 Connector Pinouts
Table C-20
Console Port Pinouts
Table C-21
Console Port Signaling and Cabling Using a DB-9 Adapter
Table C-22
Table C-23
BITS Pinouts for the Cisco ASR 901 router
Table C-24
Time of Day RJ45 Interface Pinout
Table C-25
GPS Port Pinouts for the Cisco ASR 901 router
Table C-26
Alarm port Pinout
Table C-27
Management Ethernet Pinout
Table C-30
External Alarm Input Pinout
Table C-31
Console/Aux RJ45 RS232 Serial Port
Table C-32
Management Ethernet Port Pinout
Table C-33
Single USB Console Port
Table C-34
Single USB Flash/MEM Port
Table C-35
RSP LEDs
Table C-36
Interface Module LEDs
Table C-37
Power Supply LEDs
C-174
Table C-38
Power Supply LEDs
C-175
Table C-39
Fan Tray LEDs
C-10
C-10
C-11
C-75
C-78
C-79
C-80
C-81
C-82
C-106
C-108
C-108
C-109
C-110
C-110
C-111
C-112
C-112
C-170
C-171
C-171
C-171
C-172
C-173
C-174
C-175
xxiv
OL-17499-07
Preface
This Cisco ASR 9000 Series Aggregation Services Router Hardware Installation Guide preface contains
the following sections:
Changes to This Document, page xxv
Audience, page xxvi
Purpose, page xxvi
Document Organization, page xxvi
Document Conventions, page xxvii
Obtaining Documentation and Submitting a Service Request, page xxviii
Changes to This Document

Table 1 lists the technical changes made to this document since it was first developed.
Table 1
Revision
Date
Change Summary
OL-17499-07
December 2012
Information added about the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf

adding support for the Cisco ASR 9922 Aggregation Services
Router and the Cisco ASR 9001 Aggregation Services Router. Also
information added about the Cisco ASR 903 Series Aggregation
Services Router as satellite shelf and the Cisco ASR 901 Series
Aggregation Services Routeras satellite shelf.
OL-17499-06
September 2012 Information added about the new 1-port 40-GE Modular Port
Adapter (MPA), the new 36-Port 10-Gigabit Ethernet Line Card
and the new 1-Port 100-Gigabit Ethernet Line Card, about the new
Cisco ASR 9922 Router, RP card, and FC card, and about the Cisco
ASR 9000v satellite shelf adding support for the
A9K-36X10GE-TR (36-Port 10-Gigabit Ethernet Line Card,
Packet Transport Optimized) and the A9K-36X10GE-SE (36-Port
10-Gigabit Ethernet Line Card, Service Edge Optimized).
OL-17499-07
xxv
Preface
Table 1
Revision
Date
Change Summary
OL-17499-05
May 2012
Information added about the new Cisco ASR 9000v (a satellite

system with the Cisco ASR 9000).
The Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf provides 44xGE SFP ports
and 4 10GE SFP+ ports.
OL-17499-04
December 2011
Information added about the new RSP-440 Route Processor card,

the new 24-port 10-GE fixed line card, the 2-port 100-GE fixed line
card, and the modular line card supporting the 20-port 1-GE
Modular Port Adapter (MPA), the 4-port 10-GE Modular Port
Adapter (MPA) and the 2-port 10-GE Modular Port Adapter
(MPA).
Information added about the new version 2 power system. The
Cisco ASR 9006 Router and Cisco ASR 9010 Router now support
version 1 and version 2 power systems.
OL-17499-03
May 2010
Added power consumption specifications for the new 16x10GE

SFP+ line card. Updates and corrections made to various portions
of the document.
OL-17499-02
December 2009
Updates and corrections made to various portions of the document.
OL-17499-01
March 2009
Initial release of this document.
Audience
This Cisco ASR 9000 Series Aggregation Services Router Hardware Installation Guide is written for
hardware installers and system administrators of Cisco routers.
This publication assumes that the user has a substantial background in installing and configuring router
and switch-based hardware. The reader should also be familiar with electronic circuitry and wiring
practices, and have experience as an electronic or electromechanical technician.
Purpose
This installation guide contains procedures for installing the router hardware, creating a basic startup
configuration file, and powering on the router for the first time.
Document Organization
This installation guide is organized into the following chapters and appendixes:
Chapter 1, Preparing for Installation, describes safety considerations, required tools and
equipment, an overview of the installation, and procedures to perform before the installation.
Chapter 2, Unpacking and Installing the Chassis, provides instructions for installing the chassis
into a rack.
xxvi
OL-17499-07
Preface
Chapter 3, Installing Cards and Modules in the Chassis, provides instructions for installing the
cards and modules into the chassis after it has been mounted in a rack, and connecting external
network interface cables.
Chapter 4, Troubleshooting the Installation, provides guidelines for troubleshooting the router
hardware installation.
Chapter 5, Replacing Cisco ASR 9000 Series Router Components, provides removal and
replacement procedures for primary router components and field-replaceable units (FRUs).
Appendix A, Technical Specifications, provides a summary of physical, electrical, and

environmental specifications for the router.
Appendix B, Site Log, provides a sample site log that can be used to record actions relevant to the
operation and maintenance of the router.
Appendix C, Cisco ASR 9000 Satellite Systems (ASR 9000v, ASR 903, ASR 901), provides
instructions for installing the Cisco ASR 9000v (a satellite system with the Cisco ASR 9000).
Document Conventions
This publication uses the following conventions:
Ctrl represents the key labeled Control. For example, the key combination Ctrl-Z means hold down
the Control key while you press the Z key.
Command descriptions use these conventions:
Examples that contain system prompts denote interactive sessions, indicating the commands that
you should enter at the prompt. For example:
RP/0/RSP0/CPU0:router#
Caution
Note
Timesaver
Commands and keywords are in bold font.
Arguments for which you supply values are in italic font.
Elements in square brackets ([ ]) are optional.
Alternative but required keywords are grouped in braces ({ }) and separated by vertical bars (|).
Means be careful. You are capable of doing something that might result in equipment damage or loss of
data.
Means take note. Notes contain helpful suggestions or references to materials not contained in this
manual.
Means the described action saves time. You can save time by performing the action described in the
paragraph.
OL-17499-07
xxvii
Preface
Warning
This warning symbol means danger. You are in a situation that could cause bodily injury. Before you
work on any equipment, be aware of the hazards involved with electrical circuitry and be familiar
with standard practices for preventing accidents. To see translations of the warnings that appear in
this publication, see the Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information document that accompanied
this device.
Obtaining Documentation and Submitting a Service Request

For information on obtaining documentation, submitting a service request, and gathering additional
information, see the monthly Whats New in Cisco Product Documentation, which also lists all new and
revised Cisco technical documentation, at:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/docs/general/whatsnew/whatsnew.html
Subscribe to the Whats New in Cisco Product Documentation as a Really Simple Syndication (RSS) feed
and set content to be delivered directly to your desktop using a reader application. The RSS feeds are a free
service and Cisco currently supports RSS Version 2.0.
xxviii
OL-17499-07
CH A P T E R

Before installing your Cisco ASR 9000 Series Aggregation Services Router, you must consider power
and cabling requirements that must be in place at your installation site, special equipment for installing
the router, and the environmental conditions your installation site must meet to maintain normal
operation. This chapter guides you through the process of preparing for router installation.
The shipping package for the router is engineered to reduce the chances of product damage associated
with routine material handling experienced during shipment:
Router should always be transported or stored in its shipping package in the upright position.
Keep the router in the shipping container until you have determined the installation site.
Inspect all items for shipping damage. If an item appears damaged, contact a Cisco customer service
representative immediately.
This chapter contains the following installation topics:
Safety Guidelines, page 1-1
Site Requirement Guidelines, page 1-6
RSP and RP Port Connection Guidelines, page 1-38
Safety Guidelines
Before you perform any procedure in this publication, you must review the safety guidelines in this
section to avoid injuring yourself or damaging the equipment.
Note that this section contains guidelines and do not include every potentially hazardous situation. When
you install a router, always use common sense and caution.
General Safety Guidelines
Never attempt to lift an object that might be too heavy for you to lift by yourself.
Always disconnect the power source and unplug all power cables before lifting, moving, or working
on the router.
Keep the work area clear and dust free during and after installation.
Keep tools and router components away from walkways and equipment rack aisles.
Do not wear loose clothing, jewelry (including rings and chains), or other items that could get caught
in the router.
OL-17499-07
1-1
Chapter 1
Safety Guidelines
Fasten your tie or scarf and sleeves.
Operate Cisco equipment safely by using it in accordance with its electrical ratings and product
usage instructions.
Do not work alone if potentially hazardous conditions exist.
Always unplug the power cables when performing maintenance or working on the router, unless the
replacement part is hot swappable and designed for online insertion and removal (OIR).
Ensure that the installation of the router is in compliance with national and local electrical codes: in
the United States, National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 70, United States National
Electrical Code; in Canada, Canadian Electrical Code, part I, CSA C22.1; in other countries,
International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) 364, part 1 through part 7.
Compliance and Safety Information

The Cisco ASR 9000 Series Routers are designed to meet the regulatory compliance and safety approval
requirements. See Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for the Cisco ASR 9000 Series
Aggregation Services Router .
Laser Safety
Single-mode Cisco ASR 9000 Series line cards are equipped with lasers. The lasers emit invisible
radiation. Do not stare into open line card ports. Observe the following warning to prevent eye injury:
Warning
Because invisible laser radiation may be emitted from the aperture of the port when no cable is
connected, avoid exposure to laser radiation and do not stare into open apertures. Statement 70
Energy Hazard
The Cisco ASR 9000 Series can be configured for a DC power source. Do not touch terminals while they
are live. Observe the following warning to prevent injury.
Warning
Hazardous voltage or energy may be present on power terminals. Always replace cover when
terminals are not in service. Be sure uninsulated conductors are not accessible when cover is in
place. Statement 1086

Many router components can be damaged by static electricity. Not exercising the proper electrostatic
discharge (ESD) precautions can result in intermittent or complete component failures. To minimize the
potential for ESD damage, always use an ESD-preventive antistatic wrist strap (or ankle strap) and
ensure that it makes good skin contact.
Note
Check the resistance value of the ESD-preventive strap periodically. The measurement should be
between 1 and 10 megohms.
1-2
OL-17499-07
Chapter 1

Safety Guidelines
Before you perform any of the procedures in this guide, attach an ESD-preventive strap to your wrist and
connect the leash to the chassis as shown in the figures below.
ESD Label Information on Router Chassis
Figure 1-2
333558
Figure 1-1
ACO
ACO
LAMP
TEST
LAMP
TEST
FAIL
SYNC
CRIT
HDD
FAIL
CRIT
IMPORTANT
- CARDS
ARE PROPE
RLY INSTAL
LED WHEN
MAJ
CF
MIN
ACO
SYNC
HDD
MAJ
CF
MIN
ACO
SCREWS ARE
TIGHTE
NED TO10 IN/LB
243184
Location of chassis socket for ESD strap on the Cisco ASR 9010 Router
OL-17499-07
1-3
Chapter 1
Safety Guidelines
Figure 1-3
243408
1-4
OL-17499-07
Chapter 1

Safety Guidelines
Figure 1-4
302358
Lifting Guidelines
Fully configured Cisco ASR 9000 Series Routers can weigh as much as 1038 pounds (470.28 kg), and
an empty chassis weighs up to 300 pounds (136 kg). These systems are not intended to be moved
frequently. Before you install the router, ensure that your site is properly prepared so you can avoid
having to move the router later to accommodate power sources and network connections.
Use the following lifting guidelines to avoid injury to yourself or damage to the equipment:
Warning
Do not lift equipment alone; have another person help you to lift heavy equipment.
Ensure that your footing is solid; balance the weight of the object between your feet.
Lift the equipment slowly; never move suddenly or twist your body as you lift.
Keep your back straight and lift with your legs, not your back. When bending down to lift
equipment, bend at the knees (not at the waist), to reduce the strain on your lower back muscles.
To prevent injury and equipment damage, never attempt to lift or tilt the router chassis using the
handles on the fan tray or on line cards. These handles do not support the weight of the chassis.
OL-17499-07
1-5
Chapter 1
Site Requirement Guidelines

The following sections contain the site requirement guidelines that you should be familiar with before
installing the router:
Site Wiring Guidelines, page 1-10
Rack-Mounting and Air Flow Clearance Guidelines, page 1-14
Chassis Air Flow Guidelines, page 1-11
Temperature and Humidity Guidelines, page 1-22
Power Connection Guidelines, page 1-22
NEBS Supplemental Unit Bonding and Grounding Guidelines, page 1-36
Site Layout and Equipment Dimensions

To help maintain trouble-free operation, adhere to the following precautions and guidelines when
planning your rack installation:
Install the system in a restrictive access location with means for a permanent ground.
Ensure the site of the rack includes provisions for source AC or DC power, grounding, and network
interface cables.
Allow sufficient space to work around the rack during the installation. You need:
At least 3 feet (91.44 cm) adjacent to the rack to move, align, and insert the chassis.
At least 2 feet (60.96 cm) in front of the power tray to insert power modules.
Maintain at least 24 inches (61 cm) of clearance in front of and behind the chassis for maintenance
after installation.
To mount the router between two posts or rails, the usable aperture (the width between the inner
edges of the two mounting flanges) must be at least 17.50 inches (44.45 cm) for the
Cisco ASR 9010 Router and at least 17.75 inches (45.09 cm) for the Cisco ASR 9006 Router.
To mount the Cisco ASR 9922 Router in a 4-post rack, the usable aperture (the width between the
inner edges of the two mounting flanges) must be at least 17.75 inches (45.09 cm).
Height of the Cisco ASR 9010 Router is 37.00 inches (93.98 cm). Most racks accommodate two
Cisco ASR 9010 Routers.
Height of the Cisco ASR 9006 Router is 17.50 inches (44.45 cm). Most racks accommodate four
Cisco ASR 9006 Routers.
Height of the Cisco ASR 9922 Router is 77.00 inches (195.58 cm). Most racks accommodate one
Cisco ASR 9922 Router.
When fully populated with cards, the router can weigh up to 1038 pounds (470.28 kg). To maintain
equipment rack stability and to ensure your safety, the rack is provided with stabilizing devices.
Make sure you install the stabilizers before installing the router.
If you use a telco-style rack, the weight of the chassis is cantilevered off of the two rack posts. Make
sure that:
Weight of the router does not make the frame unstable.
Frame is bolted to the floor and is secured to the building structure using either wall brackets or
overhead brackets.
1-6
OL-17499-07
Chapter 1

When mounting the router in a telco-style rack or 4-post rack, be sure to use all of the screws
provided to secure the chassis to the rack posts.
Install the cable-management brackets included with the router to keep cables organized. Be sure to:
Use appropriate strain-relief methods to protect cables and equipment connections.
Make sure that cables from other equipment installed in the rack do not restrict access to the
card cages.
To avoid noise interference in network interface cables, do not route them directly across or along
power cables.
Figure 1-5 shows the top-down view chassis dimensions of the Cisco ASR 9010 Router.
OL-17499-07
1-7
Chapter 1
Figure 1-5
Rear of chassis
17.38 in
(44.15 cm)
23.21 in
(58.95 cm)
28.93 in
(73.48 cm)
18.92 in
(48.06 cm)
243432
5.04 in
(12.80 cm)
Front of chassis
1-8
OL-17499-07
Chapter 1

Figure 1-6
Rear of chassis
17.38 in
(44.15 cm)
28.93 in
(73.48 cm)
Rack
mounting
surface
243430
5.73 in
(14.55 cm)
Front of chassis
OL-17499-07
1-9
Chapter 1
Figure 1-7
Rear of chassis
30.11 in
(76.48 cm)
22 in
(55.88 cm)
17.60 in
(44.70 cm)
Front of chassis
343945
5.05 in
(13.97 cm)
Site Wiring Guidelines

When planning the location of the router, consider distance limitations for signaling, electromagnetic
interference (EMI), and connector compatibility. If the wiring is run for any significant distance in an
electromagnetic field, interference can occur between the field and the signals on the wires. Poor wiring
can cause:
Radio interference emanating from the wires.
Strong EMI, especially when caused by lightning or radio transmitters. EMI can destroy the signal
drivers and receivers in the router, and can even create an electrical hazard by conducting power
surges through lines and into equipment.
1-10
OL-17499-07
Chapter 1

Note
To predict and remedy strong EMI, you may need to consult with experts in radio frequency
interference (RFI).
Site wiring is unlikely to emit radio interference if you use twisted-pair cable with a good distribution
of grounding conductors. Use a high-quality twisted-pair cable with one ground conductor for each data
signal, when applicable.
Give special consideration to the effect of a lightning strike in your vicinity, especially if the wiring
exceeds the recommended distances, or if it passes between buildings. The electromagnetic pulse (EMP)
caused by lightning or other high-energy phenomena can easily induce enough energy into unshielded
conductors to destroy electronic devices. If you have experienced EMP problems in the past, you may
want to consult experts in electrical surge suppression and shielding.
Most data centers cannot resolve infrequent but potentially catastrophic problems without pulse meters
and other special equipment. In addition, these problems can take a great deal of time to identify and
resolve. We recommend that you take the necessary precautions to avoid these problems by providing a
properly grounded and shielded environment, with special attention to issues of electrical surge
suppression.
Chassis Air Flow Guidelines

Cool air is circulated through the Cisco ASR 9010 Router by two fan trays located underneath the Route
Switch Processor (RSP) and line cards (see Figure 1-8).
Cool air is circulated through the Cisco ASR 9006 Router by two fan trays located along the top left side
above the RSP and line cards (see Figure 1-9).
Cool air is circulated through the Cisco ASR 9922 Router by four fan trays. Two fan trays are located
between the line cards in the top cage and the Route Processor (RP) and fabric cards. Another two fan
trays are located between the same RP and fabric cards and the line cards in the bottom cage.
The fan trays maintain acceptable operating temperatures for the internal components by drawing in cool
air through the air filter, and circulating the air through the card cage. Each power supply is also
equipped with fans that draw cooler air into the front of the power supply and force warmer air out of
the back of the chassis.
Note
See the Rack-Mounting and Air Flow Clearance Guidelines section on page 1-14 section for details
on air flow clearance requirements for installation in an enclosed 4-post rack.
OL-17499-07
1-11
Chapter 1
Figure 1-8
Air exhaust
Rear air
exhaust plenum
RSPs and line cards
Fan trays
Room air
Figure 1-9
Power modules
242696
Power modules
Front air
intake
Air Flow Path through the Cisco ASR 9006 Router
Air exhaust
Fan trays
RSPs and line cards
Power modules
243379
Room air
1-12
OL-17499-07
Chapter 1

Figure 1-10
Power modules
Air exhaust
Rear Air
exhaust plenum
Line cards
Fan trays
RPs and FCs
RPs and FCs
Fan trays
Rear Air
exhaust plenum
Air exhaust
343957
Line cards
OL-17499-07
1-13
Chapter 1
When selecting a site to install the router, observe the following guidelines:
Dust free areaSite should be as dust free as possible. Dusty environments can clog the air filter or
power supply intake vents, reducing the cooling air flow through the router. Clogged filters and
vents can cause an overtemperature condition in the router.
Unrestricted air flowAllow sufficient air flow by maintaining a minimum of 6 inches (15.24 cm)
of clearance at both the inlet and exhaust openings on the chassis and the power modules. If the air
flow is blocked or restricted, or if the inlet air is too warm, an overtemperature condition can occur
within the router. Under extreme conditions, the environmental monitoring system powers off the
router to protect the components.
See Rack-Mounting and Air Flow Clearance Guidelines for details on air flow clearance requirements
for installation in an enclosed 4-post rack.
Rack-Mounting and Air Flow Clearance Guidelines

The Cisco ASR 9010 Router and Cisco ASR 9006 Router can be mounted in most 2-post, 4-post, or
telco-style 19-inch equipment racks that comply with the Electronics Industries Association (EIA)
standard for equipment racks (EIA-310-D). The Cisco ASR 9922 Router can be mounted in only a
4-post rack. The rack must have at least two posts with mounting flanges to mount the router chassis.
The distance between the center lines of the mounting holes on the two mounting posts must be
18.31 inches 0.06 inch (46.50 cm 0.15 cm).
Figure 1-11 shows examples of typical 2-post, 4-post, and telco-type equipment racks.
Equipment Rack Types
243453
Figure 1-11
Telco-style rack
b Free-standing, 4-post open

rack with two mounting
posts in the front, two
mounting posts in the back
or along each side
c Free-standing enclosed rack

with perforated sides and
two mounting posts in the
front
1-14
OL-17499-07
Chapter 1

Telco 2-Post Rack

Item a in Figure 1-11 shows a telco-style rack. The telco-style rack is an open frame consisting of two
posts tied together by a cross-bar at the top and a floor stand at the bottom.
This type of rack is usually secured to the floor and sometimes to an overhead structure or wall for
additional stability. The router chassis can be installed in the telco-style rack only in a front-mounted
position.
In the front-mounted position, you secure the chassis rack-mounting brackets directly to the rack posts
(see Figure 1-12 for an example of a Cisco ASR 9010 Router rack mounting and Figure 1-13 for an
example of a Cisco ASR 9006 Router rack mounting). Two rear mounting brackets are provided for
mounting the Cisco ASR 9010 Router in a 2-post rack
Note
The mounting brackets on the Cisco ASR 9006 Router chassis have a pair of holes at the top and bottom
of each bracket; the remaining openings in the brackets are slots. If the Cisco ASR 9006 Router is to be
mounted in a 2-post 19-inch rack, you must first use the holes to locate and position the brackets on the
rack. Insert screws through the bracket holes into the rack before inserting screws through the bracket
slots.
243186
Figure 1-12
OL-17499-07
1-15
Chapter 1
243496
Figure 1-13
Open 4-Post Rack

Item b in Figure 1-11 shows a free-standing, 4-post open rack with two mounting posts in the front and
two mounting posts in the back or along the side. The mounting posts in this type of rack are often
adjustable so that you can position the rack-mounted unit within the depth of the rack rather than
flush-mount it with the front of the rack.
Two rear mounting brackets are provided for mounting the Cisco ASR 9010 Router in a 4-post rack.
Two rear mounting brackets and two bottom guiderails are provided for mounting the
Cisco ASR 9922 Router in a 4-post rack (see Figure 2-7).
1-16
OL-17499-07
Chapter 1

302352
Figure 1-14
Enclosed Rack with Perforated Sides

Item c in Figure 1-11 shows a free-standing 4-post enclosed rack with perforated sides and two mounting
posts in the front.
Caution
Do not install the Cisco ASR 9000 Series Router in any type of fully enclosed rack that does not have
the required perforated sides or doors; the router requires an unobstructed flow of cooling air to maintain
acceptable operating temperatures for its internal components. Installing the router in any type of fully
enclosed rack without proper perforation could disrupt the air flow, trap heat next to the chassis, and
cause an overtemperature condition inside the router.
OL-17499-07
1-17
Chapter 1

The Cisco ASR 9000 Series Routers can be installed in an enclosed rack by following these guidelines:
ASR 9010 Clearance Requirements

To install a Cisco ASR 9010 Router in a 4-post enclosed cabinet, the front and rear doors of the cabinet
must be removed or be perforated with a minimum of 65% open area (70% for ETSI 800mm racks).
If you are mounting the chassis in a 4-post enclosed cabinet, ensure that you have the following
clearances around the chassis:
Rear: Minimum of 3.15 inches (8.00 cm) of clearance.
Sides: Minimum of 2.87 inches (7.28 cm) of clearance on each side of the chassis.
Figure 1-15 shows the side and rear chassis air flow clearance requirements for mounting the
Cisco ASR 9010 Router in a 4-post enclosed rack.
1-18
OL-17499-07
Chapter 1

Figure 1-15
2.87 in
(7.28 cm)
Rear of chassis
3.15 in
(8.00 cm)
2.87 in
(7.28 cm)
ASR9010
Rack
mounting
surface
Front of chassis
245629
5.04 in
(12.80 cm)

must be removed or be perforated with a minimum of 70% open area. In addition, the right side panel
must be removed or perforated with a minimum of 65% open area (70% for ETSI 800mm racks).
There also must be a minimum unobstructed space of 6 inches (15.24 cm) between the routers right side
air inlet and the adjacent wall or cabinet side panel, and a minimum unobstructed space of 6 inches
(15.24 cm) between adjacent cabinets. In addition, there should be no exhaust from any source blowing
into the right side panel of the cabinet.
Rear: Minimum of 2.50 inches (6.40 cm) of clearance.
Sides: Minimum of 6 inches (15.24 cm) of clearance on the right side of the chassis (as viewed from
the front). There is no clearance requirement for the left side of the chassis.
OL-17499-07
1-19
Chapter 1
Figure 1-16
Rear of chassis
2.50 in
(6.40 cm)
No minimum clearance
requirement for left
side of chassis.
6.00 in
(15.20 cm)
ASR9006
Rack
mounting
surface
Front of chassis
245630
5.73 in
(14.55 cm)

must be removed or be perforated with a minimum of 70% open area (80% for ETSI 800mm racks).
If you are mounting the chassis in a 4-post enclosed cabinet, ensure that you have the following
clearances around the chassis:
Rear: Minimum of 10 inches (25.4 cm) of clearance.
Sides: Minimum of 2.87 inches (7.28 cm) of clearance on each side of the chassis.
1-20
OL-17499-07
Chapter 1

Figure 1-17
ASR 9922 Clearance Requirements for a 4-Post Rack Installation
10 in
(25.40 cm)
Rear of chassis
2.87 in
(7.28 cm)
2.87 in
(7.28 cm)
Rack
mounting
surface
Front of chassis
302422
4.50 in
(11.43 cm)
OL-17499-07
1-21
Chapter 1
Temperature and Humidity Guidelines

The operating and nonoperating environmental site requirements are listed in Table A-4. The router
normally operates within the ranges listed in Table A-5; however, if a temperature measurement is
approaching a minimum or maximum parameter, it indicates a potential problem. Maintain normal
operation by anticipating and correcting environmental anomalies before they approach critical values
by properly planning and preparing your site before you install the router.
Power Connection Guidelines

You can configure the router with either an AC-input or DC-input power subsystem, so the site power
source requirements differ depending on the power subsystem in your router. Ensure all power
connection wiring conforms to the rules and regulations in the National Electrical Code (NEC) as well
as local codes.
The Cisco ASR 9010 Router and Cisco ASR 9006 Router support two power systems. The version 1
power system supports up to three power modules in the power tray. The version 2 power system
supports up to four power modules in the power tray and is compatible only with Cisco IOS XR Software
Release 4 and later Cisco IOS XR software releases. The Cisco ASR 9922 Router supports only version
2 power system. The version 2 power system uses different power cables than the version 1 system.
Caution
Each Cisco ASR 9000 Series Router is powered by only one type of input: AC or DC. A hybrid
(AC+DC) power configuration is not supported.
Caution
Proper grounding is necessary to avoid damage from lightning and power surges. See the NEBS
Supplemental Unit Bonding and Grounding Guidelines section on page 1-36 for grounding
requirements.
AC Powered Routers
AC power modules operate in the input range of 180 VAC to 264 VAC, 47 to 63 Hz (nominal input level
of 200 to 240 VAC). Refer to Table 1-1 and Table 1-2 for the minimum required AC service for version
1 and version 2 power modules.
Power redundancy requirements vary based on the system configuration (number and type of line cards,
etc.). AC powered systems are 2N protected. A minimum of two power supplies are required for
redundant operation. Refer to the ASR 9000 Power Calculator at the following URL to determine actual
redundancy requirements for any given configuration: http://tools.cisco.com/cpc/launch.jsp.
Each of the AC power inputs requires a separate dedicated branch circuit. For a list of the nominal and
acceptable value ranges for source AC power, see Table A-11.
Table 1-1 lists the AC-input power cord options, specifications, and Cisco product numbers for the
AC-input version 1 power supply modules. Table 1-2 lists the AC-input power cord options,
specifications, and Cisco product numbers for the AC-input version 2 power supply modules.
1-22
OL-17499-07
Chapter 1

Table 1-1
AC-Input Power Cord Options for ASR 9010 Routers and ASR 9006 Routers with
Version 1 Power System
Power Cord
Reference
Illustration
Locale
Part Number
Length
Plug Rating
Australia,
New Zealand
CAB-7513ACA=
14 feet (4.3 m) 15 A, 250 VAC
Figure 1-18
Australia,
New Zealand
CAB-AC-16A-AUS=
14 feet (4.3 m) 16A, 250 VAC
Figure 1-19
China
CAB-AC16A-CH=
14 feet (4.3 m) 16 A, 250 VAC
Figure 1-20
Continental Europe
CAB-7513ACE=
14 feet (4.3 m) 16 A, 250 VAC
Figure 1-21
CAB-2500W-EU=
16 A, 250 VAC
Figure 1-22
CAB-AC-2500W-EU=
16 A, 250 VAC
Figure 1-23
International
CAB-AC-2500W-INT=
14 feet (4.3 m) 16 A, 250 VAC
Figure 1-24
Israel
CAB-AC-2500W-ISRL=
14 feet (4.3 m) 16 A, 250 VAC
Figure 1-25
Italy
CAB-7513ACI=
14 feet (4.3 m) 16 A, 250 VAC
Figure 1-26
Japan, North
America
(nonlocking plug)
200240VAC
operation
CAB-AC-2500W-US1=
14 feet (4.3 m) 20 A, 250 VAC
Figure 1-27
Japan, North
America (locking
plug)
200240VAC
operation
CAB-AC-C6K-TWLK=
14 feet (4.3 m) 20 A, 250 VAC
Figure 1-28
South Africa
CAB-7513ACSA=
14 feet (4.3 m) 16 A, 250 VAC
Figure 1-29
Switzerland
CAB-ACS-16=
14 feet (4.3 m) 16 A, 250 VAC
Figure 1-30
Table 1-2
AC-Input Power Cord Options for ASR 9010, ASR 9006, and ASR 9922 Routers with
Version 2 Power System
Locale
Part Number
Length
Plug Rating
Reference
Illustration
China
PWR-CAB-AC-CHN=
13.9 ft. (4.3 m)
16 A, 250 V
Figure 1-31
Europe
PWR-CAB-AC-EU=
13.9 ft. (4.3 m)
16 A, 250 V
Figure 1-32
Israel
PWR-CAB-AC-ISRL=
13.9 ft. (4.3 m)
16 A, 250 V
Figure 1-33
USA
PWR-CAB-AC-USA=
13.9 ft. (4.3 m)
20 A, 250 V
Figure 1-34
Australia
PWR-CAB-AC-AUS=
13.9 ft. (4.3 m)
16 A, 250 V
Figure 1-35
Italy
PWR-CAB-AC-ITA=
13.9 ft. (4.3 m)
16 A, 250 V
Figure 1-36
Brazil
PWR-CAB-AC-BRA=
13.9 ft. (4.3 m)
16 A, 250 V
Figure 1-37
South Africa
PWR-CAB-AC-SA=
13.9 ft. (4.3 m)
16 A, 250 V
Figure 1-38
OL-17499-07
1-23
Chapter 1
Table 1-2
AC-Input Power Cord Options for ASR 9010, ASR 9006, and ASR 9922 Routers with
Version 2 Power System (continued)
Locale
Part Number
Length
Plug Rating
Reference
Illustration
UK
PWR-CAB-AC-UK=
13.9 ft. (4.3 m)
16 A, 250 V
Figure 1-39
Switzerland
PWR-CAB-AC-SUI=
13.9 ft. (4.3 m)
16 A, 250 V
Figure 1-40
Japan
PWR-CAB-AC-JPN=
13.9 ft. (4.3 m)
20 A, 250 V
Figure 1-41
AC Power Cord Illustrations - Version 1 Power

This section contains the AC power cord illustrations for version 1 power, as described in Table 1-1.
Note that an AC power cord may be used with several power supplies.
Figure 1-18 AC Power Cord CAB-7513ACA=
Plug: SAA AS 3112
Cordset rating: 15 A, 250 V

Length: 14 ft 0 in. (4.26 m)
113353
Connector: IEC 60320 C19
Figure 1-19 AC Power Cord CAB-AC-16A-AUS
Plug: AU20S3

Length: 14 ft 0 in. (4.26 m)
140586
1-24
OL-17499-07
Chapter 1

Figure 1-20 AC Power Cord CAB-AC16A-CH=
Connector: IEC
60320-1 C19
126792
Plug: GB16C
Cordset rating: 16A, 250V

Length: 14 ft 0 in. (4.26 m)
Figure 1-21 AC Power Cord CAB-7513ACE=
Plug: CEE 7/7

Length: 14 ft 0 in. (4.26 m)
113354
Figure 1-22 AC Power Cord CAB-2500W-EU=
Plug: CEE 7/7

Length: 14 ft 0 in. (4.26 m)
113360
OL-17499-07
1-25
Chapter 1
Figure 1-23 AC Power Cord CAB-AC-2500W-EU=
Plug: CEE 7/7

Length: 14 ft 0 in. (4.26 m)
113360
Figure 1-24 AC Power Cord CAB-AC-2500W-INT=

Length: 14 ft 0 in. (4.26 m)
Plug: IEC 309
113361
Figure 1-25 AC Power Cord CAB-AC-2500W-ISRL=
Plug: SI16S3

Length: 14 ft 0 in. (4.26 m)
130113
1-26
OL-17499-07
Chapter 1

Figure 1-26 AC Power Cord CAB-7513ACI=
Plug: CEI 23-16/7

Length: 14 ft 0 in. (4.26 m)
113355
Figure 1-27 AC Power Cord CAB-AC-2500W-US1=
Plug: NEMA 6-20

Length: 14 ft 0 in. (4.26 m)
113362
Figure 1-28 AC Power Cord CAB-AC-C6K-TWLK=
Plug: NEMA L6-20

Length: 14 ft 0 in. (4.26 m)
113363
OL-17499-07
1-27
Chapter 1
Figure 1-29 AC Power Cord CAB-7513ACSA=

Length: 14 ft 0 in. (4.26 m)
Plug: IEC 884
113357
Figure 1-30 AC Power Cord CAB-ACS-16=

Length: 8 ft 2 in. (2.5 m)
113364
Plug: SEV 5934-2

Type 23
AC Power Cord Illustrations - Version 2 Power

This section contains the AC power cord illustrations for version 2 power, as described in Table 1-2.
Figure 1-31 AC Power Cord PWR-CAB-AC-CHN=
Cordset rating: 16A, 250V

Length: 13.94 ft. (4.25 m)
Plug: GB2099.1/GB1002
331430
Connector: IEC-320-C21
1-28
OL-17499-07
Chapter 1

Figure 1-32 AC Power Cord PWR-CAB-AC-EU=
Plug: CEE 7/7

Length: 13.94 ft. (4.25 m)
331426
Figure 1-33 AC Power Cord PWR-CAB-AC-ISRL=
Plug: SI 32

Length: 13.94 ft. (4.25 m)
331429
Figure 1-34 AC Power Cord PWR-CAB-AC-USA=
Plug: NEMA L6-20 P

Length: 13.94 ft. (4.25 m)
331422
OL-17499-07
1-29
Chapter 1
Figure 1-35 AC Power Cord PWR-CAB-AC-AUS=

Length: 13.94 ft. (4.25 m)
Plug: AS 3112
331423
Figure 1-36 AC Power Cord PWR-CAB-AC-ITA=
Plug: CEI-23-50

Length: 13.94 ft. (4.25 m)
331425
Figure 1-37 AC Power Cord PWR-CAB-AC-BRA=

Length: 13.94 ft. (4.25 m)
Plug: NBR 14136
331431
1-30
OL-17499-07
Chapter 1

Figure 1-38 AC Power Cord PWR-CAB-AC-SA=

Length: 13.94 ft. (4.25 m)
Plug: SABS 164
331428
Figure 1-39 AC Power Cord PWR-CAB-AC-UK=

Length: 13.94 ft. (4.25 m)
331431
Plug: EN-60309-2
Figure 1-40 AC Power Cord PWR-CAB-AC-SUI=
Plug: SEV 5934

Length: 13.94 ft. (4.25 m)
331427
OL-17499-07
1-31
Chapter 1
Figure 1-41 AC Power Cord PWR-CAB-AC-JPN=
Plug: JIS C8303

Length: 13.94 ft. (4.25 m)
331424
DC Powered Router
Connections to DC power modules are rated at 60 A maximum. The system accepts a nominal input voltage
of 48 VDC with an operational tolerance range of 40 VDC to 72 VDC. One dedicated, commensurately
rated DC power source is required for each power module connection.
Power redundancy requirements vary based on the system configuration (number and type of line cards,
etc.). DC powered systems are N+1 protected. A minimum of two power supplies are required for
redundant operation. Refer to the ASR 9000 Power Calculator at the following URL to determine actual
redundancy requirements for any given configuration: http://tools.cisco.com/cpc/launch.jsp.
Power connections to the power tray for each DC power module requires four cables: two source cables
and two return cables. In addition, each DC power tray requires one earth ground, so the minimum
number of cables for connecting a single DC power module in a power tray is five (two source, two
return, one ground).
For DC power cables, we recommend that you use 60-A-rated, high-strand-count copper wire cables.
The length of the cables depends on your router location from the source power.
Note
DC power cables are not available from Cisco, but they are available from any commercial cable vendor.
You must terminate DC power cables using cable lugs at the power tray end. Ensure that the lugs are
dual-hole and that they fit over M6 terminal studs at 0.625-inch (15.88-mm) centers. For #4 AWG cable,
use Panduit part number LCD4-14AF-L; for #6 AWG, use Panduit part number LCD6-14AF-L.
Warning
Hazardous voltage or energy may be present on power terminals. Always replace cover when
Warning
Only trained and qualified personnel should be allowed to install, replace, or service this equipment.
Statement 1030
1-32
OL-17499-07
Chapter 1

Figure 1-42 shows the type of lug required for DC-input cable connections.
Figure 1-42
Typical DC Power Cable Lug
.25 in +/- .04 in

(6.35 mm +/- 1.016 mm)
0.63 in +/- .02 in
(16 mm +/- 0.508 mm)
0.22 in
(5.588 mm)
0.31 in
(7.874 mm)
0.48 in +/- .04 in

(12.192 mm +/- 1.016 mm)
0.27 in +/- .02 in
(6.858 mm +/- .508 mm)
Beveled wire entry
0.81 in +/- .04 in

(20.574 mm +/- 1.016 mm)
1.16 in
(29.464 mm)
1.25 in +/- .04 in

(31.75 mm +/- 1.016 mm)
243275
90 degrees +/- 5 degrees

0.08 in +/- .01 in
(2.032 mm +/- 0.254 mm)
1.66 in (42.164 mm )
Figure 1-43 shows typical DC power source cable connections for a version 1 single DC power module,
in this case, a module installed in slot M2 of the power tray. Figure 1-44 shows typical DC power source
cable connections for a version 2 single DC power module, in this case, a module installed in slot M2 of
the power tray.
The DC power trays and power modules for the Cisco ASR 9010 Router, Cisco ASR 9006 Router, and
Cisco ASR 9922 Router are identical, so the examples shown in Figure 1-43 and Figure 1-44 apply to
all of these routers.
Warning
To avoid shock hazard, be sure to apply shrink wrap tubing around the wire entry area of the lug.
OL-17499-07
1-33
Chapter 1
243183
Figure 1-43
PWR A
48/60V PWR
RTN A+
48/60V RTN
Feed A, Slot M2
PWR B
48/60V PWR
RTN B+
48/60V RTN
Ground
Feed B, Slot M2
1-34
OL-17499-07
Chapter 1

Figure 1-44
M3
M2
M1
M3
M2
344255
M1
PWR A
48/60V PWR RTN A+
48/60V RTN
Feed A, Slot M3
PWR B
48/60V PWR RTN B+
48/60V RTN
Feed B, Slot M3
Note
A separate ground connection is not required for the version 2 power system.
Typical Plastic Safety Cover over the Power Tray Connection Terminals - Version 2
Power System
344357
Figure 1-45
The color coding of source DC power cable leads depends on the color coding of the site DC power
source. Because there is no color code standard for source DC wiring, be sure that power source cables
are connected to the power modules using the proper positive (+) and negative () polarity:
OL-17499-07
1-35
Chapter 1
Caution
In some cases, the source DC cable leads might have a positive (+) or a negative () label. This is a
relatively safe indication of the polarity, but you must verify the polarity by measuring the voltage
between the DC cable leads. Be sure that the positive (+) and negative () cable leads match the
positive (+) and negative () labels on the power module when making the measurement.
Green (or green and yellow) cable typically indicates that it is a ground cable.
DC power modules contain reverse voltage protection circuitry to prevent damage to the power module
if it detects a reverse polarity condition. No damage should occur from reverse polarity, but you should
correct a reverse polarity condition immediately.
For a list of the nominal and acceptable value ranges for source DC power, see Appendix A.
NEBS Supplemental Unit Bonding and Grounding Guidelines

Although the router chassis requires a safety earth ground connection as part of the power cabling to
power modules, you must permanently connect the central office ground system or interior equipment
grounding system to one of the three supplemental bonding and grounding connections on the back or
side of the router chassis to meet network equipment building system (NEBS) requirements as well as
safety compliance requirements. These grounding points are referred to as the NEBS bonding and
grounding points.
Figure 1-46 shows the NEBS grounding locations for the Cisco ASR 9010 Router, Figure 1-47 shows
them for the Cisco ASR 9006 Router, and Figure 1-48 shows them for the Cisco ASR 9922 Router.
Note
NEBS Bonding and Grounding Points on the Cisco ASR 9010 Router
243182
Figure 1-46
These bonding and grounding connections satisfy the Telcordia NEBS requirements for supplemental
bonding and grounding connections. If you are not installing the router in a NEBS environment, you can
choose to bypass these guidelines and rely on the safety earth ground connections to the AC or DC power
modules.
NEBS grounding point on

right side of chassis
2 NEBS grounding point on

rear of chassis

left side of chassis
1-36
OL-17499-07
Chapter 1

Figure 1-47
243373

right side of chassis

left side of chassis
344078
Figure 1-48
2 NEBS grounding point on

rear of chassis
1
1
NEBS grounding point near

bottom, rear, right side of
the router chassis
To ensure a satisfactory supplemental ground connection to the router, use the following parts:
Note
One grounding lug, which has two M6 bolt holes with 0.625- to 0.75-inch (15.86- to 19.05-mm)
spacing between them, and a wire receptacle large enough to accept a #6 AWG or larger, multistrand
copper wire. This lug is similar to those used for the DC-input power supply leads (see Figure 1-42).
Two 10-32 round-head screws and two locking washers (nickel-plated brass is ideal).
One grounding wire. Although we recommend at least #6 AWG multistrand copper wire, the wire
diameter and length depend on your router location and site environment.
These parts are not available from Cisco, but they are available from commercial vendors.
OL-17499-07
1-37
Chapter 1
RSP and RP Port Connection Guidelines

This section contains detailed cabling and signal information for all interface and port connections to the
RSP/RP. It also provides information for Ethernet routing and equipment.
Caution
Ports labeled Ethernet, SYNC, CONSOLE, and AUX are safety extra-low voltage (SELV) circuits. SELV
circuits should only be connected to other SELV circuits.
Console Port and Auxiliary Port Connection Guidelines

The RSP/RP has two EIA/TIA-232 (formerly RS232) serial RJ45 connection ports:
Console portRJ45 interface for connecting a data terminal device to the router, which you need to
perform the initial configuration of the router.
Auxiliary portRJ45 interface for connecting a modem.
The console and auxiliary ports are asynchronous serial ports. Ensure that devices connected to
these ports are capable of asynchronous transmission.
Figure 1-49
RSP Console Port and Auxiliary Ports
ACT
ACT
MGT LAN 1
LINK
CONSOLE
AUX
2
J.211
SYNC 0
BITS
J.211
SYNC 1
BITS
MGT LAN 0
LINK
Console Port
243207
Note
2 Auxiliary (AUX) Port
1-38
OL-17499-07
Chapter 1

Figure 1-50
RP Console Port and Auxiliary Ports
344247
2 Auxiliary (AUX) Port
Console Port
Console Port Signals

The console port is an RJ45 interface for connecting a terminal to the router. The console port does not
support modem control or hardware flow control and requires a straight-through RJ45 cable.
Before connecting a terminal to the console port, check the terminal setting for the data transmission
rate, in bits per second (bps). The terminal transmission rate setting must match the default rate of the
console port, which is 9600 bps. Set the terminal to these operational values: 9600 bps, 8 data bits, no
parity, 2 stop bits (9600 8N2).
Table 1-3 lists the signals used on the console port.
Table 1-3
RSP/RP Console Port Signals
Console Port Pin
Signal
Input/Output
Description
DTR
Output
Data Terminal Ready
TxD
Output
Transmit data
GND
Signal ground
GND
Signal ground
RxD
Input
Receive data
DSR
Input
Data Set Ready
OL-17499-07
1-39
Chapter 1
Auxiliary Port Signals

The Auxiliary (AUX) port is an RJ45 interface for connecting a modem or other data communication
equipment (DCE) device (such as another router) to the RSP/RP. The AUX port supports hardware flow
control and modem control.
Table 1-4 lists the signals used on the Auxiliary port.
Table 1-4
RSP/RP AUX Port Signals
AUX Port Pin
Signal
Input/Output
Description
RTS
Output
Request to send
DTR
Output
Data terminal ready
TxD
Output
Transmit data
GND
Signal ground
GND
Signal ground
RxD
Input
Receive data
DSR
Input
Data set ready
CTS
Input
Clear to send
Management LAN Ports Connection Guidelines

The RSP/RP has two RJ45 media-dependent interface (MDI) Ethernet management LAN ports: MGT
LAN 0 and MGT LAN 1 (see Figure 1-51).
These ports are used for IEEE 802.3u 100BASE-TX (100 Mbps), or 1000BASE-T (1000 Mbps) Ethernet
connections.
The transmission speed of the management LAN ports is not user-configurable. The transmission speed
is set through an autosensing scheme on the RSP/RP; the speed is determined by the network that the
Ethernet port is connected to. The combined total input rate of both MGT LAN 0 and MGT LAN 1 is
about 12 Mbps.
Management port characteristics are:
Maximum transmission unit (MTU) is fixed at 1514 and cannot be configured.
Flow control is disabled and cannot be configured.
Input unicast packets with an unknown destination address are filtered and dropped.
Autonegotiation of port speed (100/1000) and duplex (full/half) is supported. Autonegotiation

cannot be disabled.
Table 1-5 lists the signals used on the Management LAN ports.
Table 1-5
MGT LAN Port Pin
100BAse-TX Signal
1000Base-T Signal
Transmit+
BI_DA+
Transmit
BI_DA
Receive+
BI_DB+
1-40
OL-17499-07
Chapter 1

Table 1-5
MGT LAN Port Pin
100BAse-TX Signal
1000Base-T Signal
Unused
BI_DC+
Unused
BI_DC
Receive
BI_DB
Unused
BI_DD+
Unused
BI_DD
Figure 1-51
RSP Management LAN Ports
ACT
ACT
MGT LAN 1
LINK
MGT LAN 0
LINK
CONSOLE
AUX
J.211
SYNC 1
BITS
243084
J.211
SYNC 0
BITS
Management LAN Port 0
2 Management LAN Port 1
OL-17499-07
1-41
Chapter 1
Figure 1-52
RP Management LAN Ports
344248
Management LAN Port 0
2 Management LAN Port 1
Management LAN Port LED Indicators

The Management LAN connectors have integral LED indicators (see Figure 1-53). When lit, these LEDs
indicate:
Green (LINK)Connection is alive.
Amber (ACT)Connection is active.

RSP/RP Management LAN Port LED Indicators
243165
Figure 1-53
1-42
OL-17499-07
Chapter 1

Management LAN RJ45 Cabling

When connecting the RJ45 port to a hub, repeater, or switch, use the straight-through cable pinout shown
in Figure 1-54.
To comply with the intrabuilding lightning surge requirements of Telecordia GR-1089-CORE, Issue II,
Revision 01, February 1999, you must use a shielded cable when connecting to the management LAN
ports on the RSP/RP card. The shielded cable is terminated by shielded connectors on both ends, with
the cable shield material tied to both connectors.
Figure 1-54
Straight-Through Cable Pinout to a Hub, Repeater or Switch
MDI wiring
MDI-X wiring
1 TxD+
1 RxD+
2 TxD
2 RxD
3 RxD+
3 TxD+
6 RxD
6 TxD
H11007
Note
When connecting to a router, use the crossover cable pinout shown in Figure 1-55.
Crossover Cable Pinout Between RSPs/RPs
PRP
PRP
1 TxD+
1 TxD+
2 TxD
2 TxD
3 RxD+
3 RxD+
6 RxD
6 RxD
75431
Figure 1-55
Alarm Connection Guidelines

The RSP/RP card has an alarm connector on its front panel. This 9-pin D-subconnectors (ALARM OUT)
connects the router to an external site alarm maintenance system (see Figure 1-56). When a critical,
major, or minor alarm is generated, it energizes the alarm relays on the RSP/RP card to activate the
external site alarm.
OL-17499-07
1-43
Chapter 1
Figure 1-56
Alarm Connector on the RSP/RP Card Front Panel
243085
The alarm relay contacts on the RSP/RP card consist of standard common, normally open, and normally
closed relay contacts that are wired to the pins on the connectors.
Caution
Only safety extra-low voltage (SELV) circuits can be connected to the alarm connector. Maximum rating
for the alarm circuit is 100 mA, 50 V.
Note
To comply with the intrabuilding lightning surge requirements of Telecordia GR-1089-CORE, Issue II,
Revision 01, February 1999, you must use a shielded cable when connecting to the external alarm port
on the RSP/RP card. The shielded cable is terminated by shielded connectors on both ends, with the cable
shield material tied to both connectors.
Table 1-6 lists the pin-to-signal correspondence between the cable connector pins and the alarm
connector relay contacts.
Table 1-6
Pin
Alarm Connector Pinout
Signal
Note
Critical alarm NC
NC (normally closed) connected to CM (common) when

there is no Critical alarm
Critical alarm CM
Common
Critical alarm NO
NO (normally open) connected to CM (common) during a

Critical alarm
Major alarm NC

there is no Major alarm
Major alarm CM
Common
Major alarm NO

Major alarm
Minor alarm NC

there is no Minor alarm
Minor alarm CM
Common
Minor alarm NO

Minor alarm
1-44
OL-17499-07
Chapter 1

Sync Ports Connection Guidelines

The SYNC 0 and SYNC 1 ports are timing synchronization ports. They can be configured as Building
Integrated Timing Supply (BITS) ports or J.211 ports (see Figure 1-57).
Note
Both ports must be configured to be the same mode. It is not possible to use external BITS and J.211
sources at the same time.
When configured as BITS ports, they provide connections for an external synchronization source for
establishing precise frequency control at multiple network nodes, if required for your application. The
RSP/RP card contains a synchronous equipment timing source (SETS) that can receive a frequency
reference from an external BITS timing interface or from a clock signal recovered from any incoming
Gigabit Ethernet or 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface. The RSP/RP SETS circuit filters the received timing
signal and uses it to drive outgoing Ethernet interfaces.
The BITS input can be T1, E1 or 64K 4/. The BITS output can be T1, E1 or 6.312M 5/.
When configured as J.211 ports, they can be used as Universal Timing Interface (UTI) ports to
synchronize timing across multiple routers by connecting to an external timing source.
When lit, these LEDs indicate for BITS:
Green (LINK)Connection is alive.
Amber (FAULT)A fault has occurred.
When lit, these LEDs indicate for UTI:
Green (NORMAL)UTI is operating in normal mode.
Amber (FAST)UTI is operating in fast mode.
Figure 1-57
SYNC Port Connector
243166
12345678
Table 1-7
Pin
BITS/J.211 Connector Pinout
Signal
Note
DTI_P/BITS_RX_P
Bi-direction for DTI, T1/E1/64K Input
DTI_P/BITS_RX_N
Bi-direction for DTI, T1/E1/64K Input
BITS_TX_P*
T1/E1/6.321M Output
BITS_TX_N*
T1/E1/6.321M Output
OL-17499-07
1-45
Chapter 1
Table 1-7
Pin
BITS/J.211 Connector Pinout (continued)
Signal
Note
RSP Compact Flash Slot

The Cisco ASR 9000 Series Router RSP cards support a single ATA/IDE type I/II compact flash external
slot accessible on the front panel. The compact flash slot has a door that can be closed whether a compact
flash device is present or not. The RSP-440 cards do not have a ATA/IDE type I/II compact flash external
slot.
The file systems supported on compact flash are DOS/FAT or QNX4. The compact flash comes with a
DOS format. The supported flash disk sizes and their Cisco part numbers are listed in Table 4-5.
RP USB Port
The Cisco ASR 9922 Router RP card has a single external Universal Serial Bus (USB) port. A USB flash
memory device can be inserted to load and transfer software images and files. This memory device can
be used to turboboot the system or as the installation source for Package Information Envelopes (PIE)
and Software Maintenance Upgrades (SMU). This memory device can also be used for users' data files,
core files, and configuration backups.
1-46
OL-17499-07
CH A P T E R

This chapter contains the procedures to install the router in a rack. The installation is presented in the
following sections:
Pre-Installation Considerations and Requirements, page 2-1
Installation Overview, page 2-2
Unpacking the Router, page 2-3
Removing Components Before Installing the Chassis, page 2-11
Removing Cards from the Chassis, page 2-15
Rack-Mounting the Router Chassis, page 2-24
Supplemental Bonding and Grounding Connections, page 2-33
Installing Chassis Accessories, page 2-35
Pre-Installation Considerations and Requirements

Before you perform any procedures in this chapter, review the following sections:
Safety Guidelines, page 1-1
Site Requirement Guidelines, page 1-6
In particular, observe the guidelines for preventing electrostatic discharge (ESD) damage described in
the Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage section on page 1-2. Use Figure 1-2 or Figure 1-3 as
a reference in locating and using the ESD sockets on the front of the router chassis.
For additional safety and compliance information, see the Regulatory Compliance and Safety
Information for the Cisco ASR 9000 Series Aggregation Services Routers document that accompanied
your router.
Warning
This router is not designed to be installed as a shelf-mounted or a free-standing router. The router
must be installed in a rack that is secured to the building structure. You must install the router in
either a telco-style frame or a 4-post equipment rack.
OL-17499-07
2-1
Chapter 2
Installation Overview
Installation Overview
Figure 2-1 shows how the Cisco ASR 9010 Router is shipped strapped to a shipping pallet.
Cisco ASR 9010 Router Packaged on Shipping Pallet
243355
Figure 2-1
A fully equipped router with six power modules can weigh as much as 375 lbs (170.5 kg); an empty
chassis weighs 150 lbs (67.8 kg). The chassis is designed to be lifted by two persons after you remove
some of the components, such as line cards, power supplies, and the fan tray, to reduce the weight before
lifting the chassis. See the Removing Components Before Installing the Chassis section on page 2-11
for procedures to remove these components.
2-2
OL-17499-07
Chapter 2

Unpacking the Router

Before you begin the rack-mount installation, you must read and understand the information in the
Rack-Mounting and Air Flow Clearance Guidelines section on page 1-14 and have the following tools
and equipment:
ESD-preventive wrist strap
Number 1 and number 2 Phillips screwdrivers
1/4-inch (6.35-mm) and 3/16-inch (4.5-mm) flat-blade screwdrivers
Tape measure
Level (optional)
Minimum of 10 slotted binderhead screws (usually provided with the rack) to secure the chassis to
the mounting flanges (also called rails) in the rack. Five screws should be installed on each side of
the chassis.
11/16-inch (17.46-mm) wrench (for chassis hold-down bolts and pallet hold-down bracket bolts)
3/4-inch (19-mm) socket and ratchet wrench

The following instructions describe how to unpack the Cisco ASR 9000 Series Router from its shipping
container.
Unpacking the Cisco ASR 9010 Router

Use the follow unpacking instructions to unpack the Cisco ASR 9010 Router from its shipping
container. Cut the straps that secure the cardboard shipping container to the pallet.
Step 1
Remove the cardboard shipping container.
Step 2
Remove the packaging material (see Figure 2-2).
Step 3
a.
Remove the foam packaging material from the top of the router.
b.
Remove all screws that secure the four hold-down brackets to the router chassis. The forward
hold-down brackets are secured to the router mounting brackets by two screws. The rear hold-down
brackets are secured to the chassis by four screws. Save these four screws used to hold the rear
bracket to the chassis to use later to attach the ground strap.
Remove two bolts per hold-down bracket that secure the brackets to the pallet.
OL-17499-07
2-3
Chapter 2
Figure 2-2
MGT LAN 0
MGT LAN 0
ACT
ACT
MGT LAN 1
MGT LAN 1
LINK
LINK
CONSOLE
CONSOLE
BITS
BITS
0
J.211
J.211
BITS
BITS
1
J.211
J.211
ALARM OUT
ALARM OUT
ACO
ACO
LAMP
TEST
FAIL
LAMP
TEST
SYNC
FAIL
CRIT
SYNC
HDD
CRIT
CF
MIN
ACO
HDD
MAJ
CF
MIN
ACO
243356
MAJ
2
2
Foam packaging materialtop cap
Front hold-down bracket

secured by two screws to the
chassis mounting brackets,
and by two bolts to the
pallet (two places)
Rear hold-down bracket

secured by four screws to the
chassis, and by two bolts to
the pallet (two places)
Step 4
Remove components, such as line cards and the fan tray, to reduce the weight before lifting or moving
the chassis. See the Removing Components Before Installing the Chassis section on page 2-11 for
procedures to remove these components.
Step 5
Save the packaging materials in case the router needs repackaging or shipping.
2-4
OL-17499-07
Chapter 2


Use the follow unpacking instructions to unpack the Cisco ASR 9006 Router from its shipping container
(see Figure 2-3).
Step 1
Cut the straps that secure the cardboard shipping container to the pallet.
Step 2
Remove the cardboard shipping container.
Step 3
Remove the packaging material (see Figure 2-3).

a.
b.
Remove all screws that secure the four hold-down brackets to the router chassis. The forward
hold-down brackets are secured to the router mounting brackets by two screws. The rear hold-down
brackets are secured to the chassis by four screws.
c.
Remove two bolts per hold-down bracket that secure the brackets to the pallet.
Step 4
Remove components, such as line cards, power supplies, and the fan tray, to reduce the weight before
lifting or moving the chassis. See the Removing Components Before Installing the Chassis section on
page 2-11 for procedures to remove these components.
Step 5
Save the packaging materials in case the router needs repackaging or shipping.
OL-17499-07
2-5
Chapter 2
Figure 2-3
4
7
243454
Top cardboard packaging

cap
Cardboard packaging
container
Chassis accessories
Three packaged power

modules
Cardboard accessory tray
Foam packaging materialtop cap
Cardboard packaging
dividers
Accessories and power

cables
Hold-down brackets (four

places)
2-6
OL-17499-07
Chapter 2


Use the follow unpacking instructions to unpack the Cisco ASR 9922 Router from its wooden shipping
container.
Step 1
Remove any strapping on the outside of the crate.
Step 2
Step 2: Remove the crate cap door. Disengage the twist locks along the bottom first, then the sides
working your way up from bottom to the top. Refer to the right and middle figures in Figure 2-4.
Step 3
Remove the crate cap. Disengage the twist locks located around the bottom of the crate cap. (see
Figure 2-4).
Note
Step 4
Unpacking the Cisco ASR 9922 Router from the Shipping Container
302353
Figure 2-4
Two people are required to evenly slide the crate cap back off of the plastic pallet base.
Step 5
Using a a 5/16" wrench or ratchet, remove the four attachment bolts and cross-brace from the shipping
rack (see Figure 2-5).
OL-17499-07
2-7
Chapter 2
Cross-brace and Attachment Bolts on the Shipping Rack
344358
Figure 2-5
2-8
OL-17499-07
Chapter 2

Step 6
Using the Phillips screwdriver, unscrew the rear mounting flange from the system and rack.
Step 7
Using the Phillips screwdriver, unscrew the front mounting flange from the rack.
Step 8
Remove two bolts per hold-down bracket that secure the brackets to the pallet (see Figure 2-6).
Holddown Brackets on the Cisco ASR 9922 Router Shipping Pallet
302355
Figure 2-6
Note
Step 9
Do not unbolt the shipping rack from the pallet.
Save the rear brackets and screws from the shipping packaging for reuse in rack mounting of the chassis
(see Figure 2-7).
OL-17499-07
2-9
Chapter 2
344377
Figure 2-7
Step 10
Remove components, such as line cards and fan trays, to reduce the weight before lifting or moving the
chassis. See the Removing Components Before Installing the Chassis section on page 2-11 for
procedures to remove these components.
Step 11
Save the packaging materials in case the router needs to be repackaged for shipping.
2-10
OL-17499-07
Chapter 2

Removing Components Before Installing the Chassis
Positioning the Router Overview

Use a safety hand truck to move the Cisco ASR 9010 Router and Cisco ASR 9006 Router to the location
where it is going to be installed in a rack.
The Cisco ASR 9922 Router ships in a carton similar to the CRS-1 16-Slot shipping carton. The chassis
is installed in a shipping rack used for shipping purpose. Remove the chassis from the shipping rack
before installing into the rack. Refer to the Unpacking the Cisco ASR 9922 Router section for details.
To prepare the 19-inch 45 RU rack that will contain the Cisco ASR 9922 Router, install the two
guiderails into the bottom of the rack. Use screws to fasten these two guiderails into the front and rear
rails of the rack (see Figure 2-7).
Remove the shipping carton, plastic covering, rear brackets, attachment screws and bolts, shipping rack
bar, and any cosmetic accessories included with the chassis.
Use a scissors jack to remove the chassis from the shipping rack. Place a pallet jack next to the chassis
inside the shipping rack and push/pull the chassis onto the pallet jack for transport to the rack.
On the rear of the chassis is an integrated handle which is used to pull the chassis from the pallet jack
into the rack where the chassis is to be installed. First, position the chassis so that the rear handle is
facing the front of the rack. Then, from the rear of the rack, pull the chassis by the handle into the rack,
making sure that the chassis sits on top of the guiderails in the rack. Once the chassis is pulled into the
rack and sits on top of the guiderails, use screws to fasten the chassis to the rack.

The Cisco ASR 9000 Series Routers are designed to be lifted for mounting into a rack. To reduce the
weight of the system, you must remove some of the components before attempting to mount it into the
rack.
Removing Power Modules

The power supply modules for the Cisco ASR 9000 Series Routers are shipped separately. If you need
to remove an AC or DC power module at a later time, see the Removing and Replacing an AC or DC
Power Module section on page 5-9.
Removing the Fan Tray from the Cisco ASR 9010 Router or the
Cisco ASR 9922 Router
Use the following procedure to remove a fan tray from the Cisco ASR 9010 Router (see Figure 2-8) and
the Cisco ASR 9922 Router chassis (see Figure 2-9):
Note
If an accessory grill has been installed on the front of the Cisco ASR 9010 Router, you must remove the
accessory grill before you can remove any fan tray behind it. Remove the accessory grill by simply
pulling it towards you until it comes loose. See the Installing Base Chassis Accessories on the
Cisco ASR 9010 Router section on page 2-36 and Figure 2-34 for information about the accessory
grill.
OL-17499-07
2-11
Chapter 2
Note
If a fan tray cover has been installed on the front of the Cisco ASR 9922 Router, you must remove it
before you can remove the fan tray. Remove the fan tray cover by simply pulling on the cover until it
comes loose. See the Installing Optional Chassis Accessories on the Cisco ASR 9922 Router section
on page 2-50 for more information.
Note
In the Cisco ASR 9922 Router, the third and fourth fan trays (under the middle cage) are installed upside
down compared to the first and second fan trays (above the middle cage).
Step 1
Loosen the captive screw on each side of the fan tray.
Step 2
Using the handle on the front panel, pull the fan tray halfway out of the chassis.
Step 3
Slide out the fan tray completely from the chassis while supporting it with your other hand.
Warning
Use two hands when handling the fan tray. Each Cisco ASR 9010 Router version 1 fan tray weighs
about 16 pounds (7.27 kg). Each Cisco ASR 9922 Router fan tray or Cisco ASR 9010 Router version 2 fan
tray weighs about 18 pounds (8.18 kg).
243179
Figure 2-8
2-12
OL-17499-07
Chapter 2

344040
Figure 2-9
Replacing a Version 1 Fan Tray in the Cisco ASR 9010 Router With a Version 2
Fan Tray
Cisco IOS XR software release 4.3.0 introduces support for the version 2 fan tray in the
Cisco ASR 9010 Router chassis. The version 2 fan tray allows the Cisco ASR 9010 Router chassis to
support currently available ZR/DWDM SFP+ optics, or other high power optics that operate at 1.5W.
Note
The replacement procedure should be completed as quickly as possible. Cisco Systems does not support
long-term operation of the Cisco ASR 9010 Router with a mixture of version 1 and version 2 fan trays.
Use the following procedure to replace version 1 fan trays in the Cisco ASR 9010 Router with version
2 fan trays.
Step 1
Remove the first version 1 fan tray as shown in Figure 2-8 by completing the following sub-steps:
a.
b.
Note
c.
Wait a few seconds for all the fans to stop rotating before lifting the fan tray from the chassis.
OL-17499-07
2-13
Chapter 2
Warning
about 16 pounds (7.27 kg). Each Cisco ASR 9010 Router version 2 fan tray weighs about
18 pounds (8.18 kg).
At this point the fans in the remaining version 1 fan tray will go to full speed. The
Cisco IOS XR software will transmit a syslog message indicating that a fan tray OIR has begun.
Step 2
Insert the version 2 fan tray as shown in Figure 2-8.

At this point the front panel status LED indicator on the remaining version 1 fan tray will start to blink.
The Cisco IOS XR software will transmit a syslog message indicating that the system has mismatched
fan trays.
Step 3
Remove the remaining version 1 fan tray as shown in Figure 2-8 by completing the following sub-steps:
a.
b.
Note
c.
Warning
about 16 pounds (7.27 kg). Each Cisco ASR 9010 Router version 2 fan tray weighs about
18 pounds (8.18 kg).
At this point the fans in the currently installed version 2 fan tray will go to full speed. The
Cisco IOS XR software will transmit a syslog message indicating that a fan tray OIR has begun.
Step 4
Insert the second version 2 fan tray as shown in Figure 2-8.

At this point the Cisco IOS XR software will transmit a syslog message indicating that the system no
longer has mismatched fan trays.
Removing the Fan Tray from the Cisco ASR 9006 Router
Use the following procedure to remove a fan tray from the Cisco ASR 9006 Router (see Figure 2-10):
Step 1
Loosen the captive screw that secures the fan tray door to the chassis and open the door.
Step 2
Loosen the captive installation screw on the front of the fan tray you wish to remove.
Step 3
Note
Step 4
2-14
OL-17499-07
Chapter 2

Removing Cards from the Chassis
Warning
Use two hands when handling the fan tray. The fan tray weighs about 7.6 pounds (3.45 kg).
243374
Figure 2-10

To reduce additional weight from the chassis, you can remove all Route Switch Processor (RSP), Route
Processor (RP), Fabric Controller (FC), shared port adapter (SPA), SPA interface processor (SIP), and
line cards. This section describes how to remove the RSP, RP, FC, and line cards. For information about
removing SPA and SIP cards, see the Cisco ASR 9000 Series Aggregation Services Router SIP and SPA
Hardware Installation Guide.
Caution
Handle all cards by the metal card carrier edges only; avoid touching the board or any connector pins.
After removing a card, carefully place it in an antistatic bag or similar environment to protect it from
ESD and dust in the optic ports (fiber-optic line cards).
Caution
Be careful to avoid damaging the electromagnetic interference (EMI) gasket that runs along the full
height of the card front panel edge. Damage to the EMI gasket can affect the ability of your system to
meet EMI requirements.
Caution
To avoid damaging card mechanical components, never carry a card by the captive installation screws or
ejector levers. Doing so can damage these components and cause card insertion problems.
OL-17499-07
2-15
Chapter 2
Removing RSP and Line Cards from the Chassis

The Cisco ASR 9010 Router chassis contains 10 slots (see Figure 2-11 for the chassis with version 1
power system and Figure 2-12 for the chassis with version 2 power system). The RSP cards are installed
in the two center slots (labeled RSP0 and RSP1). Four line cards are installed in slots 0 through 3 to the
left of the RSP card slots and four line cards are installed in slots 4 through 7 to the right of the RSP card
slots.
The Cisco ASR 9006 Router chassis contains six slots (see Figure 2-13 for the chassis with version 1
power system and Figure 2-14 for the chassis with version 2 power system). The RSP cards are installed
in the two lowest slots (labeled RSP0 and RSP1) above the power modules. Four line cards are installed
in slots 2 through 5 above the RSP card slots.
Figure 2-11
Cisco ASR 9010 Router Components and Slot Numbering with Version 1 Power
System
RSP cards
Line cards 0-3
Line cards 4-7
Line card
Line card
Line card
Line card
RSP0
RSP1
Line card
Line card
Line card
Line card
Slot 1
Slot 2
Slot 3
Slot 4
Slot 5
Slot 6
Slot 7
Slot 8
Slot 9
4 5 6 7
Slot 0
0 1 2 3
FT0
Fan trays
FT1
Power shelves
PS0
M0
M1
M2
PS1
M0
M1
M2
242689
Front air intake
Power modules
2-16
OL-17499-07
Chapter 2

Figure 2-12
System
RSP cards
Line cards 0-3
Line cards 4-7
Line card
Line card
Slot 9
Line card
Slot 8
Slot 7
RSP0
Slot 4
RSP1
Line card
Slot 3
Line card
Line card
Slot 2
Slot 6
Line card
Slot 1
Slot 5
Line card
4 5 6 7
Slot 0
0 1 2 3
FT0
Fan trays
FT1
Power shelves
PS0
M0
M1
M2
M3
PS1
M0
M1
M2
M3
284401
Front air intake
Power modules
Figure 2-13
System
Fan trays
Line cards
RSP cards
Power shelf
FT1
Slot 5
Slot 4
Slot 3
Slot 2
Slot 1
Slot 0
M0
Line card 3
Line card 2
Line card 1
Line card 0
RSP1
RSP0
M1
243377
FT0
M2
Power modules
OL-17499-07
2-17
Chapter 2
Figure 2-14
System
Fan trays
Slot 5
Slot 4
Slot 3
Slot 2
Slot 1
Slot 0
Line cards
RSP cards
Power shelf
M0
M1
Line card 3
Line card 2
Line card 1
Line card 0
RSP1
RSP0
M2
284273
FT0 FT1
M3
Power modules
Use the following procedure to remove RSP and line cards from the chassis.
Step 1
Use Figure 2-12 or Figure 2-14 to identify each card and then write down the card type and slot number
on a piece of paper. You will need this information when you reinstall the cards in the chassis to be sure
you reinstall each card in its original slot.
Step 2
To remove a card (see Figure 2-15 or Figure 2-16), starting at the lowest numbered slot:
a.
Use a screwdriver to loosen the captive screws at the ends of the line card front panel.
b.
Pivot the ejector levers to unseat the card from the backplane connector.
c.
Slide the card out of the slot and place it directly into an antistatic bag or other ESD-preventive
container.
2-18
OL-17499-07
Chapter 2

Figure 2-15
MGT LAN 0
MGT LAN 0
MGT LAN 1
ACT
ACT
MGT LAN 1
LINK
LINK
CONSOLE
CONSOLE
BITS
BITS
0
J.211
J.211
BITS
BITS
1
J.211
J.211
ALARM OUT
ALARM OUT
ACO
ACO
LAMP
TEST
LAMP
TEST
FAIL
SYNC
CRIT
HDD
MAJ
CF
FAIL
CRIT
MIN
ARE PROPE
RLY INSTAL
LED WHEN
SCREWS ARE
TIGHTENED
HDD
CF
MIN
ACO
ACO
TO10 IN/LB
243205
IMPORTANT
- CARDS
SYNC
MAJ
Loosen the captive screws
Pivot the ejector levers to

unseat the card from the
backplane connector
Slide the card out of the

chassis
OL-17499-07
2-19
Chapter 2
Figure 2-16
243405
Step 3

backplane connector

chassis
Repeat Step 2 for each RSP or line card.
Removing RP, FC, and Line Cards from the Cisco ASR 9922 Router
The Cisco ASR 9922 Router chassis contains 22 slots (see Figure 2-17 for the chassis with version 2
power system). Up to seven FC cards are installed between the two RP cards in the middle cage of the
chassis. Ten line cards are installed in slots 0 through 9 in the top card cage, and ten line cards are
installed upside down in slots 10 through 19 in the bottom card cage.
2-20
OL-17499-07
Chapter 2

Figure 2-17
System
Power modules
PS3
PM12
PM13
PM14
PM15
Slot 9
Slot 8
Slot 7
Slot 6
FC5
FC6
RP1
Slot 16
Slot 17
Slot 18
Slot 19
LC14
LC15
LC16
LC17
LC18
LC19
FC4
Slot 15
LC13
FC2
Slot 14
LC12
FC1
Slot 13
FC0
Slot 12
LC10
LC11
RP0
Slot 10
Slot 11
FT2
FT3
Fan trays
302423
Line cards
Slot 5
FT0
FT1
Fan trays
FC3
Line cards
LC9
PM11
LC8
PM10
LC7
PM9
LC6
PM8
LC5
PS2
LC4
PM7
LC3
PM6
Slot 4
PM5
LC2
PM4
Slot 3
PS1
Slot 2
PM3
LC1
PM2
LC0
PM1
Slot 1
PM0
Slot 0
Power shelves/trays
PS0
OL-17499-07
2-21
Chapter 2
Use the following procedure to remove FC, RP, and line cards from the Cisco ASR 9922 Router chassis.
Step 1
Use Figure 2-17 to identify each card and then write down the card type and slot number on a piece of
paper. You will need this information when you reinstall the cards in the chassis to be sure you reinstall
each card in its original slot.
Step 2
To remove a FC card (see Figure 2-18), starting at the lowest numbered slot:
a.
Remove the air filter covering the front of the middle cage.
b.
Use a screwdriver to loosen the captive screws at the ends of the FC card front panel.
c.
Push in both ejector lever release buttons.
Note
Once any ejector lever release button is pushed in, the FC card must by physically removed and
reinserted (OIR) to restart the FC card.
d.
Pivot the ejector levers to unseat the FC card from the backplane connector.
e.
Slide the FC card out of the slot and place it directly into an antistatic bag or other ESD-preventive
container.
Removing a FC Card from the Cisco ASR 9922 Router Chassis
302424
Figure 2-18

backplane connector
Push in both ejector lever

release buttons

chassis
2-22
OL-17499-07
Chapter 2

Step 3
To remove a RP or line card (see Figure 2-19), starting at the lowest numbered slot:
a.
Use a screwdriver to loosen the captive screws at the ends of the line card front panel.
b.
c.
container.
Figure 2-19
Removing a Line Card from the Cisco ASR 9922 Router Top Card Cage
344076
Step 4

backplane connector

chassis
Repeat Step 2 or Step 3 for each FC, RP, or line card.
OL-17499-07
2-23
Chapter 2
Rack-Mounting the Router Chassis

The router chassis is installed in a front-mounted position, as shown in Figure 1-12 for the
Cisco ASR 9010 Router, Figure 1-13 for the Cisco ASR 9006 Router, and Figure 1-14 for the
In a front-mounted position, the chassis rack-mounting flanges are secured directly to the rack posts.
Note
The Cisco ASR 9922 Router is designed to mount in only a 4-post rack.
Verifying Rack Dimensions

Before you install the chassis, measure the space between the vertical mounting flanges (rails) on your
equipment rack to verify that the rack conforms to the measurements shown in Figure 2-20.
Step 1
Mark and measure the distance between two holes on the left and right mounting rails.
The distance should measure 18.31 inches 0.06 inches (46.5 cm 0.15 cm).
Note
Step 2
Measure for pairs of holes near the bottom, middle and top of the equipment rack to ensure that
the rack posts are parallel.
Measure the space between the inner edges of the left front and right front mounting flanges on the
equipment rack.
The space must be at least 17.7 inches (45 cm) to accommodate the chassis, which is approximately
17.50 in. (44.45 cm) wide and fits between the mounting posts on the rack.
Figure 2-20
Verifying Equipment Rack Dimensions
Mounting flanges
Hole centerline
to hole centerline
18.31 inches 0.06 inches
(46.5 cm 0.15 cm)
247170
Minimum usable
aperture 17.7 inches
(45.0 cm)
2-24
OL-17499-07
Chapter 2

Installing the Chassis in a 2-Post Rack

Two people can lift an empty router chassis using the handles on the sides. To accommodate racks with
different hole patterns in their mounting flanges, the chassis rack-mounting flanges have three groups of
eight oblong screw holes on each side.
This section describes how to install the chassis in a 2-post telco-style rack.
Figure 2-21 shows the orientation of the Cisco ASR 9010 Router chassis to the rack posts and
components used in the installation. To mount the Cisco ASR 9010 Router chassis in a 2-post open rack,
two side mounting brackets must be attached to the chassis and the front posts of the rack.
Figure 2-22 shows the orientation of the Cisco ASR 9006 Router chassis to the rack posts and
components used in the installation.
Figure 2-21
3
4
243187
Five screws per

side (minimum) to
attach the router
chassis to the rack
2 Four screws
(minimum) to attach
the rear mounting
bracket to the rack
Rear mounting
bracket
4 Five screws to
attach the rear
mounting bracket to
the router chassis
OL-17499-07
2-25
Chapter 2
Warning
An empty chassis weighs approximately 150 pounds (68 kg). You need two people to slide the chassis
into the equipment rack safely.
Figure 2-22
243466
Four screws per side (minimum) to attach the router chassis to the rack
2-26
OL-17499-07
Chapter 2

Use the following procedure to install the chassis in the equipment rack:
Step 1
Using two people, lift the chassis into the rack using the side handles and grasping underneath the power
supply bays (see Figure 2-23).
Correct Lifting Positions
243343
Figure 2-23
Caution
Do not grasp the card cage or the air inlet grill when lifting the router chassis (see Figure 2-24).
OL-17499-07
2-27
Chapter 2
Incorrect Lifting Handholds
243342
Figure 2-24
Step 2
Position the chassis until the rack-mounting flanges are flush against the mounting rails on the rack.
Step 3
Hold the chassis in position against the mounting rails while the second person finger-tightens a screw
to the rack rails on each side of the chassis.
Step 4
Finger-tighten four more screws to the rack rails on each side of the chassis. Space the screws evenly
between the top and bottom of the chassis.
Step 5
Attach the side brackets to the left and right side of the chassis by finger-tightening five screws through
each bracket into the chassis.
Step 6
Attach the side bracket front flanges to the rack by finger-tightening four screws through each bracket
flange into the front mounting rails of the rack.
Step 7
Fully tighten all five screws on the chassis mounting flanges on each side to secure the chassis to the
rack rails.
Step 8
Fully tighten the five screws on each side bracket to secure the brackets to the chassis.
Step 9
Fully tighten the four screws on each side bracket flange to secure the brackets to the rack rails.
2-28
OL-17499-07
Chapter 2

Installing the Chassis in a 4-post Rack

To mount the Cisco ASR 9010 Router chassis in a 4-post open rack, two side brackets must be attached
to the chassis and the rear posts (see Figure 2-25).
The Cisco ASR 9006 Router is installed in a 4-post open rack without using extra brackets (see
Figure 2-26).
To mount the Cisco ASR 9922 Router chassis in a 4-post open rack, two side brackets must be attached
to the chassis and the rear posts (see Figure 2-28).
To prepare the 19-inch 45 RU rack that will contain the Cisco ASR 9922 Router, install the two
guiderails into the bottom of the rack (see Figure 2-27). Use screws to fasten these two guiderails into
the front and rear rails of the rack. The bottom rail is keyed to the EIA mounting hole pattern. Install the
rails at the first RU location. The rear rack mount brackets are installed by aligning the bracket mounting
holes to the holes on the rear cover of the chassis.
Use a scissors jack to remove the chassis from the shipping rack. Place a pallet jack next to the chassis
inside the shipping rack and push/pull the chassis onto the pallet jack for transport to the rack.
On the rear of the chassis is an integrated handle which is used to pull the chassis from the pallet jack
into the rack where the chassis is to be installed. First, position the chassis so that the rear handle is
facing the front of the rack. Then, from the rear of the rack, pull the chassis by the handle into the rack,
making sure that the chassis sits on top of the guiderails in the rack. Once the chassis is pulled into the
rack and sits on top of the guiderails, use screws to fasten the chassis to the rack.
OL-17499-07
2-29
Chapter 2
Figure 2-25
1
3
243256
Rear mounting bracket
2 Five screws (minimum) to attach

the rear mounting bracket to the
rear post of the rack
Five screws (minimum) to

attach the rear mounting
bracket to the router chassis
2-30
OL-17499-07
Chapter 2

243431
Figure 2-26
OL-17499-07
2-31
Chapter 2
344377
Figure 2-27
2-32
OL-17499-07
Chapter 2

302352
Figure 2-28

Before you connect power to the router, or power on the router for the first time, we recommend that you
connect the central office ground system or Network Equipment Building System (NEBS) to the
threaded supplemental bonding and grounding receptacles on the router. For more information on
supplemental bonding and grounding cable requirements, see the NEBS Supplemental Unit Bonding
and Grounding Guidelines section on page 1-36.
Use the following procedure to attach a grounding cable lug to the router:
Step 1
Insert the grounding screws through the locking washers and into the threaded grounding receptacle. The
grounding receptacle for the Cisco ASR 9010 Router chassis is near the bottom and rear of the right side,
as shown in Figure 2-29. The grounding receptacle for the Cisco ASR 9006 Router is near the top and
rear of the right side, as shown in Figure 2-30. The grounding receptacle for the Cisco ASR 9922 Router
is near the bottom and rear of the right side, as shown in Figure 2-31.
OL-17499-07
2-33
Chapter 2
Step 2
Tighten the grounding screws securely to the receptacles.
Step 3
Prepare the other end of the grounding wire and connect it to the appropriate grounding point at your
site to ensure an adequate earth ground.
Figure 2-30
243440
243204
Figure 2-29
2-34
OL-17499-07
Chapter 2

Installing Chassis Accessories
344039
Figure 2-31

The Cisco ASR 9000 Series Routers come with a base set of chassis accessories. To install the base
chassis accessories, use the appropriate procedure below for your router:
For Cisco ASR 9010 Routers, see the Installing Base Chassis Accessories on the
Cisco ASR 9010 Router section on page 2-36.
For Cisco ASR 9006 Routers, see the Installing Base Chassis Accessories on the
Optional chassis accessories are also available. If you ordered the optional chassis accessories, use the
appropriate installation procedure below for your router:
For Cisco ASR 9010 Routers, see the Installing Optional Chassis Accessories on the
OL-17499-07
2-35
Chapter 2

The base chassis accessories for the Cisco ASR 9010 Router include:
Note
Two ball studs
Two plastic side strips
One accessory front grill
If you ordered the optional accessories set, use the procedure at Installing Optional Chassis Accessories
on the Cisco ASR 9010 Router section on page 2-39 to install both the base and optional accessories.
If you did not order the optional accessory set, use the following procedure to install the supplied base
chassis accessories on the Cisco ASR 9010 Router:
Step 1
Install and tighten two ball studs (one per side) into the chassis front edge near the top of the chassis grill
(see Figure 2-32 for the version 1 power trays and Figure 2-33 for the version 2 power trays). Tighten
the ball studs to a torque of 8 in-lb (0.90 N-m).
Installing Ball Studs - Version 1 Power, Cisco ASR 9010 Router Shown (Base
Accessories installation)
243457
Figure 2-32
2-36
OL-17499-07
Chapter 2

Figure 2-33
Installing Ball Studs - Version 2 Power, Cisco ASR 9010 Router Shown (Base
Accessories installation)
284407
Step 2
Attach two plastic strips (one per side) along the chassis front edge. The bottom tab of each strip attaches
to the hole about 2 inches above the ball stud locations (see Figure 2-34).
Step 3
Attach the accessory grill to the chassis in front of the chassis grill. The top of the accessory grill attaches
to the ball studs.
Note
You must install the lower fan tray before attaching the accessory grill. The lower fan tray slot is located
behind the accessory grill. See the Installing the Fan Trays section on page 3-4.
OL-17499-07
2-37
Chapter 2
Figure 2-34
243457
Two ball studs inserted in

front chassis edge threaded
holes next to chassis grill
Two side strips attach to front

chassis edge (one per side)
3 Accessory grill attaches

to front chassis edge by
attaching to ball studs
2-38
OL-17499-07
Chapter 2

Installing Optional Chassis Accessories on the Cisco ASR 9010 Router

The set of optional chassis accessories for the Cisco ASR 9010 Router includes:
Note
Six ball studs
Two L-shaped brackets
Two hinge brackets (left and right side)
Eight screws (plus one extra) for attaching the hinge brackets
Four screws for attaching the L-shaped brackets
Two doors (left and right side)
One mid-cover with door lock
Installation of the optional accessory pieces also includes the base accessory ball studs and front grill.
The base accessory side strips are not used when installing the optional chassis accessories.
If you ordered the optional accessories set, use the following procedure to install both the base and
optional accessories (see Figure 2-35):
Step 1
Attach the left hand L-shaped bracket (item 3 in Figure 2-35) to the left hinge bracket (item 2 in
Figure 2-35) with two screws. Tighten the screws to a torque of 5 in-lb (0.55 N-m).
Step 2
Repeat Step 1 for the right hinge bracket and right hand L-shaped bracket.
Step 3
Remove the two screws that secure the bottom edge of the cable management tray to the chassis.
Step 4
Install three ball studs into the chassis on each side (item 7 in Figure 2-35). Tighten the ball studs to a
torque of 8 in-lb (0.90 N-m).
OL-17499-07
2-39
Chapter 2
Figure 2-35
Optional Chassis Accessories for the Cisco ASR 9010 Router
2
3
5
4
6
7
248659
Door (one per side)
Screws for attaching the L-shaped bracket to

the hinge bracket (one screw is removed and
re-inserted to attach the L-shaped bracket to
the cable management tray and chassis)
Hinge bracket (one per side)
Mid-cover with door lock
L-shaped bracket (one per side)
Balls studs (three per side)
Four screws for attaching each hinge bracket

(eight screws total)
Front grill
Step 5
Attach the left and right hinge brackets to the chassis using four screws for each bracket. Tighten the
screws to a torque of 11 in-lb (1.20 N-m). The L-shaped brackets should align with the holes in the cable
management tray from which you removed the screws.
Step 6
Secure the L-shaped brackets to the chassis and cable management tray by re-inserting and tightening
the cable management tray screws you removed (see Figure 2-36).
2-40
OL-17499-07
Chapter 2

Figure 2-36
Installing the Hinge Brackets and L-Shaped Brackets on the Cisco ASR 9010 Router
249244
Install each hinge bracket, with an L-shaped

bracket attached, using four screws.
After the hinge brackets are installed, secure

each L-shaped bracket to the cable
management tray and chassis with the screw
that you previously removed from that
location.
Step 7
Install the mid-cover with door lock (item 6 in Figure 2-35) by engaging it to the upper four ball studs
and lining up the grooves in the top outside edges of the mid-cover with ridges at the bottom of the hinge
brackets.
Step 8
Attach two doors to the hinge brackets (one per side). For each door:
a.
Align the door hinge hole with the bracket hinge hole (see Figure 2-37).
b.
Insert the captive pin in the door hinge through the hole in the bracket hinge.
OL-17499-07
2-41
Chapter 2
Note
behind the accessory grill. See the Installing the Fan Trays section on page 3-4.
Installing Optional Chassis Accessory Doors on the Cisco ASR 9010 Router
248660
Figure 2-37
Step 9
Install the front grill (item 8 in Figure 2-35) by aligning and engaging it to the bottom two ball studs and
pressing it in.
2-42
OL-17499-07
Chapter 2


Two sets of chassis accessories are available for the Cisco ASR 9006 Router: base and optional. The
base set of accessories includes:
Note
One plastic fan tray door accessory piece
Two metal mounting brackets (left and right)
Two chassis side brackets (left and right)
Two plastic chassis corner pieces (left and right)
Two screws for attaching the plastic fan tray door accessory piece
Six screws for attaching the metal mounting brackets
Six screws for attaching the side brackets
If you ordered the optional accessories set, use the procedure at Installing Optional Chassis Accessories
on the Cisco ASR 9006 Router section on page 2-46 to install both the base and optional accessories.
If you did not order the optional accessory set, use the following procedure to install the supplied base
chassis accessories on the Cisco ASR 9006 Router:
Step 1
Attach the plastic accessory piece to the fan tray door using two supplied screws. Insert the screws
through the fan tray door from the inside of the door into the accessory piece (see Figure 2-38).
Step 2
Attach the left hand metal mounting bracket to the front upper left corner of the chassis with three
screws.
OL-17499-07
2-43
Chapter 2
Figure 2-38
Installing Plastic Fan Tray Door Accessory and Metal Mounting Brackets on the Cisco ASR 9006 Router
243540
Plastic fan tray door

accessory
Metal mounting bracket on

left upper corner of chassis
3 Metal mounting bracket on

right upper corner of chassis
Step 3
Attach the right hand metal mounting bracket to the front upper right corner of the chassis with three
screws.
Step 4
Attach the left and right side brackets to the chassis front edge on each side (see Figure 2-39). Attach
each bracket to the chassis using three screws per bracket inserted from the inside of the chassis, through
the three chassis tabs into the plastic brackets. Tighten the screws to a torque of 7 in-lb (0.80 N-m).
2-44
OL-17499-07
Chapter 2

Figure 2-39
Installing Chassis Side Brackets on the Cisco ASR 9006 Router
243542
Left hand chassis side

bracket
Six screws for attaching the

chassis side brackets (three
per side)
3 Right hand chassis side

bracket
Step 5
Attach the left hand plastic corner piece to the mounting bracket at the front upper left corner of the
chassis (see Figure 2-40).
Step 6
Attach the right hand plastic corner piece to the mounting bracket at the front upper right corner of the
chassis.
OL-17499-07
2-45
Chapter 2
Installing Plastic Chassis Corners on the Cisco ASR 9006 Router (Base Accessories
Installation)
243541
Figure 2-40
Plastic chassis corner piece attaches to

metal bracket at upper left corner of
chassis

metal bracket at upper right corner of
chassis
After the chassis has been installed in the rack and all chassis accessories have been attached, you can
install the fan trays, power supply modules, and RSP and line cards. See Chapter 3, Installing Cards
and Modules in the Chassis for detailed installation instructions.

Four ball stud assembly pieces (one set of two pieces per side)
One door with attached hinges
Four screws for assembling and attaching the ball stud assemblies
Four small hex nuts for attaching the door hinges
Installation of the optional accessory pieces also includes all base accessory pieces. If you ordered the
optional accessories set, use the following procedure to install both the base and optional accessories:
Step 1
Perform Step 1 through Step 4 of the Installing Base Chassis Accessories on the
Step 2
Assemble and attach the two ball stud assemblies (see Figure 2-41) to each chassis side bracket. For each
assembly:
2-46
OL-17499-07
Chapter 2

a.
Align the two halves of the assembly to each other and to the screw holes in the chassis side bracket.
b.
Insert and tighten two screws to secure the assembly to the side bracket.
Installing Ball Stud Assemblies on the Cisco ASR 9006 Router (Shown with Version 1
Power System)
248669
Figure 2-41
Step 3
Caution
Attach the door to the upper chassis panel (see Figure 2-42) using two hex nuts per side to secure the
door hinges to the panel. Tighten the hex nuts to a torque of 4 in-lb (0.45 N-m).
Do not overtighten the hex nuts. They can be broken through overtightening.
OL-17499-07
2-47
Chapter 2
Caution
When opening the door, be sure to grasp the center of the door to pull it open. Do not open the door by
pulling on a corner or side of the door frame.
Installing the Optional Accessory Door on the Cisco ASR 9006 Router
248670
Figure 2-42
Step 4
Attach the left hand plastic corner piece to the mounting bracket at the front upper left corner of the
chassis (see Figure 2-43).
Step 5
Attach the right hand plastic corner piece to the mounting bracket at the front upper right corner of the
chassis.
2-48
OL-17499-07
Chapter 2

Figure 2-43
Installing Plastic Chassis Corners on the Cisco ASR 9006 Router (Optional
Accessories Installation)
249226
1
2

metal bracket at upper left corner of
chassis

metal bracket at upper right corner of
chassis
install the fan trays, power supply modules, and RSP and line cards. See Chapter 3, Installing Cards
and Modules in the Chassis for detailed installation instructions.
OL-17499-07
2-49
Chapter 2

Fan tray covers
Top and bottom card cage doors
If you ordered the optional accessories set, use the following procedure to install the accessories:
Step 1
Note
Remove the two screws that secure the bottom edge of the cable management tray to the chassis.
Four ball studs are pre installed on the Cisco ASR 9922 Router chassis.
Optional Fan Tray Covers for the Cisco ASR 9922 Router
302403
Figure 2-44
2-50
OL-17499-07
Chapter 2

Figure 2-45
Optional Card Cage Doors for the Cisco ASR 9922 Router
302407
Card cage door
Hinge bracket
Step 2
Attach the left and right hinge brackets to the chassis using three screws (M4 thread) for each bracket.
Tighten the screws to a torque of 11 in-lb (1.20 N-m). The L-shaped brackets should align with the holes
in the cable management tray from which you removed the screws.
Step 3
Secure the L-shaped brackets to the chassis and cable management tray by re-inserting and tightening
the cable management tray screws you removed.
install the fan trays, power supply modules, FC, RP, and line cards. See Chapter 3, Installing Cards and
Modules in the Chassis for detailed installation instructions.
OL-17499-07
2-51
Chapter 2
2-52
OL-17499-07
CH A P T E R

This chapter contains the procedures for installing cards and modules into the chassis after the chassis
has been installed into a rack. This chapter also describes how to connect cables to line cards, the RSP,
the RP, and alarm cards. In most cases, the procedures for the Cisco ASR 9010 Router,
Cisco ASR 9006 Router, and Cisco ASR 9922 Router are identical, unless noted otherwise.
The installation is presented in the following sections:
Installing Power Modules, page 3-1
Installing the Fan Trays, page 3-4
Installing Cards in the Chassis, page 3-5
Connecting Line Card Network Interface Cables, page 3-14
Connecting Cables to the RSP or RP, page 3-17
Connecting the Alarm Cable, page 3-21
Connecting Power to the Router, page 3-22
Powering on the Router, page 3-27
Installing Power Modules

The following procedures describe how to reinstall the power modules back into the chassis. Be sure to
follow the correct procedure for the type of power modules that you have.
Caution
Never force a power module into the power tray if you feel any resistance! The power modules are keyed
to prevent AC modules from being plugged into a DC power tray or a DC module into an AC power tray.
Forcing a module into the incorrect tray can cause damage to the module and the tray.
OL-17499-07
3-1
Chapter 3
Installing AC Power Modules

Prerequisites
There are no prerequisites for this task.

You need the following tool to perform this task:
7/16 Hex socket and torque wrench, torque 50 in-lbs.
Steps
Use the following procedure to reinstall the AC power modules back into the chassis (see Figure 3-1 for
the version 1 power module or Figure 3-2 for the version 2 power module).
Step 1
Slide the power module into the power tray until it mates with its backplane connector.
Step 2
Secure the module:
Caution
a.
Version 1 power module: Pivot the power module door fully to the left until it locks to securely seat
the power module to its backplane connector.
b.
Version 2 power module: move the handle up and tighten the screw using the 7/16 Hex socket and
torque wrench with the torque set to 50 in-lbs. to secure.
To prevent damage to the power tray backplane connector, do not use excessive force when inserting the
power module into the power tray.
Step 3
Repeat Step 1 and Step 2 for the other AC power modules.
Step 4
Go to the Installing the Fan Trays section on page 3-4 to install the fan tray.
243181
Figure 3-1
3-2
OL-17499-07
Chapter 3

331400
Figure 3-2
Installing DC Power Modules

Prerequisites

7/16 Hex socket and torque wrench, torque 50 inch-pounds
Steps
Use the following procedure to reinstall the DC power modules back into the chassis (see Figure 3-1 for
the version 1 power module or Figure 3-2 for the version 2 power module.
Step 1
Slide the power module into the power tray until it mates with its backplane connector.
Step 2
Secure the module:
Caution
Step 3
a.
Version 1 power module: Pivot the power module door fully to the left until it locks to securely seat
the power module to its backplane connector.
b.
Version 2 power module: move the handle up and tighten the screw using the 7/16 Hex socket and
torque wrench with the torque set to 50 inch-pounds to secure.
Repeat Step 1 and Step 2 for the other DC power modules.
OL-17499-07
3-3
Chapter 3
Installing the Fan Trays
Step 4
Go to the Installing the Fan Trays section on page 3-4 to install the fan trays.
Installing the Fan Trays

Prerequisites
Install the power modules before installing the fan trays.

6-in. long number 2 Phillips screwdriver, torque 10 inch-pounds
Steps
Use the following procedure to install the fan trays in the chassis (refer to Figure 2-8, Figure 2-9, and
Figure 2-10):
Note
behind the accessory grill. See the Installing Chassis Accessories section on page 2-35.
Step 1
Lift the fan tray (with two hands) and slide it halfway into the module bay.
Step 2
Slowly push the fan tray into the chassis until it mates with the backplane connector at the back of the
chassis bay.
Caution
To prevent damage to the connectors, do not use excessive force when inserting the fan tray into the
chassis.
Step 3
Tighten the captive screw(s) on the fan tray using the 6-in. long number 2 Phillips screwdriver to a torque
of 10 +/1 in-lb to secure it to the chassis.
Step 4
Repeat Step 1 through Step 3 for the second fan tray.
Note
Step 5
In the Cisco ASR 9922 Router, the third and fourth fan trays (under the middle cage) are
installed upside down compared to the first and second fan trays (above the middle cage).
Go to the Installing Cards in the Chassis section on page 3-5 to reinstall the RSP, RP, FC, and line
cards.
3-4
OL-17499-07
Chapter 3

Installing Cards in the Chassis

This section describes how to reinstall the RSP, RP, FC, and line cards back into the chassis. For
information about installing shared port adapter (SPA) and SPA interface processor (SIP) cards, see the
Cisco ASR 9000 Series Aggregation Services Router SIP and SPA Hardware Installation Guide.
Caution
Be sure to verify that you are inserting a card into its correct slot. RSP/RP cards must only be inserted
in the two slots reserved for RSP/RP cards (RSP0, RSP1, RP0, RP1). FC cards must only be inserted in
the FC slots of the Cisco ASR 9922 Router. All other slots are for line cards.
Caution
Unoccupied card slots must have a blank filler card installed for electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
and to ensure proper air flow through the chassis.
Caution
Be careful to avoid damaging the electromagnetic interference (EMI) gasket that runs along the full
height of the card front panel edges. Damage to the EMI gasket can affect the ability of your system to
meet EMC requirements.
Caution
Caution
To avoid damaging card mechanical components, never carry an RSP, RP, FC, or line card by the captive
installation screws or ejector levers. Doing so can damage these components and cause card insertion
problems.
Caution
Be sure to always tighten the captive installation screws on RSP, RP, FC, and line cards. Failure to tighten
the screws can cause boot failure or prevent proper router operation.
OL-17499-07
3-5
Chapter 3
Installing RSP Cards in the Chassis

Use the following procedure to reinstall RSP cards into the chassis (see Figure 2-12 and Figure 2-13 for
slot numbering):
Step 1
Starting at slot RSP0, slide the card into the slot.
Step 2
Pivot the ejector levers to seat the card to the backplane connector.
Caution
Do not apply excessive force to the RSP card to seat it. When seated, the RSP card ejector levers are
angled slightly outward from the card faceplate (item 1 in Figure 3-3). When the captive installation
screws are fully tightened, the ejector levers are parallel to the card faceplate (item 2 in Figure 3-3).
Some flexing in the backplane is normal. When you push the ejector levers fully vertical, the card is
seated in the backplane connectors. However, when you release the levers, backplane flexing pushes the
levers out, so the levers may be slightly loose. Tightening the captive installation screws prevents any
additional movement from flexing of the backplane.
Step 3
Tighten the captive screws at the top and bottom of the front panel to a torque of 10 +/1 in-lbs.
Step 4
Repeat Step 1 through Step 3 to install the second RSP card into slot RSP1.
Note
Even when the RSP card is fully seated with installation screws fully tightened, there may be a slight
gap between the card and the chassis (item 3 in Figure 3-3).
3-6
OL-17499-07
Chapter 3

RSP Card Ejector Lever Positions During Installation
243400
Figure 3-3
Note: Vertical red lines in Figure 3-3 indicate a line fully parallel to the RSP card front panel.
1
Slightly loose position of

ejector levers when the RSP
card is fully seated in the
backplane, but the captive
installation screws are not
fully tightened
Fully parallel position of

ejector levers when the RSP
card is fully seated in the
backplane and captive
installation screws are fully
tightened
Slight gap that may be

present when the RSP card is
fully seated in the backplane
and captive installation
screws are fully tightened
OL-17499-07
3-7
Chapter 3

The Cisco ASR 9010 Router has cable management ties on the front of the cable management tray
assembly. Cables to the RSP cards can be routed as shown in Figure 3-4 to separate them from line card
cabling.
Figure 3-4
194803
Hinged cover (shown in the

raised position)
RSP cable bundle routed

through the tray
RSP cable management tie
3-8
OL-17499-07
Chapter 3

Installing RP Cards in the Chassis

Use the following procedure to reinstall RP cards into the Cisco ASR 9922 Router (see Figure 2-17 for
slot numbering):
Step 1
Starting at slot RP0, slide the card into the slot.
Step 2
Caution
Do not apply excessive force to the RP card to seat it. When seated, the RP card ejector levers are angled
slightly outward from the card faceplate (item 1 in Figure 3-3). When the captive installation screws are
fully tightened, the ejector levers are parallel to the card faceplate (item 2 in Figure 3-3). Some flexing
in the backplane is normal. When you push the ejector levers fully vertical, the card is seated in the
backplane connectors. However, when you release the levers, backplane flexing pushes the levers out,
so the levers may be slightly loose. Tightening the captive installation screws prevents any additional
movement from flexing of the backplane.
Step 3
Step 4
Repeat Step 1 through Step 3 to install the second RP card into slot RP1.
Note
Even when the RP card is fully seated with installation screws fully tightened, there may be a slight gap
between the card and the chassis (item 3 in Figure 3-3).
OL-17499-07
3-9
Chapter 3
Installing FC Cards in the Chassis

Use the following procedure to reinstall FC cards into the Cisco ASR 9922 Router (see Figure 2-17 for
slot numbering):
Step 1
Starting at slot FC0, slide the card into the slot.
Step 2
Caution
Do not apply excessive force to the FC card to seat it. When seated, the FC card ejector levers are angled
slightly outward from the card faceplate (item 1 in Figure 3-3). When the captive installation screws are
fully tightened, the ejector levers are parallel to the card faceplate (item 2 in Figure 3-3). Some flexing
in the backplane is normal. When you push the ejector levers fully vertical, the card is seated in the
backplane connectors. However, when you release the levers, backplane flexing pushes the levers out,
so the levers may be slightly loose. Tightening the captive installation screws prevents any additional
movement from flexing of the backplane.
Step 3
Step 4
Repeat Step 1 through Step 3 to install the remaining FC cards into slots FC1 to FC6.
Note
Even when the FC card is fully seated with installation screws fully tightened, there may be a slight gap
between the card and the chassis (item 3 in Figure 3-3).
Installing Line Cards in the Chassis

Before you begin reinstalling cards in the card cage, identify slot assignments by referring to the written
list you prepared when you removed the cards (see Figure 2-12, Figure 2-14, and Figure 2-17 for slot
numbering).
Caution
Be careful to avoid damaging the EMI gasket that runs along the full height of the card front panel edges.
Damage to the EMI gasket can affect the ability of your system to meet EMI requirements.
Use the following procedure to reinstall line cards in the chassis card cage:
Step 1
Starting at the lowest numbered line card slot, slide the card into the slot (see Figure 3-5, Figure 3-6, or
Figure 3-7) until it mates with the backplane connector.
Step 2
Pivot the ejector levers to seat the card into the backplane connector.
Step 3
Tighten the captive screws at the top and bottom of the front panel to a torque of 10 +/1 in-lb.
3-10
OL-17499-07
Chapter 3

Figure 3-5
MGT LAN 0
MGT LAN 0
ACT
MGT LAN 1
LINK
ACT
MGT LAN 1
LINK
CONSOLE
CONSOLE
BITS
BITS
0
J.211
J.211
BITS
BITS
1
J.211
J.211
ALARM OUT
ALARM OUT
ACO
ACO
LAMP
TEST
LAMP
TEST
FAIL
SYNC
CRIT
HDD
MAJ
CF
FAIL
CRIT
MIN
ARE PROPE
RLY INSTAL
LED WHEN
SCREWS ARE
TIGHTENED
HDD
CF
MIN
ACO
ACO
TO10 IN/LB
243194
IMPORTANT
- CARDS
SYNC
MAJ
Slide the card into the

chassis

seat the card into the
backplane connector
Tighten the captive screws
OL-17499-07
3-11
Chapter 3
Figure 3-6
248314

chassis

backplane connector
3-12
OL-17499-07
Chapter 3

Figure 3-7
344086
Step 4

backplane connector
Repeat Step 1 through Step 3 for each line card.
Note
Step 5

chassis
In the Cisco ASR 9922 Router, up to ten line cards are installed in slots 0 through 9 in the top
card cage, and up to ten line cards are installed upside down in slots 10 through 19 in the bottom
card cage.
Go to the Connecting Line Card Network Interface Cables section on page 3-14 to connect the network
interface cables.
OL-17499-07
3-13
Chapter 3

This section describes how to route the network interface cables through the router cable-management
system and attach the network interface cables to the line card ports.
This procedure uses an 40x1GE line card as an example to describe how to attach a network interface
cable to a line card port and route the cable through the cable-management system. Depending on which
line cards are installed in your system, your cable connection procedure might differ slightly from this
example. For cable connection information for your specific line card, refer to the installation and
configuration note for that line card.
Note
You can access the most current Cisco line card documentation online at: http://www.cisco.com.
Use the following procedure as an example to route the network interface cables through the
cable-management system and connect them to the line card:
Step 1
Note
Route an interface cable across the horizontal cable management tray (see Figure 3-8), and down
through the cable tray opening to connect it to the line card.
Each line card has its own cable routing slot in the cable management tray. For example, the cables
shown in Figure 3-8 are cables being routed to line card 3 in slot 3 in a Cisco ASR 9010 Router.
Figure 3-8
Routing Interface Cables through the Cable Management Tray
243259
1
Step 2
Hinged cover (shown in the raised position)
2 Line card cable bundle routed through the tray
Attach a line card cable management bracket to the line card front panel (see Figure 3-9). This bracket
is shipped with the line card.
3-14
OL-17499-07
Chapter 3

Step 3
Route the cable through the cable-management bracket and carefully press the cable into the channel so
it is held in place by the cable clips, as shown in Figure 3-10. For an example of cable routing in the
Cisco ASR 9006 Router, see Figure 3-11.
Step 4
Insert the cable connector into its assigned port.
Step 5
Repeat Step 1 through Step 4 for each additional cable connection to that line card.
Attaching a Line Card Cable Management Bracket
243255
Figure 3-9
Caution
Make sure the interface cables do not have any kinks or sharp bends, which can destroy or degrade the
ability of the optical fiber to propagate the signal-encoded beam of light accurately from one end of the
cable to the other. Always allow adequate strain relief in the interface cable.
OL-17499-07
3-15
Chapter 3
Example of Interface Cable Routing Using Line Card Cable Management Bracket
243252
Figure 3-10
3-16
OL-17499-07
Chapter 3

Connecting Cables to the RSP or RP
Figure 3-11
Example of Interface Cable Routing Using Line Card and Chassis Cable Management
Bracket on the Cisco ASR 9006 Router
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
6
8
7
21
10
23
12
27
16
13
25
14
11
29
18
15
31
17
19
33
20
35
22
28
25
14
27
16
29
18
37
30
13
23
12
14
16
SYNC
0
ALAR
BITS
AUX
35
37
39
28
J.211
30
SYNC
0
32
34
SYNC
1
36
BITS
M OU
38
T
J.211
243406
FAIL
SYNC
FAIL
J.211
SYNC
ALAR
BITS
HDD
ACT
33
26
CF
LINK
31
24
ACO
J.211
22
CRIT
BITS
CONS
OLE
MAJ
20
M OU
MIN
LAN
29
18
SYNC
1
HDD
ACT
27
ACO
MGT
25
CF
CONS
OLE
LAMP
TEST
ACT
21
10
AUX
LINK
38
ACO
36
19
LAMP
TEST
LINK
ACT
LAN
34
17
MGT
32
15
ACO
LINK
39
28
11
38
35
26
LAN
36
33
24
MGT
34
22
32
20
LAN
30
31
MGT
39
26
23
12
37
24
21
10
CRIT
MAJ
MIN

This section describes how to connect cables to the console, auxiliary, and Ethernet ports on the RSP/RP.
The console and auxiliary ports are both asynchronous serial ports; any devices connected to these ports
must be capable of asynchronous transmission. For example, most modems are asynchronous devices.
Figure 3-12 shows an example of an RSP with data terminal and modem connections called out.
OL-17499-07
3-17
Chapter 3
Figure 3-12
RSP Console and Auxiliary Port Connections
3
4
5
243082
Console terminal
RJ45 Ethernet cables
Modem
Console port
Auxiliary (AUX) port
Figure 3-13 shows an example of an RP with data terminal and modem connections called out.
3-18
OL-17499-07
Chapter 3

Figure 3-13
RP Console and Auxiliary Port Connections
3
4
5
302419
Console terminal
RJ45 Ethernet cables
Modem
Console port
Auxiliary (AUX) port
Caution
The ports labeled Ethernet, Console, and Auxiliary (AUX) are safety extra-low voltage (SELV) circuits.
SELV circuits should only be connected to other SELV circuits.
Note
RSP/RP cables are not available from Cisco, but they are available from any commercial cable vendor.
Note
To comply with the intra-building lightning surge requirements of Telecordia GR-1089-CORE, Issue II,
Revision 01, February 1999, you must use a shielded cable when connecting to the console, auxiliary,
and Ethernet ports. The shielded cable is terminated by shielded connectors on both ends, with the cable
OL-17499-07
3-19
Chapter 3
Connecting to the Console Port

The system console port on the RSP/RP is an RJ45 receptacle for connecting a data terminal to perform
the initial configuration of the router. The console port requires a straight-through RJ45 cable.
See the RSP and RP Port Connection Guidelines section on page 1-38 for additional information about
the console port.
Follow this procedure to connect a data terminal to the RSP/RP console port:
Step 1
Set your terminal to these operational values: 9600 bps, 8 data bits, no parity, 2 stop bits (9600 8N2).
Step 2
Power off the data terminal.
Step 3
Attach the terminal end of the cable to the interface port on the data terminal.
Step 4
Attach the other end of the cable to the RSP/RP console port.
Step 5
Power on the data terminal.
Connecting to the Auxiliary Port

The auxiliary port on the RSP/RP is a RJ45 receptacle for connecting a modem or other data
communication equipment (DCE) device (such as another router) to the RSP/RP. The asynchronous
auxiliary port supports hardware flow control and modem control.
See the RSP and RP Port Connection Guidelines section on page 1-38 for additional information about
the auxiliary port.
Follow this procedure to connect an asynchronous serial device to the RSP/RP auxiliary port:
Step 1
Power off the asynchronous serial device.
Step 2
Attach the device end of the cable to the interface port on the asynchronous serial device.
Step 3
Attach the other end of the cable to the RSP/RP auxiliary port.
Step 4
Power on the asynchronous serial device.
Connecting to the Ethernet Management Ports

To connect cables to the RSP/RP management ports, attach Category 5 UTP cables directly to the
MGT LAN 0 and MGT LAN 1 RJ45 receptacles on the RSP/RP.
See the Management LAN Ports Connection Guidelines section on page 1-40 for additional
information about the Ethernet management LAN ports.
Note
RJ45 cables are not available from Cisco Systems; they are available from outside commercial cable
vendors. Use cables that comply with EIA/TIA-568 standards.
3-20
OL-17499-07
Chapter 3

Caution
Ethernet management ports are primarily used as telnet ports into the Cisco ASR 9000 Series Router,
and for booting or accessing Cisco software images over a network to which an Ethernet port is directly
connected. We strongly caution you to consider the security implications of enabling routing functions
on these ports.
Note
The Ethernet interfaces on the RSP/RP are endstation devices only, not repeaters.
Use the following procedure to connect an Ethernet cable to the RSP/RP RJ45 Ethernet receptacle:
Step 1
Plug the cable directly into the RJ45 receptacle.
Step 2
Connect the network end of your RJ45 cable to a switch, hub, repeater, or other external equipment.

The router alarm connector, located on the RSP/RP front panel, is a 9-pin D-subconnector, labeled
Alarm Out (see Figure 3-14).
Figure 3-14
J.211
SYNC 0
BITS
J.211
SYNC 1
BITS
243257
ALARM OUT
Alarm Out Cable Connector
Alarm Out cable connector
OL-17499-07
3-21
Chapter 3
Connecting Power to the Router
The alarm subconnector can be used to connect the router to an external site alarm maintenance system.
Any critical, major, and minor alarms generated by the router also energize alarm relays on the alarm
card and activate the external site alarm. The alarm relay contacts on the RSP/RP card consist of standard
common, normally open, and normally closed relay contacts that are wired to the Alarm Out connector
pins.
Table 1-6 lists the pin-to-signal correspondence between the connector pins and the alarm relay contacts.
Because alarm contact cables are entirely dependent on installation site circumstances, alarm connector
cables are not available from Cisco. For information about alarm connector wiring requirements and the
pinouts for the alarm connector interface, see the Alarm Connection Guidelines section on page 1-43.
Caution
Only safety extra-low voltage (SELV) circuits can be connected to the Alarm Out connector. Maximum
rating for the alarm circuit is 100 mA, 50 V.
Note
To comply with the intra-building lightning surge requirements of GR-1089-CORE, Issue II,
Revision 01, February 1999, you must use a shielded cable when connecting to the external alarm port
on the RSP/RP card. The shielded cable is terminated by shielded connectors on both ends, with the cable

Use the one of the following procedures to connect power to your router.
Caution
Connecting Power to an AC-Powered Router, page 3-22
Connecting Power to a DC-Powered Router, page 3-24
A router must be operated with all its power modules installed at all times for electromagnetic
compatibility (EMC).
Connecting Power to an AC-Powered Router

Use the following procedure to connect the AC power cords to the router.
Note
Connect each AC power supply to a dedicated power source (branch circuit). Each AC-input
power supply operates at a nominal input level of 200 to 240 VAC. For more information on AC
power input levels, see the Power Connection Guidelines section on page 1-22.
Step 1
Check that the power switch is set to the OFF (0) position. On version 1 power trays, this switch is at the
rear of the power tray. On version 2 power trays, this switch is at the front of the power tray.
Step 2
Check that the circuit breaker assigned to the AC power source you are connecting is set to OFF.
Step 3
Connect the permanent ground connection (central office grounding system) to the NEBS grounding
location on the router chassis.
3-22
OL-17499-07
Chapter 3

Warning
To ensure that power remains off while you are performing this procedure, tape the circuit breaker
switch in the off (0) position until you are ready to turn it on.
Step 4
Plug the AC power cord into the receptacle at the rear of the AC power tray (see Figure 3-15 for the
version 1 power tray and Figure 3-16 for the version 2 power tray).
Step 5
Close the retainer bracket to secure the AC power cord plug to the power tray receptacle.
Figure 3-16
284278
243302
Figure 3-15
Step 6
Plug the other end of the AC power cord into the AC source receptacle.
Step 7
Proceed to the Powering on the Router section on page 3-27.
OL-17499-07
3-23
Chapter 3
Connecting Power to a DC-Powered Router

This section contains the procedures to connect the DC source power cables to a DC-powered router.
The color coding of source DC power cable leads depends on the color coding of the site DC power
source. Because there is no color code standard for source DC wiring, you must be sure that power
source cables are connected to the power module with the proper positive (+) and negative () polarity:
In some cases, the source DC cable leads might have a positive (+) or a negative () label. This is a
relatively safe indication of the polarity, but you must verify the polarity by measuring the voltage
between the DC cable leads. Be sure that the positive (+) and negative () cable leads match the
positive (+) and negative () labels on the power module when making the measurement.
Green (or green and yellow) cable typically indicates that it is a ground cable.
Caution
DC power modules contain circuitry to trip the breaker on the power module if the power module detects
a reverse polarity condition. No damage should occur from reverse polarity, but you should correct a
reverse-polarity condition immediately.
Note
The length of the cables depends on the location of your router in relation to the source of DC power.
These cables and the cable lugs used to attach the cables to the router chassis are not available from Cisco
Systems. They are available from any commercial cable vendor. For more information on site power and
source DC cable requirements, see the Power Connection Guidelines section on page 1-22.
Warning
To ensure that power remains off while you are performing this procedure, tape the DC circuit breaker
switch in the off (0) position.
Use the following procedure to connect the DC source power cables to a DC power tray:
Step 1
Verify that the power tray switch is set to the OFF (0) position.
Step 2
Remove the clear plastic safety covers that fit over the DC power connection terminal studs.
Step 3
Connect the DC power cables in the following order (see Figure 3-17 for version 1 power and
Figure 3-19 for version 2 power):
Step 4
a.
Ground cables first.
b.
Positive cables next.
c.
Negative cable last.
Repeat Step 3 for the other power modules installed in the tray.
Warning
To prevent injury and damage to the equipment, always attach the ground and source DC power cable
lugs to power tray terminals in the following order: (1) ground to ground, (2) positive (+) to positive (+),
(3) negative () to negative ().
Caution
Do not overtighten the nuts that secure the DC power cables to the power tray terminals. Using the 7/16
Hex socket and torque wrench the nuts should be tightened to a torque of 45 to 50 in-lb.
3-24
OL-17499-07
Chapter 3

243183
Figure 3-17
PWR A
48/60V PWR
RTN A+
48/60V RTN
Feed A, Slot M2
PWR B
48/60V PWR
RTN B+
48/60V RTN
Ground
Feed B, Slot M2
Figure 3-18
DC Power Tray Rear Panel - Version 1 Power System
242976
DC output power blades
I2C cable from backplane
A feed connectors
Primary ground
B feed connectors
Power switch
OL-17499-07
3-25
Chapter 3
Figure 3-19
Typical Power Connections to a Power Tray for a Single DC Power Module - Version 2
Power System
M3
M2
M1
M3
M2
344255
M1
PWR A
48/60V PWR RTN A+
48/60V RTN
Feed A, Slot M3
PWR B
48/60V PWR RTN B+
48/60V RTN
Feed B, Slot M3
Figure 3-20
Location of DC Power Switch - Version 2 Power System
331402
Power switch
3-26
OL-17499-07
Chapter 3

Step 5
Replace the clear plastic safety covers over the connection terminal studs.
Typical Plastic Safety Cover over the Power Tray Connection Terminals - Version 2
Power System
344357
Figure 3-21
Step 6
Proceed to the Powering on the Router section on page 3-27.

Use the following procedure to turn on power to either an AC-powered or DC-powered router:
Step 1
Power on the circuit breaker to your power sources.
Step 2
Verify that the Power Input LED on each power module in the tray is lit.
Note
On the DC power tray, the Power Input LED is lit solid green if both DC feeds are valid and
blinks green if only a single DC feed is valid.
Step 3
Set the power tray switch for Feed A Slots M0 - 3 to the ON (1) position. Refer to Figure 3-17 for Version
1 power systems, Figure 3-19 for Version 2 power systems for the feeds. Refer to Figure 3-18 for Version
1 power systems, Figure 3-20 for Version 2 power systems for the locations of the power switch.
Step 4
Verify that the Power Output LED on each power module in the tray is lit.
Step 5
Repeat Step 3 and Step 4 for Slots M0 - 3 for Feed B.
OL-17499-07
3-27
Chapter 3
3-28
OL-17499-07
CH A P T E R

This chapter contains general troubleshooting information to help isolate the cause of any difficulties
you might encounter during the installation and initial startup of the system.
Although an overtemperature condition is unlikely at initial startup, environmental monitoring functions
are included in this chapter because they also monitor internal voltages.
Troubleshooting the installation is presented in the following sections:
Troubleshooting Overview, page 4-1
Troubleshooting the Power Subsystem, page 4-6
Troubleshooting the Route Processor Subsystem, page 4-15
Troubleshooting the Cooling Subsystem, page 4-25
Troubleshooting Overview
This section describes the methods used in troubleshooting the router. The troubleshooting methods are
organized according to the major subsystems in the router.
If you are unable to solve a problem on your own, you can contact a Cisco customer service
representative for assistance. Cisco customer service and technical support can be reached at
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/support/tsd_cisco_worldwide_contacts.html
When you call, please have the following information ready:
Date you received the router and the chassis serial number (located on a label on the back of the
chassis).
Installed line cards and Cisco software release number:

Use the show version command to determine which line cards are installed and the Cisco
software release number, if possible.
Brief description of the symptoms and steps you have taken to isolate and solve the issue.
Maintenance agreement or warranty information.
OL-17499-07
4-1
Chapter 4
Troubleshooting Using a Subsystem Approach

To solve a system problem, try to isolate the problem to a specific subsystem. Compare current router
behavior with expected router behavior. Because a startup issue is usually attributable to one component,
it is most efficient to examine each subsystem, rather than trying to troubleshoot each router component.
For troubleshooting purposes in this chapter, the router consists of the following subsystems:
Power subsystemRouter chassis is shipped with up to six AC-input or DC-input power supply
modules installed in the Cisco ASR 9010 Router chassis, up to three AC-input or DC-input power
supply modules installed in the Cisco ASR 9006 Router chassis, or up to 16 AC-input or DC-input
power supply modules installed in the Cisco ASR 9922 Router chassis.
Chassis backplane power distributionSystem transfers 54 VDC power from the power modules
to the chassis backplane and distributes it to all the cards through the backplane connectors.
Processor subsystem in the Cisco ASR 9010 Router and Cisco ASR 9006 RouterIncludes the
active Route Switch Processor (RSP) card (and optional, redundant RSP card, if installed) and up to
eight line cards (in the Cisco ASR 9010 Router) or four line cards (in the Cisco ASR 9006 Router).
The RSP and line cards are equipped with onboard processors. The RSP downloads a copy of the
Cisco software image to each line card processor. The system uses an alphanumeric display on the
active RSP to display status and error messages, which can help in troubleshooting.
Note
There are two types of image files, -P PIE files, and x86-based -PX PIE files. The -P PIE
files are for use on Cisco ASR 9000 Series Aggregation Services Routers with RSP route
switch processors (RSP-4G and RSP-8G) while the -PX PIE files are for use on
Cisco ASR 9000 Series Aggregation Services Routers with RSP-440 route switch
processors and the ASR 9922 route processors.
Processor subsystem in the Cisco ASR 9922 RouterIncludes the active Route Processor (RP)
card, standby RP card, and up to 20 line cards. The RP and line cards are equipped with onboard
processors. The RP downloads a copy of the Cisco software image to each line card processor. The
system uses an alphanumeric display on the active RP to display status and error messages, which
can help in troubleshooting.
Cooling subsystem in the Cisco ASR 9010 Router and Cisco ASR 9006 RouterConsists of one or
two fan trays, which circulate air through the card cage to cool the cards, and two fans in each of the
power modules, which circulate cooling air through the power module.
Cooling subsystem in the Cisco ASR 9922 RouterConsists of four fan trays, which circulate air
through the top and bottom line card cages to cool the cards, and two fans in each of the power
modules, which circulate cooling air through the power module.
Normal Router Startup Sequence

You can generally determine when and where the router failed during the startup sequence by checking
the status LEDs on the power modules, and the alphanumeric displays on the RSP, RP, and line cards.
In a normal router startup sequence, the following sequence of events and conditions occur:
1.
The fan in each power module receives power and begins drawing air through the power supply.
The power module input power and output power indicators are on.
2.
The fans in the fan tray receive power and begin drawing air through the chassis.
The fan tray OK indicator is on.
4-2
OL-17499-07
Chapter 4

3.
As the power-on and boot process progresses for the RSP/RP, the status of the RSP/RP appears on
the alphanumeric display on the front panel of the card.
Identifying Startup Issues

Table 4-1 shows the contents of the alphanumeric displays on the RSP/RP card, as well as the normal
LED states on the power modules (AC or DC) and the fan tray after a successful system startup.
Note
For the RSP/RP card to communicate properly to a power module in a power tray, the appropriate input
power should be present.
Table 4-1
Alphanumeric Displays and LEDs at System Startup
Component
Type of Indicator
Display Contents/LED Status and Meaning
RSP card
Alphanumeric
display
INITCard is inserted and microcontroller is initialized

BOOTBoard is powered on and CPU is booting
IMEMStart initializing memory
IGENStart initializing the board
ICBCStart initializing communication with the microcontroller
PDxyLoading programmable devices
(x = FPGA, y = ROMMON)
PSTxPower on self test x
RMNAll tests are finished and ROMMON is ready for commands
LOADDownloading Minimum Boot Image (MBI) image to CPU
MBIStarting execution of MBI
IOXRCisco IOS XR software is starting execution
ACTVRSP role is determined to be active RSP
STBYRSP role is determined to be standby RSP
PREPPreparing disk boot
Line Cards
Status LED
Green: The line card is enabled and ready for use.
OL-17499-07
4-3
Chapter 4
Table 4-1
Alphanumeric Displays and LEDs at System Startup (continued)
Component
Type of Indicator
RSP-440 card
Alphanumeric
display

SCPIBoard is not plugged in properly
STIDCBC was unable to read slot ID pins correctly
PSEQCBC detected power sequencer failure
DBPOCBC detected an issue during board power up
KPWRCBC detected an issue during board power up
LGNPCBC detected an issue during board power up
LGNICBC detected an issue during board power up
LOADDownloading MBI image to CPU
RRSTROMMON is performing a soft reset after 5 consecutive MBI validation
requests timed out
MVBROMMON trying MBI validation boot
LDGThe RSP is loading (MBI started and card preparing for activity)
INCPThe software or configuration is incompatible with the RSP
OOSMThe RSP is in Out of Service, Maintenance mode
ACTVRSP role is determined to be active RSP
STBYRSP role is determined to be standby RSP
4-4
OL-17499-07
Chapter 4

Table 4-1
Alphanumeric Displays and LEDs at System Startup (continued)
Component
Type of Indicator
RP card
Alphanumeric
display

RRSTROMMON is performing a soft reset after 5 consecutive MBI validation
requests timed out
LDGThe RP is loading (MBI started and card preparing for activity)
INCPThe software or configuration is incompatible with the RP
OOSMThe RP is in Out of Service, Maintenance mode
ACTVRP role is determined to be active RP
STBYRP role is determined to be standby RP
AC Power
Modules
Power status LEDs
Input power indicator on (green): Input AC power OK.

Output power indicator on (green): Output DC power OK.
Fault LED off (red): No fault is present.
The correct power module voltages are present and no faults have been detected.
DC Power
Modules
Power status LEDs
Input power indicator on (green): Input DC power OK.

On the DC power tray, the Power Input LED is lit solid green if both DC feeds
are valid and blinks green if only a single DC feed is valid.
Output power indicator on (green): Output DC power OK.
Fault LED off (red): No fault is present.
The correct power module voltages are present and no faults have been detected.
Fan Trays
Fan tray status LED
Green LED on: Fan Tray OK.

The fan tray fans are operating correctly.
OL-17499-07
4-5
Chapter 4
Troubleshooting the Power Subsystem

This section contains information to troubleshoot the power subsystems:
Note
Troubleshooting the AC-Input Power Subsystem, page 4-6
Troubleshooting the DC-Input Power Subsystem, page 4-9
Troubleshooting the Power Distribution System, page 4-14
For the RSP/RP card to communicate properly to a power module in a power tray, input power to at least
one of the three power modules in the power tray should be present.
Troubleshooting the AC-Input Power Subsystem

AC-input power modules are monitored for internal temperature, voltage, and current load by the
RSP/RP. If the router detects an extreme condition, it generates an alarm and logs the appropriate
warning messages on the console.
Figure 4-1 shows the status indicators for the version 1 power module and Figure 4-2 shows the status
indicators for the version 2 power module. The indicator definitions follow the two figures.
4-6
OL-17499-07
Chapter 4

242986
Figure 4-1
1 Input power LED
ON continuously when the input voltage is present and within the correct range
BLINKING when the input voltage is out of acceptable range
On the DC power tray, the Power Input LED is lit solid green if both DC feeds are
valid and blinks green if only a single DC feed is valid.
OFF when no input voltage is present
2 Output power LED ON when the power module output voltage is present
BLINKING when the power module is in a power limit or overcurrent condition
3 Fault LED
ON to indicate that a power module failure has occurred
OL-17499-07
4-7
Chapter 4
284405
Figure 4-2
1
2
3
1 Input power LED
ON continuously when the input voltage is present and within the correct range
BLINKING when the input voltage is out of acceptable range
On the DC power tray, the Power Input LED is lit solid green if both DC feeds are
valid and blinks green if only a single DC feed is valid.
OFF when no input voltage is present
2 Output power LED ON when the power module output voltage is present
BLINKING when the power module is in a power limit or overcurrent condition
3 Fault LED
ON to indicate that a power module failure has occurred
Use the following procedure to troubleshoot the AC power module if it is not operating properly:
Step 1
Step 2
Make sure the power module is seated properly by ejecting and reseating the power module. Check that:
Latch on the door/ejector lever is locked securely.
Power switch on the power tray is set to the ON (1) position.
Make sure the router is powered on and that all power cords are connected properly. Check that the:
Power cords plugged into the power tray receptacles are secured in place with their retention clips.
Power cords at the power source end are securely plugged into their own AC power outlets.
Source AC circuit breaker is switched on.
4-8
OL-17499-07
Chapter 4

Step 3
Check the power supply status LED indicators:
Input power LED (green)Indicates that the AC power input is operating normally, and the source
AC input voltage of 200 to 240 VAC is within the nominal operating range.
If the input power LED is blinking, the input voltage is out of acceptable range. Verify that each AC
power source is operating in the nominal range of 200 to 240 VAC.
Note
On the DC power tray, the Power Input LED is lit solid green if both DC feeds are valid and
blinks green if only a single DC feed is valid.
Output power LED (green)Indicates that the DC power output is operating normally and the
54 VDC output voltage to the backplane are within the nominal operating range. This indicator
lights only when the power switch at the rear of the power tray is set to the ON (1) position.
If the Output power LED remains off after checking all the power sources, replace the power
supply with a spare. If the spare power module does not work, troubleshoot the power tray in
which the module is plugged.
If the output power LED is blinking, the power module is in a power limit or overcurrent
condition. Make sure that each power cord is connected to a dedicated AC power source. Verify
that each AC power source is operating in the nominal range of 200 to 240 VAC and is supplying
a minimum service of 20 A, North America (or 13 A, international).
Fault LED (red)Indicates that the system has detected a fault within the power supply. This
indicator remains off during normal operation. If the fault LED is on:
If your system has more than one power tray (Cisco ASR 9010 Router and
Cisco ASR 9922 Router) with power modules installed for redundancy, you can toggle the
power switch at the rear of the first power tray off and then on. If the fault LED remains on after
several attempts to power it on, replace the power module with a spare.
If the spare power module also fails, the problem could be a faulty power tray backplane
connector. Power off the router and contact a Cisco service representative for assistance.
Verify that the power module fans are operating properly.
Verify that the fan tray is operating properly.
If the power module fans and the fan trays are operating properly, replace the existing power module
with a spare.
Caution
Because the AC-input power subsystems use redundant power modules, a problem with the DC output
voltage to the backplane from only one power module should not affect router operation. When the router
is equipped with two AC power supplies, it powers on and operates even if one power supply fails.
However, complete router functionality may be affected depending on the system load.
Troubleshooting the DC-Input Power Subsystem

DC-input power supplies are monitored for internal temperature, voltage, and current load by the
RSP/RP. If the router detects an extreme condition, it generates an alarm and logs the appropriate
warning messages on the console.
OL-17499-07
4-9
Chapter 4
Figure 4-1 shows the status indicators for the version 1 power module and Figure 4-2 shows the status
indicators for the version 2 power module. The indicator definitions follow the two figures.
Troubleshooting a DC Power Module

Use the following procedure to troubleshoot a DC power module if it is not operating properly.
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Make sure the power module is seated properly by ejecting and reseating the power module. Check that:
Latch on the door/ejector lever is locked securely.
Power switch on the power tray is set to the ON (1) position.
Make sure the router is powered on and that all power cords are connected properly. Check that the:
Power cables are securely attached to their power module terminal studs.
Power cables are securely attached at the DC source end.
Source DC circuit breaker is switched on.
Check the power supply status LED indicators:
Input power LED (green)Indicates that the DC power input is operating normally, and the source
DC input voltage is within the nominal operating range of 40 to 72 VDC.
If the input power LED is blinking, input connections to the power module are loose or not
connected, or the input voltage is below the minimum. Verify that DC power from the source is
operating in the nominal range of 40 to 72 VDC.
Note
On the DC power tray, the Power Input LED is lit solid green if both DC feeds are valid
and blinks green if only a single DC feed is valid. Check the input connections to the
power module.
If the indicator is still flashing after you perform the above checks, replace the power module.
Output power LED (green)Indicates that the DC power output is operating normally, and the
54 VDC output voltage to the backplane is within the nominal operating range. This indicator
lights only when the power switch at the rear of the power tray is set to the ON (1) position.
If the output power LED remains off after checking all the power sources, replace the power
module with a spare. If the spare power module does not work, troubleshoot the power tray in
which the module is plugged.
If the output power LED is blinking, the power module is in a power limit or overcurrent
condition. Make sure that each power cable is connected to a dedicated DC power source. Verify
that each DC power source is operating in the nominal range of 40 to 72 VDC.
Fault LED (red)Indicates that the system has detected a fault within the power supply. This
indicator remains off during normal operation. If the fault LED is on, check the following:
If your system has more than one power tray (Cisco ASR 9010 Router and
Cisco ASR 9922 Router) with power modules installed for redundancy, you can toggle the
power switch at the rear of the first power tray off and then on. If the fault LED is still on, eject
and reseat the power module. If the fault LED remains on after several attempts to power it on,
replace the power module with a spare.
4-10
OL-17499-07
Chapter 4

If the spare power module also fails, the problem could be a faulty power tray backplane
connector. Power off the router and contact a Cisco service representative for assistance.
Verify that the power module fans are operating properly.
Verify that the fan tray is operating properly.
If the power module fans and the fan trays are operating properly, replace the faulty power
module with a spare.
Caution
Because there are redundant power modules, a problem with the DC output voltage to the backplane
from only one power module should not affect router operation. When the router is equipped with two
DC power supplies, it powers on even if one power supply fails. However, complete router functionality
may be affected depending on the system load.
Additional Power Subsystem Troubleshooting Information

This section contains additional troubleshooting information to help you isolate the cause of a power
problem.
Hardware and Software Identification

The power modules have software IDs that differ from the hardware ID labels on the chassis. Table 4-2
is a table for converting power module hardware IDs to software IDs.
Table 4-2
Hardware ID
Software ID
PS0 M0
PM0
PS0 M1
PM1
PS0 M2
PM2
PS0 M3
PM3
PS1 M0
PM4
PS1 M1
PM5
PS1 M2
PM6
PS1 M3
PM7
PS2 M0
PM8
PS2 M1
PM9
PS2 M2
PM10
PS2 M3
PM11
PS3 M0
PM12
PS3 M1
PM13
OL-17499-07
4-11
Chapter 4
Table 4-2
Hardware ID
Software ID
PS3 M2
PM14
PS3 M3
PM15
Obtaining Temperature and Environmental Information

If both the RSP/RP and fan trays are operating, all internal correct DC voltages are present.
Enter the show environment command at the router admin prompt to display temperature and voltage
information for each installed card, fan tray, and power module as shown in this example:
RP/0/RSP0/CPU0:router(admin)#show environment
Temperature Information
--------------------------------------------R/S/I
Modules
Inlet
Temperature
(deg C)
Hotspot
Temperature
(deg C)
0/RSP0/*
host
25.3
41.6
host
29.2
30.0
host
35.0
46.6
host
21.2
20.8
host
22.0
21.5
0/0/*
0/1/*
0/FT0/*
0/FT1/*
Voltage Information
--------------------------------------------R/S/I
Modules
0/RSP0/*
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
Sensor
(mV)
Margin
0.75VTT
0.9VTT_A
0.9VTT_B
IBV
5.0V
VP3P3_CAN
3.3V
2.5V
1.8VB
1.2VA
1.2VB
1.05V
1.2VD
1.8VA
1.5V
1.9V
749
909
900
10484
4998
3283
3297
2496
1798
1204
1204
1051
1206
1812
1495
1883
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
IBV
5.0V
10552
4939
n/a
n/a
0/0/*
host
host
4-12
OL-17499-07
Chapter 4

host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
VP3P3_CAN
3.3V
2.5V
1.8VB
1.2VB
1.8VA
0.9VB
1.2V_LDO_BRG0
1.2V_LDO_BRG1
1.8VC
1.5VB
1.5VA
1.1V(1.05V_CPU)
0.75VA
0.75VB_0.75VC
1.1VB
1.2V_TCAM0
1.2V_TCAM1
1.0V_Bridge_LDO
1.0VB
0.75VD_and_0.75VE
1.2V_TCAM2
1.2V_TCAM3
1.5VC
1.8VD
1.1VC
ZARLINK_3.3V
ZARLINK_1.8V
1.2V_DB
3.3V_DB
2.5V_DB
1.5V_DB
1.8V_DB
5.0V_XFP_DB
1.2VB_DB
3275
3303
2515
1803
1203
1795
881
1195
1196
1806
1504
1499
1051
749
754
1101
1203
1202
995
1046
755
1208
1203
1507
1793
1105
3284
1810
1200
3320
2498
1493
1827
5034
1226
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
IBV
5.0V
VP3P3_CAN
3.3V
2.5V
1.8VB
1.2VB
1.8VA
0.9VB
1.2V_LDO_BRG0
1.2V_LDO_BRG1
1.8VC
1.5VB
1.5VA
1.1V(1.05V_CPU)
0.75VA
0.75VB_0.75VC
1.1VB
1.2V_TCAM0
1.2V_TCAM1
1.0V_Bridge_LDO
1.0VB
0.75VD_and_0.75VE
1.2V_TCAM2
1.2V_TCAM3
1.5VC
1.8VD
10460
4920
3283
3294
2510
1804
1203
1794
882
1191
1194
1816
1508
1497
1054
749
755
1104
1205
1207
995
1047
753
1207
1199
1503
1805
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
0/1/*
OL-17499-07
4-13
Chapter 4
host
host
host
host
host
host
host
1.1VC
ZARLINK_3.3V
ZARLINK_1.8V
1.2V_DB
3.3V_DB
2.5V_DB
1.5V_DB
1102
3272
1811
1197
3318
2540
1511
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
LED Information
--------------------------------------------R/S/I
Modules
0/RSP0/*
host
host
host
host
LED
Status
Critical-Alarm
Major-Alarm
Minor-Alarm
ACO
Off
Off
Off
Off
Fan Information
--------------------------------------------Fan speed (rpm):
FAN0
FAN1
FAN2
FAN3
FAN4
FAN5
6990
7020
6960
6900
0/FT0/*
7080
7020
0/FT1/*
6900
6900
7110
6960
6900
Power Supply Information
---------------------------------------------
7020
R/S/I
Modules Sensor
Watts
Status
host
3000
Ok
0/PM0/*
PM
Power Shelves Type: AC

Total Power Capacity:
Usable Power Capacity:
Supply Failure Protected Capacity:
Worst Case Power Used:
3000W
3000W
0W
1910W
Slot
---0/RSP0/CPU0
0/RSP1/CPU0
0/0/CPU0
0/1/CPU0
0/FT0/SP
0/FT1/SP
Worst Case Power Available:
Supply Protected Capacity Available:
Max Watts
--------250
250
375
375
330
330
(default)
(default)
(default)
1090W
Not Protected
Troubleshooting the Power Distribution System

The power distribution system consists of:
4-14
OL-17499-07
Chapter 4

Troubleshooting the Route Processor Subsystem
AC or DC power modules, which supply 54 VDC to the backplane.
Chassis backplane, which carries voltage to chassis components.
DC-to-DC converters, which convert 54 VDC from the backplane to the correct voltages required
by the line cards.
Use the following procedure to troubleshoot the power distribution system:

Step 1
Check each power module to make sure that:
Power module door is fully closed and properly secured by its latch.
Green Input Power LED is on.
Green Output Power LED is on.
Red Fault LED is off.
If the power modules meet the above criteria, then the correct source power is present and within
tolerance and output DC power is present. The power modules are functioning properly.
Step 2
Make sure the fan trays are operating:
If the fan trays are functioning, then the 54 VDC from the chassis backplane and the cables from
the backplane to the fan trays are functioning properly.
If one or both fan trays are not functioning, there may be a problem with either the fan trays
themselves, or the 54 VDC power supplied to the fan trays. Eject and reseat the fan trays.
If a fan tray is still not operating, there could be a problem with the fan tray controller card or cable.
Replace the fan tray.
Contact your Cisco representative if replacing a fan tray or both fan trays does not fix the problem.

The router processor subsystem consists of the route processor located on the RSP card. The RSP and
the line cards each have the same onboard CPU serving as the main processor. The Controller Area
Network (CAN) microcontroller processor monitors the environment and controls the onboard
DC-to-DC converters.
Note
A minimally configured router must have an RSP/RP installed in RSP slot 0 or RP slot 0 of the card cage
to operate. If the router is equipped with a redundant RSP/RP, the redundant RSP/RP must be installed
in RSP slot 1 or RP slot 1 of the card cage.
This section contains information to troubleshoot the route processor subsystem, including:
Route Processor Overview, page 4-16
Troubleshooting the RSP and RP Cards, page 4-23
Troubleshooting Line Cards and Modular Port Adapters, page 4-25
OL-17499-07
4-15
Chapter 4
Route Processor Overview

The CPU on the RSP/RP card provides chassis control and management, boot media functionality,
telecom timing and precision clock synchronization, communication to the line cards through the
backplane Ethernet network, and power control through the CAN bus. In addition, the CPU on the
RSP/RP card also runs the routing protocols.
Figure 4-3 identifies the ports and LEDs on the RSP card front panel.
Figure 4-4 identifies the ports and LEDs on the RSP-440 card front panel.
Figure 4-5 identifies the ports and LEDs on the RP card front panel.
Figure 4-3
RSP Card Front Panel
ACT
MGT LAN 0
LINK
ACT
MGT LAN 1
LINK
CONSOLE
2
AUX
J.211
SYNC 0
BITS
J.211
SYNC 1
BITS
ALARM OUT
KEEP CLOSED
COMPACT FLASH ACCESS
ACO
6
7
LAMP
TEST
FAIL
SYNC
CRIT
HDD
MAJ
CF
MIN
ACO
8
243091
A9K-RSP-4G
4-16
OL-17499-07
Chapter 4

1 Management LAN ports
5 Compact Flash type I/II
2 Console and Auxiliary (AUX) ports
6 Alarm Cutoff (ACO) and Lamp Test push buttons
3 Sync (BITS and J.211) ports
7 Eight discrete LED indicators
4 Alarm Out DB9 Connector
8 LED matrix display
Figure 4-4
RSP-440 Card Front Panel
J211
SYNC 0
BITS
J211
SYNC 1
BITS
SFP + 0
ACT
IEEE 1588
LINK
SFP + 1
ICS0
GPS INTERFACE
ICS1/TOD
10MHz 1PPS
ALARM OUT
6
7
J.211
MGT LAN 0
BITS
J.211
MGT LAN 1
BITS
CONSOLE
9
AUX
10
A9K-RSP440-SE
330841
12
T
UL
FA PS
D
G
SS
FC
J
IT
MIN
CR
MA
O
NC
IL
SY
FA
AC
11
ACO
LAMP
TEST
OL-17499-07
4-17
Chapter 4
SYNC (BITS/J.211) ports
External USB port
SFP/SFP+ ports
Management LAN ports
Service LAN port
Console and Auxiliary (AUX) ports
ToD port
10
Alarm Cutoff (ACO) and Lamp Test push buttons
10 MHz and 1 PPS indicators
11
Eight discrete LED indicators
Alarm Out DB9 connector
12
LED matrix display
Figure 4-5
RP Card Front Panel
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
344073
13
4-18
OL-17499-07
Chapter 4

SYNC (BITS/J.211) ports
External USB port
SFP/SFP+ ports
Management LAN ports
IEEE 1588 port
10
CONSOLE and AUX ports
Inter-chassis nv Sync0
11
Alarm Cutoff (ACO) and Lamp Test push buttons
Inter-chassis nv Sync1 GPS ToD
12
Nine discrete LED indicators
10 MHz and 1 PPS indicators
13
LED matrix display
Alarm Out DB9 connector
RSP and RP Front Panel Indicators

The RSP card has eight discrete LED indicators and an LED dot-matrix display for system information.
The RSP-440 adds three USB-specific LEDs. The RP has nine discrete LED indicators and an LED
dot-matrix display for system information.
Table 4-3 lists the display definitions of the eight discrete LEDs on the RSP and RSP-440 front panels
and the three RSP-440 specific USB LEDs.
Table 4-3
RSP and RSP-440 Discrete LED Display Definitions
Indicator (Label)
Color
Description
Power Fail
(FAIL)
Red
Standby Power Fail LED. The LED is turned off by the CAN bus controller
after it is up and running.
Off
Standby power is normal.
Critical Alarm
(CRIT)
Red
Critical Alarm LED. A critical alarm has occurred.
Off
(Default after reset)
No critical alarm has occurred.
Major Alarm
(MAJ)
Red
Major alarm LED. A major alarm has occurred.
Off
No major alarm has occurred.
Minor Alarm
(MIN)
Amber
Minor alarm LED. A minor alarm has occurred.
Off
No minor alarm has occurred.
Synchronization
(SYNC)
Green
System timing is synchronized to an external timing source.
Amber
System timing is free running.
Off
LED never turns off.
Internal Hard
Disk Drive
(HDD)
Green
Hard Disk Drive is busy/active. The LED is driven by the SAS controller.
Off
Hard Disk Drive is not busy/active
External
Compact Flash
(CF)
Green
Compact Flash is busy/active.
Off
Compact Flash is not busy/active.
OL-17499-07
4-19
Chapter 4
Table 4-3
RSP and RSP-440 Discrete LED Display Definitions (continued)
Indicator (Label)
Color
Description
Alarm Cutoff
(ACO)
Amber
Alarm Cutoff has been enabled. The ACO push button was pressed after at
least one alarm has occurred.
Off
Alarm Cutoff is not enabled.
Green
External USB is busy/active.
Off
External USB is not busy/active.
External USB
2.0
[RSP-440]
Internal USB 2.0 Green

A
Off
[RSP-440]
Internal USB 2.0 Green
B
Off
[RSP-440]
Internal USB is busy/active.

Internal USB is not busy/active.
Internal USB is busy/active.
Internal USB is not busy/active.
Table 4-4 lists the display definitions of the nine discrete LEDs on the RP front panel.
Table 4-4
RP Discrete LED Display Definitions
Indicator (Label)
Color
Description
Power Fail
(FAIL)
Red
(Default after power on)
Standby Power Fail LED. The LED is turned off by the CAN bus controller
after it is up and running.
Off
Standby power is normal.
Critical Alarm
(CRIT)
Red
Critical Alarm LED. A critical alarm has occurred.
Off
No critical alarm has occurred.
Major Alarm
(MAJ)
Red
Major alarm LED. A major alarm has occurred.
Off
No major alarm has occurred.
Minor Alarm
(MIN)
Amber
Minor alarm LED. A minor alarm has occurred.
Off
No minor alarm has occurred.
Alarm Cutoff
(ACO)
Amber
Alarm Cutoff has been enabled. The ACO push button was pressed after at
least one alarm has occurred.
Off
Alarm Cutoff is not enabled.
Green
System timing is synchronized to an external timing source including

IEEE 1588.
Amber
System timing is free running.
Off
LED never turns off.
Synchronization
(SYNC)
4-20
OL-17499-07
Chapter 4

Table 4-4
RP Discrete LED Display Definitions (continued)
Indicator (Label)
Color
Description
Internal Solid
State Hard Disk
Drive (SSD)
Green
Internal Solid State Hard Disk Drive (SSD0) is busy/active. The LED is
driven by the SSD controller.
Off
Internal Solid State Hard Disk Drive is not busy/active.
FC Fault
Amber
A fault has occurred on any or all of the FC cards installed. This LED will
be on during the boot phase of the FC.
Off
FC cards are booted up and ready.
Green
GPS interface provisioned and ports are turned on. ToD, 1 PPS, 10 Mhz are
all valid.
Off
Either the interface is not provisioned, or the ports are not turned on. ToD, 1
PPS, 10 Mhz are not valid.
GPS
Compact Flash and Status LEDs

One compact flash slot provides the RSP with additional flash memory capacity. All combinations of
different flash devices are supported by the RSP. You can use ATA flash disks, Type 1 or Type 2 linear
flash memory cards, or a combination of the two.
Note
The RSP only supports +5.2 VDC flash memory devices. It does not support +3.3 VDC PCMCIA
devices.
Note
The RSP-440 and RP do not have a compact flash slot.

The slot has an eject button (located behind the cover) to remove a flash card from the slot.
Ethernet Ports and Status LEDs

The RSP/RP has two 8-pin media-dependent interface (MDI) RJ45 Management LAN ports for
100 Mbps and 1000Mbps Ethernet connections. These ports are labeled MGT LAN 0 and MGT LAN 1.
The transmission speed of the Ethernet port is not user-configurable. You set the speed through an
autosensing scheme on the RSP/RP, which determines the speed by the network that the Ethernet port is
connected to. However, even at an autosensed data transmission rate of 100 Mbps, the Ethernet port can
only provide a usable bandwidth of substantially less than 100 Mbps. You can expect a maximum usable
bandwidth of approximately 12 Mbps when using an Ethernet connection.
The following LEDs on the front panel indicate traffic status and port selection (see Figure 4-6):
LINKIndicates link activity.
ACTIndicates which Ethernet port is selected (ETH 0 or ETH 1).
Note
Because both ports are supported on the RSP/RP card, MGT LAN 0 is always on. MGT LAN 0
lights when it is selected.
OL-17499-07
4-21
Chapter 4
Management LAN Port Activity LEDs
243165
Figure 4-6
Auxiliary and Console Ports

The auxiliary and console ports on the RSP/RP are EIA/TIA-232 (also known as RS-232) asynchronous
serial ports connect external devices to monitor and manage the system:
Auxiliary portRJ45 interface that supports flow control and is often used to connect a modem, a
channel service unit (CSU), or other optional equipment for Telnet management.
Console portReceptacle (female) that provides a RJ45 interface for connecting a console terminal.
Alphanumeric Message Displays

The alphanumeric message displays are organized in one row of four LED characters (see callout 8 in
Figure 4-3 for the RSP, callout 12 in Figure 4-4 for the RSP-440, and callout 13 in Figure 4-5 for the RP).
The alphanumeric message displays show router status messages during the boot process and after the
boot process is complete:
During the boot process, the message displays are controlled directly by the CAN microcontroller.
After the boot process, the message displays are controlled by Cisco IOS XR software (through the
CAN bus).
The alphanumeric message displays also provide information about different levels of system operation,
including the status of the RSP/RP, router error messages, and user-defined status and error messages.
Note
A list of all system and error messages appears in the Cisco IOS XR System Error Messages publication.
Flash Memory
You can use the flash memory on the RSP card to store multiple Cisco IOS XR software and microcode
images that you can use to operate the router. You can download new images to flash memory over the
network (or from a local server) to replace an existing image or to add it as an additional image. The
router can be booted (manually or automatically) from any of the stored images in flash memory.
Flash memory also functions as a Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server to allow other servers to
boot remotely from the stored images, or to copy them into their own flash memory.
The system uses two types of flash memory:
Onboard flash memory (bootflash)Contains the Cisco IOS XR boot image
Compact flash memory disks (or cards)Contains the Cisco IOS XR software images
4-22
OL-17499-07
Chapter 4

Note
The RSP-440 and RP do not have a compact flash slot.
Table 4-5 lists supported compact flash disk sizes and Cisco part numbers.
Table 4-5
Supported Compact Flash Disk Sizes
Compact Flash Disk Size
Part Number
1 GB
16-3204-01
Troubleshooting the RSP and RP Cards

When the router is powered on, the alphanumeric display on the RSP indicates the following sequence:
INITCard is inserted and microcontroller is initialized.
BOOTBoard is powered on and CPU is booting.
IMEMStart initializing memory.
IGENStart initializing the board.
ICBCStart initializing communication with the microcontroller.
PDxyLoading programmable devices (x = FPGA, y = ROMMON).
PSTxPower on self test x.
RMNAll tests are finished and ROMMON is ready for commands.
LOADDownloading Minimum Boot Image (MBI) image to CPU.
MBIStarting execution of MBI.
IOXRCisco IOS XR software is starting execution.
ACTVRSP role is determined to be active RSP.
STBYRSP role is determined to be standby RSP.
PREPPreparing disk boot.
When the router is powered on, the alphanumeric display on the RSP-440 and RP indicates the following
sequence:
OL-17499-07
4-23
Chapter 4

RRSTROMMON is performing a soft reset after 5 consecutive MBI validation requests timed out
LDGThe RSP/RP is loading (MBI started and card preparing for activity)
INCPThe software or configuration is incompatible with the RSP/RP
OOSMThe RSP/RP is in Out of Service, Maintenance mode
ACTVRSP/RP role is determined to be active RSP/RP
STBYRSP/RP role is determined to be standby RSP/RP
You can use the alphanumeric display to isolate a problem with the RSP:
Alphanumeric display is powered directly from the CAN microcontroller on the RSP card through
the chassis backplane:
If the alphanumeric display is not operating, the CAN microcontroller may be malfunctioning.
If the CAN microcontroller is operating, the alphanumeric display could be on even if the RSP
failed to power on.
If the alphanumeric display is not operating, but the power modules and the fan trays are operational,
the RSP may not be installed properly, or the +5 VDC output from the chassis backplane may be
faulty:
Make sure that the system is powered on.
Initialize the RSP card by ejecting it from the chassis backplane and then reseating it.
If the alphanumeric display is operating, check the meaning of the messages (see Table 4-6 for the
RSP).
When the DC-to-DC converters are powered on by the CAN microcontroller, the begins the RSP
boot process and displays various status messages. Some messages appear briefly; while others
appear for several seconds. If the messages appear to stop at a particular point, the boot process may
be halted:
Make a note of the message.
Turn off power to the router, then turn on the power again to reset the router and start the boot
process. If the router halts again, replace the RSP (see the Removing and Replacing Cards from
the Chassis section on page 5-19).
Table 4-6
Troubleshooting Using the RSP Alphanumeric Display Messages
Message
Description
PST1
Failed DDR RAM memory test
PST2
Failed FPGA image CRC check
PST3
Failed board type and slot ID verification
4-24
OL-17499-07
Chapter 4

Troubleshooting the Cooling Subsystem
Troubleshooting Line Cards and Modular Port Adapters

To troubleshoot line cards and modular port adapters (MPAs), see the
Cisco ASR 9000 Series Aggregation Services Router Ethernet Line Card Installation Guide.
Monitoring Critical, Major, and Minor Alarm Status

The alarms can warn of:
Overtemperature condition on a component in the card cage
Fan failure in a fan tray
Overcurrent condition in a power supply
Out-of-tolerance voltage on one of the cards
Insertion count for an RSP, RP, FC, or line card has reached a specified threshold. For more
information on OIR insertion counts, see OIR Monitoring section on page 5-3.
The alarm LEDs are controlled by the CAN microcontroller software, which sets the threshold levels for
triggering the different stages of alarms.
The RSP/RP card continuously polls the system for temperature, voltage, current, and fan speed values.
If a threshold value is exceeded, the RSP/RP sets the appropriate alarm severity level on the alarm card,
which lights the corresponding LED, and energizes the appropriate alarm display relays to activate any
external audible or visual alarms wired to the alarm display. The RSP/RP also logs a message about the
threshold violation on the system console.
Note
If one or more of the alarm LEDs is on, check the system console for messages describing the alarm.

You may need to troubleshoot the cooling subsystem if an overtemperature condition occurs. The
cooling subsystem of the router consists of a fan tray in the chassis and a fan in each of the power
supplies. The fan tray and the power supply fans circulate air to maintain acceptable operating
temperatures within the router.
Caution
When troubleshooting the fan trays, never unplug all the fan trays at the same time.
This section contains information to troubleshooting the cooling subsystem and includes:
Fan Tray Operation, page 4-26
Power Module Fans, page 4-26
Overtemperature Conditions, page 4-27
Isolating Cooling Subsystem Problems, page 4-27
OL-17499-07
4-25
Chapter 4
Fan Tray Operation

The fan trays maintain acceptable operating temperatures for the internal components by drawing
cooling air through a replaceable air filter into the switch fabric and alarm card cage and then through
the line card and RSP card cage (see Figure 1-8 for the Cisco ASR 9010 Router cooling path, and
Figure 1-9 for the Cisco ASR 9006 Router cooling path). In the Cisco ASR 9922 Router, the fan trays
draw cooling air from the front of the chassis into the middle card cage and then through each of the two
line card cages top and bottom (see Figure 1-10). The fan tray receives power from the chassis backplane
through a wiring harness.
The fan tray contains 12 fans (Cisco ASR 9010 Router and Cisco ASR 9922 Router) or six fans
(Cisco ASR 9006 Router), a controller card, and one front panel status LED indicator:
GreenFan tray is functioning properly.
RedThere is a fault detected in the fan tray.
If the air temperature inside the chassis rises, blower speed increases to provide additional cooling air to
the internal components. If the internal air temperature continues to rise beyond the specified threshold,
the system environmental monitor shuts down all internal power to prevent equipment damage because
of excessive heat.
If the system detects that one or more of the fans in the fan tray has failed, it displays a warning message
on the system console. In addition, the remaining fans go to full speed to compensate for the loss of the
failed fan.
Note
Due to air leakage, the chassis should not be operated with any of the fan trays completely missing.
Replace any missing fan tray within five minutes. Any fan tray replacement should be performed when
the chassis is back to room temperature.
Power Module Fans

Each AC or DC power module is equipped with two fans that draw cooling air in through the front of the
power module and force warm air out the back of the power tray:
If the power source is within the required range, the power supply fan remains on.
If a fan fails:
Power module detects an internal overtemperature condition.
Fault and Temp indicators light.
Power module sends an overtemperature warning to the system and then shuts down the system.
For additional power supply troubleshooting information, see the Troubleshooting the Power
Subsystem section on page 4-6.
Note
For the RSP/RP to communicate properly to a power module in a power tray, input power to at least one
of the three power modules in the power tray should be present.
4-26
OL-17499-07
Chapter 4

Overtemperature Conditions
The following console error message indicates that the system has detected an overtemperature condition
or out-of-tolerance power value inside the system:
Queued messages:
%ENVM-1-SHUTDOWN: Environmental Monitor initiated shutdown
The preceding message could also indicate a faulty component or temperature sensor. Enter the show
environment command or the show environment all command at the user EXEC prompt to display
information about the internal system environment. The information generated by these commands
includes:
Voltage measurements on each card from the DC-to-DC converter
The +5 VDC for the I2C module
Operating voltage for the fan trays
Temperature measurements received by two sensors on each card (one for inlet air temperature and
one for the cards hot-spot temperature) as well as temperature measurements from sensors located
in each power module
If an environmental shutdown results from an overtemperature or out-of-tolerance condition, the Fault

indicator on the power supply lights before the system shuts down.
Although an overtemperature condition is unlikely at initial system startup, make sure that:
Heated exhaust air from other equipment in the immediate environment is not entering the chassis
card cage vents.
You allow sufficient air flow by maintaining a minimum of 6 inches (15.24 cm) of clearance at both
the inlet and exhaust openings on the chassis and the power modules to allow cool air to enter freely
and hot air to be expelled from the chassis.
Isolating Cooling Subsystem Problems

Use the following procedure to isolate a problem with the chassis cooling system if you have an
overtemperature condition:
Step 1
Caution
Step 2
Make sure the fan trays are operating properly when you power on the system. To determine if a fan tray
is operating, check the LED indicator on each fan tray front panel:
OK (green)Fan tray is functioning properly and receiving 48 VDC power, indicating that the
cables from the chassis backplane to the fan tray are good.
Fail (red)Fault is detected in the fan tray. Replace the fan tray.
If neither indicator is on and the blower is not operating, there may be a problem with either the fan
tray or the 48 VDC power supplied to the fan tray. Go to Step 2.
Never unplug all the fan trays at the same time.

Eject and reseat the fan tray making sure the captive screws are securely tightened to a torque of
10 +/1 in-lb.
If the fan tray still does not function, go to Step 3.
OL-17499-07
4-27
Chapter 4
Step 3
Check for 48 VDC power by looking at the LED indicators on each power module:
If the Pwr OK indicator is on and the Fault indicator is off on each power module, it indicates that
the fan trays are receiving 48 VDC:
If a fan tray is still not functioning, there could be a problem with the fan tray controller card
or an undetected problem in the fan tray cable. Replace the fan tray.
If the new fan tray does not function, contact a Cisco customer service representative for
assistance.
If the Fault indicator is on, the power supply is faulty. Replace the power supply.
If the Temp and Fault indicators are on, an overtemperature condition exists:
Verify that the power supply fan is operating properly.
If the fan is not operating, replace the power supply.
Contact your Cisco representative if replacing the power supply does not fix the problem.
4-28
OL-17499-07
CH A P T E R
Replacing Cisco ASR 9000 Series Router

Components
The router is equipped as ordered and is ready for installation and startup when it is shipped. As network
requirements change, you may need to upgrade the system by adding or changing components. This
chapter describes how to maintain router components.
Procedures for maintaining the router are described in the following sections:
Prerequisites and Preparation, page 5-1
Replacing the Chassis Air Filter, page 5-4
Removing and Replacing the Fan Trays, page 5-7
Removing and Replacing AC or DC Power System Components, page 5-9
Removing and Replacing Cards from the Chassis, page 5-19
Removing a Chassis from the Equipment Rack, page 5-21
Installing a Replacement Chassis in the Equipment Rack, page 5-22
Prerequisites and Preparation

Before you perform any of the procedures in this chapter, be sure that you:
Review the Safety Guidelines section on page 1-1.
Read the safety and ESD-prevention guidelines described in the Compliance and Safety
Information section on page 1-2.
Ensure that you have all the necessary tools and equipment before beginning the procedure.
Have access to the following documents during the installation:

Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for the Cisco ASR 9000 Aggregation Services
Router publication that shipped with the router.
OL-17499-07
5-1
Chapter 5
Field Replaceable Units

In the Cisco ASR 9010 Router and the Cisco ASR 9006 Router, the following components are field
replaceable units (FRU):
All line cards
RSP cards
Power modules
Power trays
Only version 2 power trays are FRUs
Router must be powered down before power tray removal
Note
Fan trays
Air filters
Line card and RSP blank fillers
Compact flash disk
Gigabit Ethernet small form-factor pluggable (SFP) transceiver modules
10-Gigabit Ethernet small form-factor pluggable (SFP+) transceiver modules
10-Gigabit Ethernet small form-factor pluggable (XFP) transceiver modules
Optional card cage doors
The backplane and version 1 power trays are not FRUs.

In the Cisco ASR 9922 Router, the following components are FRUs:
All line cards
RP cards
FC cards
Power modules
Power trays
The Cisco ASR 9922 Router uses only version 2 power trays
The Cisco ASR 9922 Router must be powered down before power tray removal
Note
Fan trays and covers
Air filters and foam media
Line card and RP blank fillers
Gigabit Ethernet small form-factor pluggable (SFP) transceiver modules
10-Gigabit Ethernet small form-factor pluggable (SFP+) transceiver modules
100-Gigabit Ethernet small form-factor pluggable (CFP) transceiver modules
Optional card cage doors
The backplanes and BPID cards are not FRUs.
5-2
OL-17499-07
Chapter 5

Online Insertion and Removal

Most Cisco ASR 9000 Series Router FRUs can be removed and replaced with the power on and the
system operating. This is known as online insertion and removal (OIR). Power modules, fan trays, Route
Switch Processor (RSP) cards, Route Processor (RP) cards, Fabric Controller (FC) cards, line cards,
shared port adapter (SPA), and SPA interface processor (SIP) cards all support OIR. Unless otherwise
noted, the maintenance tasks described in this chapter can be performed while the router remains
powered on.
Caution
Note
Although the power trays are not a true FRU because they do not support OIR, a procedure for replacing
the power trays in Cisco ASR 9000 Series Router is included in this chapter in the event a replacement
becomes necessary.
OIR Monitoring
The BPID board monitors OIR by counting the number of card insertions for each slot and saving that
information in non-volatile memory. OIR monitoring is done for all fan trays, RSP, RP, FC, and line
cards. A card insertion is determined by the CAN Bus Controller (CBC) of the inserted card booting up
and sending a CBC message which is intercepted by the BPID board. Note that a CBC reset or power
cycle on a card will also be interpreted as a card insertion.
Note
A card with an OIR count that exceeds 175 will generate a minor alarm against that slot. If the card OIR
count exceeds 200, a major alarm is generated against that slot. Fan tray insertion counts are not checked
against a threshold. See the Release Notes for Cisco ASR 9000 Series Aggregation Services Routers for
Cisco IOS XR Software Release 3.9.1 for information about CLI commands for obtaining and resetting
card insertion data.
Powering Off the Router

Caution
Do not turn off the switch on the power tray to remove individual power modules. Power modules
support OIR, so they can be removed and replaced with the power on and the system operating.
If it becomes necessary to turn all power off to the router, use the following procedure:
Step 1
Set the power switch on each power tray to the off (0) position.
Step 2
Power off all circuit breakers for the source power lines connected to the power trays.
Step 3
Verify that the Pwr OK indicator on each power module is off.
Step 4
Verify that the OK indicator on the fan tray is off.
OL-17499-07
5-3
Chapter 5

The Cisco ASR 9000 Series Router is equipped with user-replaceable air filters that help prevent dust
from being drawn into the router. One time per month (or more often in dusty environments), examine
the air filters for damage and cleanliness.
Note
In the ASR 9010 Router and Cisco ASR 9006 Router, the chassis air filter is not serviceable. It should
be replaced on a regular maintenance interval. The interval may vary between 3 and 12 months
depending on the environment.
Note
In the Cisco ASR 9922 Router, the three air filters contain foam media which filters the air going into
the chassis. The three air filters can be removed from the chassis so that the foam media can be replaced
on a regular maintenance interval.The interval may vary between 3 and 12 months depending on the
environment.
Caution
Damage to the air filter can restrict the airflow, cause overheating in the router, and degrade
electromagnetic interference (EMI) compliance. Be careful when cleaning and replacing the filter.
In the ASR 9010 Router chassis, the air filter is located underneath the fan trays (see Figure 5-1). The
air filter in the Cisco ASR 9006 Router is located along the right side of the chassis and is accessible
from the rear (see Figure 5-2). The Cisco ASR 9922 Router has its three air filters on the front of the
middle card cage (see Figure 5-4).
Use the following procedure to replace an air filter:
Step 1
If the accessory grill has been installed on the front of the Cisco ASR 9010 Router, remove it from the
front of the chassis by simply pulling on the grill until it comes loose. See the Installing Base Chassis
Accessories on the Cisco ASR 9010 Router section on page 2-36 and Figure 2-34 for information about
the accessory grill.
Step 2
For the Cisco ASR 9010 Router, remove the air filter by simply sliding it out of the chassis (Figure 5-1).
Replacing the ASR 9010 Router Chassis Air Filter
243206
Figure 5-1
Step 3
For the Cisco ASR 9006 Router, loosen the thumb screw that secures the filter to the chassis, and then
slide the air filter out of the chassis (see Figure 5-2).
5-4
OL-17499-07
Chapter 5

Replacing the Cisco ASR 9006 Router Chassis Air Filter
243375
Figure 5-2
1
2
Air Filter
Thumb screw
Step 4
If any fan tray covers have been installed on the front of the Cisco ASR 9922 Router, remove them from
the front of the chassis by simply pulling on the covers until they come loose.
Step 5
For the Cisco ASR 9922 Router, remove the three air filters by pulling them off the front of the chassis
(see Figure 5-3). Then, for each filter, loosen the thumb screws, rotate the inner frame out, and replace
the foam media (see Figure 5-4 and Figure 5-5).
OL-17499-07
5-5
Chapter 5
ASR 9922 Router Chassis Air Filters
Figure 5-4
Removing the Cisco ASR 9922 Router Chassis Center Air Filter
344069
Figure 5-3
1
3
302420
5-6
OL-17499-07
Chapter 5

Removing and Replacing the Fan Trays
Loosen thumb screws
Rotate and lower inner frame
Figure 5-5
Remove foam filter media
Removing the Cisco ASR 9922 Router Chassis Side Air Filter
302421
Loosen thumb screws
Rotate and lower inner frame
Remove foam filter media
Step 6
Visually check the condition of the air filter and/or its foam media to determine whether to install a new
replacement filter or foam media.
Step 7
For the Cisco ASR 9010 Router, slide the new air filter into the air filter door (honeycomb side up). For
the Cisco ASR 9006 Router, tighten the thumb screw to secure the filter to the chassis. For the
Cisco ASR 9922 Router, tighten the thumb screws and re-attach the three front air filters.
Caution
Align and seat the door carefully to avoid damaging the EMI-preventive gaskets on the door. The air
filter door must be closed and secured at all times to maintain correct EMI performance.

Prerequisites
For the Cisco ASR 9010 Router, remove the accessory grill before removing and replacing the fan trays.
For the Cisco ASR 9922 Router, remove the fan tray cover before removing and replacing the fan trays.
OL-17499-07
5-7
Chapter 5

6-in. long number 2 Phillips screwdriver, torque 10 inch-pounds
Steps
Use the following procedures to remove and replace the fan trays:
Caution
Warning
Be sure that the fans have stopped running before removing the fan tray. The fans can take from 3 to
5 seconds to completely stop running after disengaging the fan tray latch. Handling the fan tray before
the fans have stopped running could cause fingertip injury.
Note
Due to air leakage, the chassis should not be operated with any of the fan trays completely missing.
Replace any missing fan tray within five minutes. Any fan tray replacement should be performed when
the chassis is back to room temperature.
Note
If the accessory grill has been installed on the front of the Cisco ASR 9010 Router, you must remove it
before you can remove the lower fan tray. You can remove the accessory grill by simply pulling on the
grill until it comes loose. See the Installing Base Chassis Accessories on the Cisco ASR 9010 Router
section on page 2-36 and Figure 2-34 for information about the accessory grill.
Note
If the fan tray cover has been installed on the front of the Cisco ASR 9922 Router, you must remove it
before you can remove the fan tray. Remove the fan tray cover by simply pulling on the cover until it
comes loose.
To remove a fan tray from the chassis (see Figure 2-8, Figure 2-9, or Figure 2-10):
Step 1
Use the 6-in. long number 2 Phillips screwdriver to a torque of 10 +/1 in-lb to loosen the captive
screw(s) that secure the fan tray.
Step 2
Use the handle on the fan tray front panel to pull the fan tray halfway out of the module bay.
Step 3
Warning
about 16 pounds (7.27 kg). Each Cisco ASR 9922 Router fan tray or Cisco ASR 9010 Router version 2 fan
tray weighs about 18 pounds (8.18 kg).
To install a fan tray into the chassis:
5-8
OL-17499-07
Chapter 5

Removing and Replacing AC or DC Power System Components
Step 1
Lift the fan tray (with two hands) and slide it halfway into the module bay.
Step 2
Slowly push the fan tray into the chassis until it mates with the backplane connector at the back of the
module bay.
Caution
To prevent damage to the connectors, do not use excessive force when inserting the fan tray into the
chassis.
Step 3
Tighten the captive screw(s) on the fan tray using the 6-in. long number 2 Phillips screwdriver to a torque
of 10 +/1 in-lb to secure it to the chassis.
Step 4
Verify that the (green) OK status indicator on the front of the fan tray goes on. If the OK indicator does
not light, see the Troubleshooting the Cooling Subsystem section on page 4-25.

This section contains removal and replacement procedures for the AC and DC power systems used in the
Cisco ASR 9000 Series Router.
Power Module Replacement Guidelines

The Cisco ASR 9000 Series Router supports OIR of power modules. If you are replacing a redundant
power module, you can remove and install the power module while the system remains powered on
without causing an electrical hazard or damage to the system. This feature enables you to replace a power
module while the system maintains all routing information and ensures session preservation.
However, to maintain operational redundancy and proper cooling, and to meet EMI compliance
standards, you must have at least one working power module installed (more than one for a fully
configured system). When you remove a failed power module with the router in operation, perform the
replacement as quickly as possible. Make sure you have the replacement power module ready before
beginning the removal and installation procedure.
Note
For the RSP/RP to communicate properly to a power module in a power tray, input power to at least one
of the three power modules in the power tray should be present.
Removing and Replacing an AC or DC Power Module

This section contains the procedure to remove and replace an AC or DC power module from the chassis.
Caution
Do not turn off the switch on the power tray to remove individual power modules. Power modules
support OIR, so they can be removed and replaced with the power on and the system operating.
OL-17499-07
5-9
Chapter 5
Removing a Version 1 AC or DC Power Module

To remove a version 1 AC or DC power module from the chassis (see Figure 5-6):
Step 1
Push the door latch to the left to release the door.
Step 2
Pivot the door to the right to eject the power module from its bay.
Step 3
Slide the power module out of its bay while supporting it with your other hand.
Warning
Use two hands to remove the power module. The power supply weighs about 6.5 pounds (2.95 kg).
243181
Figure 5-6
Removing a Version 2 AC or DC Power Module

Prerequisites

7/16 Hex socket and torque wrench, torque 50 inch-pounds
Steps
To remove a version 2 AC or DC power module from the chassis (see Figure 5-7):
Step 1
Unscrew the Phillips screw that secures the power module using the 7/16 Hex socket and torque wrench
with the torque set to 50 inch-pounds.
Step 2
Pull the handle down.
5-10
OL-17499-07
Chapter 5

Step 3
Warning
Slide the power module out of its bay while supporting it with your other hand.
Use two hands to remove the power module. The power supply weighs about 6.5 pounds (2.95 kg).
331400
Figure 5-7
Installing a Version 1 AC or DC Power Module

To install a new version 1 power module (see Figure 5-6):
Step 1
Slide the power module into the bay until it mates with its backplane connector.
Step 2
Pivot the door to the left until the door latch locks.
Caution
Step 3
Verify that the (green) Power Input indicator on the front of the power module goes on. If the indicator
does not light, see the Troubleshooting the Power Subsystem section on page 4-6.
Installing a Version 2 AC or DC Power Module

To install a new version 2 power module (see Figure 5-7):
Step 1
Slide the power module into the bay until it mates with its backplane connector.
Step 2
Move the handle up.
Step 3
Tighten the Phillips screw that secures the power module using the 7/16 Hex socket and torque wrench
with the torque set to 50 inch-pounds.
OL-17499-07
5-11
Chapter 5
Caution
Step 4
Verify that the (green) Power Input indicator on the front of the power module goes on. If the indicator
does not light, see the Troubleshooting the Power Subsystem section on page 4-6.
Disconnecting AC Power
To disconnect an individual AC power cord, use the following procedure:
Step 1
Power OFF (0) the circuit breaker assigned to the AC power source you are disconnecting.
Step 2
Loosen the retainer bracket holding the AC power cord to the power tray receptacle.
Step 3
Unplug the AC power cord from the power tray receptacle.
Caution
Do not turn off the switch on the power tray to remove AC power cords. An individual AC power cord
can be unplugged while the system is powered from other AC power sources.
If it becomes necessary to disconnect all AC power from the router, use the following procedure:
Caution
Do not disconnect all power from the router to replace components, including power modules. See the
Power Module Replacement Guidelines section on page 5-9.
Step 1
Set the power switch at the rear of the AC power tray to the OFF (0) position.
Step 2
Power OFF (0) the circuit breakers assigned to the AC power sources you are disconnecting.
Warning
switch in the OFF (0) position.
Step 3
Loosen the retainer bracket holding the AC power cords to the power tray receptacle.
Step 4
Unplug the AC power cords from the power tray receptacles.
Reconnecting AC Power
To reconnect an individual AC power cord to a power tray, simply plug in the AC power cord using the
following procedure:
Step 1
Power OFF (0) the circuit breaker assigned to the AC power source you are reconnecting.
5-12
OL-17499-07
Chapter 5

Step 2
Plug the AC power cord into the power tray receptacle.
Step 3
Close and tighten the retainer bracket holding the AC power cord to the power tray receptacle.
Step 4
Power on the AC power source circuit breaker.
Caution
Do not turn off the switch on the power tray to reconnect AC power cords. An individual AC power cord
can be plugged in while the system is powered from other AC power sources.
If power has been totally disconnected from the router, use the following procedure to reconnect AC
power to the AC power tray:
Caution
The following procedure is only to be used when reconnecting power to all power trays in a system that
has been powered down completely.
Step 1
Check that the power switch at the rear of the AC power tray is set to the OFF (0) position.
Step 2
Check that the circuit breaker assigned to the AC power source you are connecting is set to OFF (0).
Warning
switch in the off (0) position until you are ready to turn it on.
Step 3
Plug the AC power cords into the power tray receptacle (see Figure 3-15).
Step 4
Close the retainer bracket to secure the AC power cord plug to the power tray receptacle.
Step 5
Power on the AC power source circuit breaker.
Step 6
Set the power switch at the rear of the AC power tray to the ON (1) position.
Disconnecting DC Power
Caution
It is not necessary to disconnect all power from the router to replace components, including power
modules. See the Power Module Replacement Guidelines section on page 5-9.
To disconnect an individual DC power source from a power tray, use the following procedure (see
Figure 3-17 for version 1 DC power, Figure 3-19 for version 2 DC power):
Step 1
Warning
Step 2
Power off the circuit breaker assigned to the DC power source you are disconnecting.
OL-17499-07
5-13
Chapter 5
Warning
Step 3
Step 4
To prevent injury and damage to the equipment, always remove the source DC power cables and
ground from the power tray terminals in the following order: (1) negative (), (2) positive (+),
(3) ground.
Disconnect the DC power cables from their terminals in the following order and note the color of each
cable (see Figure 3-17 for version 1 DC power, Figure 3-19 for version 2 DC power):
a.
Negative (PWR) cables first.
b.
Positive (RTN) cables next.
c.
Ground cable last.
Repeat Step 1 through Step 3 for the other power tray, if installed.
If it becomes necessary to disconnect all DC power from the router, use the following procedure (see
Figure 3-17 for version 1 DC power, Figure 3-19 for version 2 DC power):
Note
Caution
This procedure describes how to disconnect DC power from all power modules in a single DC power
tray. The procedure is the same for each DC power tray, if more than one is installed.
If only one power tray is installed, performing the following procedure turns off all power to the router.
Step 1
Set the power tray switch to the OFF (0) position.
Step 2
Power OFF (0) the circuit breaker assigned to the DC power source you are disconnecting.
Warning
Step 3
Warning
Step 4
Step 5
To prevent injury and damage to the equipment, always remove the source DC power cables and
ground from the power tray terminals in the following order: (1) negative (), (2) positive (+),
(3) ground.
Disconnect the DC power cables from their terminals in the following order and note the color of each
cable (see Figure 3-17 for version 1 DC power, Figure 3-19 for version 2 DC power):
a.
Negative (PWR) cables first.
b.
c.
Ground cable last.
Repeat Step 1 through Step 4 for the other power tray, if installed.
5-14
OL-17499-07
Chapter 5

Reconnecting DC Power
Caution
This procedure is only to be used when reconnecting power to all power modules in a system that has
been powered down completely.
Use the following procedure to reconnect DC power to a DC power tray:
Step 1
Set the power switch to the OFF (0) position.
Step 2
Check that the circuit breaker assigned to the DC power source you are reconnecting is powered OFF (0).
Step 3
Reconnect the DC power cables in the following order:

a.
Ground cables first.
b.
c.
Negative (PWR) cable last.
d.
Repeat Step 1 through Step 3 for the other power tray (Cisco ASR 9010 Router only)
Warning
To prevent injury and damage to the equipment, always attach the ground and source DC power cable
lugs to the power tray terminals in the following order: (1) ground to ground, (2) positive (+) to positive
(+), (3) negative () to negative ().
Caution
Do not overtighten the nuts that secure the DC power cables to the power tray terminals. The nuts should
be tightened using the 7/16 Hex socket and torque wrench to a torque of 45 to 50 in-lb.
Step 4
Replace the clear plastic safety covers over the DC power connection terminal studs and tighten the
screws.
Step 5
Set the DC power source circuit breaker to ON (1).
Step 6
Set the power tray switch to ON (1).
Removing an AC or DC Power Tray on Cisco ASR 9000 Series Router

The power trays are not a true FRU because they do not support OIR. However, the following procedures
for removing and replacing the power trays in Cisco ASR 9000 Series Router are provided, if
replacement becomes necessary.
Caution
Power tray removal and replacement procedures are to be performed by qualified service persons only.
Warning
All power to the node must be shut off at the branch circuit disconnect device before beginning power
tray replacement procedures. Removal of a tray requires disconnection of power cabling on the back
of the chassis that exposes service persons to exposed wiring from the unaffected tray.
OL-17499-07
5-15
Chapter 5
Caution
All terminal block covers should be replaced prior to energizing the power cabling to the system.
Use the following procedure to remove an AC or DC power tray from the chassis:
Step 1
Disconnect AC or DC power from the power tray rear panel.
Step 2
Remove all power modules from the power tray.
Step 3
For the ASR 9010 Router, remove the front grill by pulling it away from the chassis (see Figure 5-8).
Removing the Front Grill on the Cisco ASR 9010 Router
247895
Figure 5-8
Step 4
For the Cisco ASR 9922 Router, the front power tray bezel is a standard item that comes with ball studs
already installed. Simply install it by snapping it onto the chassis, or remove it by pulling it away from
the chassis (see Figure 5-9).
Removing the Front Power Tray Bezel on the Cisco ASR 9922 Router
302359
Figure 5-9
Step 5
Loosen and remove the two screws at each end of the power tray that attach the tray to the chassis.
Step 6
Loosen the two captive screws (one per ejector lever) to release the ejector levers. Figure 5-10 shows the
process for the version 1 power trays and Figure 5-11 shows the process for the version 2 power trays.
5-16
OL-17499-07
Chapter 5

Figure 5-10
247898
Figure 5-11
284407
Step 7
Remove screws on each

side that secure the power
tray to the chassis
Loosen the captive screw in

each ejector lever
Rotate the ejector levers out

to unseat the tray from its
mating connector
Rotate the ejector levers away from the tray to unseat the tray from its mating connector. Figure 5-10
shows the process for the version 1 power trays and Figure 5-11 shows the process for the version 2
power trays.
OL-17499-07
5-17
Chapter 5
Step 8
Slide the power tray out of the bay.
Installing an AC or DC Power Tray on Cisco ASR 9000 Series Router

Use the following procedure to install an AC or DC power tray into the chassis:
Step 1
Slide the power tray into the bay until it engages its mating connector on the chassis. The ejector levers
will partly rotate inward as you do this.
Step 2
Fully rotate the ejector levers inward to fully seat the power tray into its mating connector and seat the
power tray mounting ears against the chassis mounting ears. Figure 5-12 shows the process for the
version 1 power trays and Figure 5-13 shows the process for the version 2 power trays.
When the power tray is fully seated, the captive screw in each ejector aligns with the screw hole in the
power tray frame.
Figure 5-12
3
248319
1
2
Screw hole in the power

tray frame for ejector lever
captive screw
Ejector lever captive screw
Power tray mounting ear
5-18
OL-17499-07
Chapter 5

331403
Figure 5-13
Step 3
Install the captive screw in each ejector lever into the screw hole in the power tray frame (see Figure 5-12
or Figure 5-13).
Step 4
Use the 6-in. long number 2 Phillips screwdriver to tighten the two ejector screws to a torque of 10 +/-1
in-lb to secure the ejectors and to secure the tray to its mating connector.
Step 5
Install and tighten two screws through the power tray mounting ears on each side into the screw holes in
the chassis mounting ears to secure the tray to the chassis.

This section describes the procedures for removing and installing an RSP, RP, FC, or line card. For
information about removing and installing SIP and SPA cards, see the Cisco ASR 9000 Series Aggregation
Services Router SIP and SPA Hardware Installation Guide.
In the ASR 9010 Router, the RSP and line card cage (see Figure 2-12) has ten slots (numbered from left
to right): slots 0 to 3 (for line cards 0 to 3), slots 4 and 5 (for RSP0 and RSP1), and slots 6 to 9 (for line
cards 4 to 7).
The Cisco ASR 9006 Router chassis contains six slots (see Figure 2-13). The RSP cards are installed in
the two lowest slots (labeled RSP0 and RSP1) above the power modules. Four line cards are installed in
slots 2 through 5 above the RSP card slots.
In the Cisco ASR 9922 Router, the middle card cage for the RP and FC cards has nine slots (numbered
from left to right): slots 0 and 8 for RP0 and RP1 and slots 1 to 7 for up to seven FC cards.
OL-17499-07
5-19
Chapter 5
Caution
Caution
Be careful to avoid damaging the EMI gasket that runs along the full height of the card front panel edges.
Damage to the EMI gasket can affect the ability of your system to meet EMI requirements.
Caution
To avoid damaging card mechanical components, never carry an RSP, RP, FC, or line card by the captive
installation screws or ejector levers. Doing so can damage these components and cause card insertion
problems.
Note
The BPID board monitors OIR by counting the number of card insertions for each slot and saving that
information in non-volatile memory. OIR monitoring is done for all line cards, the RSP, the RP, and the
fan trays. See the OIR Monitoring section on page 5-3 for more information.

Use the following procedure to remove and replace an RSP, RP, FC, or line card from the card cage:
Step 1
Step 2
Disconnect any cables from the card.

a.
Identify the type of line card and its slot number. Write this information on a piece of paper before
you disconnect the cables. Youll need this information when you reinstall the line cards.
b.
Identify the line card cable and its port connection. Label the cable with this information.
c.
Starting with the port of the line card farthest from the cable management bracket, disconnect the
interface cable connectors from each of the line card ports.
d.
Carefully remove the cables from the cable-management bracket attached to the front panel of the
line card
e.
(Optional) Use the 6-in. long number 2 Phillips screwdriver to a torque of 10 +/1 in-lb to loosen
the captive screw that secures the cable-management bracket to the line card and remove the
cable-management bracket from the line card.
f.
Carefully remove the cables from the horizontal cable management tray at the top of the chassis
(Cisco ASR 9010 Router, Cisco ASR 9922 Router) or side cable management brackets
(Cisco ASR 9006 Router) and carefully place the cable bundle out of the way.
Remove the card (see Figure 2-15, Figure 2-16, or Figure 2-19):
a.
Use the 6-in. long number 2 Phillips screwdriver to a torque of 10 +/1 in-lb to loosen the captive
screws at each end of the card front panel.
b.
On the FC card (see Figure 2-18), push in both ejector lever release buttons.
c.
d.
container.
5-20
OL-17499-07
Chapter 5

Step 3
Repeat Step 1 and Step 2 for each card.
Replacing Cards in the Chassis

Use the following procedure to replace a previously removed RSP, RP, FC, or line card from the card
cage:
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Install the card (see Figure 2-15, Figure 2-16, or Figure 2-19):
a.
Slide the card into the slot, being sure to install the card in the same slot you recorded when you
removed the card.
b.
Use the 6-in. long number 2 Phillips screwdriver to a torque of 10 +/1 in-lb to tighten the captive
screws at each end of the card front panel.
c.
Pivot the ejector levers to seat the card into the backplane connector.
Reconnect cables to the card:

a.
If you previously disconnected the card cable management bracket, reattach it to the card and use
the 6-in. long number 2 Phillips screwdriver to a torque of 10 +/1 in-lb to tighten the captive screw
on the bracket to secure it to the card front panel.
b.
Carefully reroute the cables through the horizontal cable management tray at the top of the chassis
(the Cisco ASR 9922 Router has an additional tray at the bottom of the chassis) or side cable
management brackets (Cisco ASR 9006 Router).
c.
Carefully reroute cables through the card cable-management bracket.
d.
Starting with the port of the card closest to the cable management bracket, reconnect the interface
cable connectors to each of the card ports using the cable and port connection information you
recorded when removing the cables.
Repeat Step 1 and Step 2 for each card.

Use the following procedure to remove the chassis and its components from the equipment rack:
Warning
You must use two people to remove the chassis from the equipment rack safely. An empty chassis can
weigh up to approximately 300 pounds (136 kg).
Step 1
Power off the router (see the Powering Off the Router section on page 5-3).
Step 2
Power off the circuit breakers to the power supplies.
Step 3
Disconnect the power from the power modules on the rear of the chassis:
For AC power modules, see the Disconnecting AC Power section on page 5-12.
For DC power modules, see the Disconnecting DC Power section on page 5-13.
OL-17499-07
5-21
Chapter 5
Step 4
Disconnect the supplemental bonding and grounding connection from the chassis (see the
Supplemental Bonding and Grounding Connections section on page 2-33).
Step 5
Remove the fan tray (see the Removing and Replacing the Fan Trays section on page 5-7).
Step 6
Disconnect RSP/RP cables connected to the console port, auxiliary port, or either of the management
Ethernet ports.
Be sure to label each of the RSP/RP cables before you disconnect the cables.
Step 7
Disconnect any cables connected to the external alarm port on the alarm display.
Label each of the alarm display cables before you disconnect the cables.
Step 8
Disconnect the line card interface cables.
Step 9
Remove RSP, RP, FC, and line cards from the chassis (see the Removing and Replacing Cards from the
Chassis section on page 5-19).
Step 10
Remove the chassis air filter (see the Replacing the Chassis Air Filter section on page 5-4).
Step 11
Remove the chassis from the rack.

a.
Using the side handles to support the weight of the chassis, remove the screws that attach the chassis
rack mount flanges and the side rack mount brackets to the rack posts.
b.
Carefully lift the chassis out of the rack and set it aside.
c.
Use the rear handle on the Cisco ASR 9922 Router to push the chassis out of the rack and onto an
adjacent pallet jack for transport.

Use the following procedure to install the replacement chassis and components in the equipment rack:
Step 1
Install the new chassis in the rack (see the Rack-Mounting the Router Chassis section on page 2-24).
Step 2
Install the power modules (see the Removing and Replacing an AC or DC Power Module section on
page 5-9).
Step 3
Install the fan tray (see the Removing and Replacing the Fan Trays section on page 5-7).
Step 4
Install RSP, RP, FC and line cards in the chassis (see the Removing and Replacing Cards from the
Chassis section on page 5-19).
Step 5
Install the chassis air filter (see the Replacing the Chassis Air Filter section on page 5-4).
Step 6
Connect all line card and interface cables (see the Connecting Line Card Network Interface Cables
section on page 3-14).
Step 7
Connect the supplemental bonding and grounding connection (if there is one) to the chassis (see the
Supplemental Bonding and Grounding Connections section on page 2-33).
Step 8
Connect power to the power trays on the rear of the chassis.
Step 9
For AC power modules, see the Reconnecting AC Power section on page 5-12.
For DC power modules, see the Reconnecting DC Power section on page 5-15.
To turn on power to the router, see the Powering on the Router section on page 3-27.
5-22
OL-17499-07
Chapter 5


Use the packaging that came with the replacement chassis to repack and ship the chassis being replaced.
Before shipping the chassis being replaced, pack the chassis back into the shipping rack. Refer to
Unpacking the Router section on page 2-3.
OL-17499-07
5-23
Chapter 5
5-24
OL-17499-07
A P P E N D I X
This appendix lists the specifications for the Cisco ASR 9000 Aggregation Services Routers.
The specifications are presented in the following tables:
Table A-1, ASR 9010 Router Physical Specifications
Table A-4, Cisco ASR 9000 Series Environmental Specifications
Table A-5, Cisco ASR 9010 AC Electrical Specifications
Table A-8, Cisco ASR 9010 DC Electrical Specifications
Table A-11, AC Input Voltage Range
Table A-12, DC Input Voltage Range
Table A-13, DC Output Levels for Version 1 Power System
Table A-14, DC Output Levels for Version 2 Power System
Table A-15, RSP/RP Port Specifications
Table A-16, Card and Fan Tray Power Consumption Specifications
OL-17499-07
A-1
Appendix A
Table A-1 lists the physical specifications for the Cisco ASR 9010 Router.
Table A-1
Description
Value
Chassis height
36.75 inches (93.35 cm)
Chassis width
17.50 inches (44.45 cm)

19.0 inches (48.3 cm) including chassis
rack-mount flanges and front door width
Chassis depth
28.65 inches (72.72 cm) including cable

management system and front cover
Chassis weight
Chassis only1
149.5 pounds (67.81 kg)
Chassis: fully configured

using all card slots and six
power modules
375 pounds (170.5 kg)
1. Chassis only does not include cards, power modules, fan trays, filter or chassis accessories.
Table A-2
Description
Value
Chassis height
17.50 inches (44.45 cm)
Chassis width
17.50 inches (44.45 cm)

Chassis depth

management system and front cover
Chassis weight
Chassis only1
230 pounds (104.33 kg)

Chassis: fully configured
using all card slots and three
power modules
87.5 pounds (39.69 kg)
1. Chassis only does not include cards, power modules, fan trays, filter or chassis accessories.
A-2
OL-17499-07
Appendix A
Table A-3
Description
Value
Chassis height
77.00 inches (195.58 cm)
Chassis width
17.60 inches (44.70 cm)

Chassis depth
26.3 inches (66.82 cm)

management system
30.62 inches (77.77 cm) with front doors
Chassis weight
Chassis only1
Chassis: fully configured using all card slots 1038 pounds (470.28 kg)
and four power trays
300 pounds (136 kg)
1. Chassis only does not include any cards, power modules, fan trays, or chassis accessories.
OL-17499-07
A-3
Appendix A
Table A-4 lists the environmental specifications for the Cisco ASR 9000 Series Router.
Table A-4
Cisco ASR 9000 Series Environmental Specifications
Description
Operating Temperature:
Value
1
41 to 104F
(5 to 40C)
Operating Temperature1,2
(Short term)3,4:
23 to 131 F (5 to 55C) for Cisco ASR 9006 Router

23 to 122 F (5 to 50C) for Cisco ASR 9010 Router and
Cisco ASR 9922 Router
Non-operating Temperature
-40 to 158F
(-40 to 70C)
Humidity
Operating: 10 to 85 percent noncondensing

Non-operating: 5 to 95 percent noncondensing
Altitude
Operating: 0 to 13,000 ft. (0 to 4,000 m)

Non-operating: 0 to 15,000 ft. (0 to 4,570 m)
16-port 10-Gigabit Ethernet line card: 0 to 5,904 ft. (0 to
1,800 m)
Power Dissipation
(Cisco ASR 9010 Router)
7600 W maximum
Power Dissipation
4556 W maximum
Power Dissipation
24,000 W maximum
Acoustic noise
78 dB at 80.6F (27C) maximum
Shock
Operating (halfsine): 21 in/sec. (0.53 m/sec.)

Non-operating (trapezoidal pulse): 20 G6, 52 in/sec (1.32 m/sec)
Vibration
Operating: 0.35 Grms7 from 3 to 500 Hz

Non-operating: 1.0 Grms from 3 to 500 Hz
1. Operating temperature specifications for the router will differ from those listed in this table when 40-port Gigabit
Ethernet line cards using GLC-GE-100FX SFP transceiver modules are installed in the router. This is due to the lower
temperature specifications of the SFP module. Please contact a Cisco representative for more information.
2. Short term operating temperature specifications for the router will differ from those listed in this table when the
16-port 10-Gigabit Ethernet line card is installed in the router because of the lower temperature specifications of the
SFP+ modules that are used in this line card. When using this line card, the maximum operating temperature is 104F
(40C).
3. Short-term refers to a period of not more than 96 consecutive hours and a total of no more than 15 days in 1 year.
(This refers to a total of 360 hours in any given year, but no more than 15 occurrences during that 1-year period.).
4. The 24 port 10 Gigabit Ethernet linecard requires high temperature optics to run in the extended temperature range.
5. Operating altitude specifications for the router will differ from those listed in this table when the 16-port 10-Gigabit
Ethernet line card is installed in the router. When using the SFP-10G-SR module, the maximum altitude is 5905 ft.
(1800 m). When using the SFP-10G-LR or SFP-10G-ER modules, the maximum altitude is sea level.
6. G is a value of acceleration, where 1G equals 32.17 ft./sec2 (9.81 m/sec2).
7. Grms is the root mean square value of acceleration.
A-4
OL-17499-07
Appendix A
Table A-5 lists the AC electrical specifications for the Cisco ASR 9010 Router.
Table A-5
Description
Value
Power modules per system
Version 1 power system:

Up to six AC power modules per system, three per tray
Up to eight AC power modules per system, four per tray
Total AC input power per

power module
3400 VA (volt-amps)
Rated input voltage per

power module
200240 VAC nominal (range: 180 to 264 VAC)

220240 VAC (UK)
Rated input line frequency1
50/60 Hz nominal (range: 47 to 63 Hz)

50/60 Hz (UK)
Input current draw1
15 A maximum at 200 VAC

13 A maximum at 220 to 240 VRMS (UK)
Source AC service
requirement1
20 A North America; 16 A international; 13 A UK
Redundancy
At least four AC power modules (two per power tray) are required for
2N redundancy for a fully configured system (version 1 and version 2)
1. For each AC power supply module. Some power/chassis configurations may operate at lower current ratings than those
specified in this table. Contact your Cisco technical representative for more information.
Caution
Be sure that the chassis configuration complies with the required power budgets. Failure to properly
verify the configuration may result in an unpredictable state if one of the power units fails. Contact your
local sales representative for assistance.
Table A-6
Description
Value

Up to three AC power modules per system
Up to four AC power modules per system

power module
3400 VA (volt-amps) per AC power module

power module

220240 VAC (UK)

50/60 Hz (UK)
Input current draw1

OL-17499-07
A-5
Appendix A
Table A-6
Cisco ASR 9006 AC Electrical Specifications (continued)
Description
Value
Source AC service
requirement1
20 A North America; 16 A international;

13 A United Kingdom
Redundancy
At least two AC power modules are required for N+1 redundancy

for a fully configured system (version 1 and version 2)
1. For each AC power supply module. Some power/chassis configurations may operate at lower current ratings than
those specified in this table. Contact your Cisco technical representative for more information.
A-6
OL-17499-07
Appendix A
Table A-7
Description
Value

Up to 16 AC power modules per system, four per tray

power module
3400 VA (volt-amps)

power module

220240 VAC (UK)

50/60 Hz (UK)
Input current draw1

Source AC service
requirement1
20 A North America; 16 A international; 13 A UK
Redundancy
AC power modules operate in N+N redundancy mode. Up to sixteen

AC power modules are supported. The number of AC power modules
needed depends on the configuration of the chassis (e.g. number of line
cards, RPs, and FC cards installed). Use the Cisco Power Calculator
(Cisco.com account required) at http://tools.cisco.com/cpc/launch.jsp
to calculate how many AC power modules are needed.
1. For each AC power supply module. Some power/chassis configurations may operate at lower current ratings than those
Note
Both the AC-powered and DC-powered versions of the the Cisco ASR 9922
Router only support Version 2 power systems.
Table A-8 lists the DC electrical specifications for the Cisco ASR 9010 Router.
Table A-8
Description
Value

Up to six DC power modules per system, three per tray
Up to eight DC power modules per system, four per tray
Total DC input power per

power module
Version 1 and version 2:

2300 W (2100 W output module)
Version 1 only:

power module
48 VDC nominal in North America

60 VDC nominal in the European Community
(range: 40.5 to 72 VDC [75 VDC for 5 ms])
OL-17499-07
A-7
Appendix A
Table A-8
Description
Value
Input current draw
49 A maximum at 48 VDC nominal

Source DC service
requirement1
Sufficient to supply the rated input current. Local codes apply.
Redundancy
At least four DC power modules (two per power tray) are required for
N+1 redundancy for a fully configured system (version 1 and version
2)
1. For each DC power supply module. Some power/chassis configurations may operate at lower current ratings than those
Table A-9
Description
Value

Up to three DC power modules per system
Up to four DC power modules per system

power module
Version 1 and version 2:

Version 1 only:

power module

Input current draw1

Source DC service
requirement1
Redundancy
At least two DC power modules are required for N+1 redundancy

for a fully configured system (version 1 and version 2)
1. For each DC power supply module. Some power/chassis configurations may operate at lower current ratings than
those specified in this table. Contact your Cisco technical representative for more information.
A-8
OL-17499-07
Appendix A
Table A-10
Description
Value

Up to 16 DC power modules per system, four per tray

power module
Version 2:

power module

Input current draw1

Source DC service
requirement1
Redundancy
DC power modules operate in N+1 redundancy mode. Up to sixteen

DC power modules are supported. The number of DC power modules
needed depends on the configuration of the chassis (e.g. number of line
cards, RPs, and FC cards installed). Use the Cisco Power Calculator
(Cisco.com account required) at http://tools.cisco.com/cpc/launch.jsp
to calculate how many DC power modules are needed.
1. For each DC power supply module. Some power/chassis configurations may operate at lower current ratings than those
Note
Both the AC-powered and DC-powered versions of the the

Cisco ASR 9922 Router only support Version 2 power systems.
Table A-11 lists the AC input voltage range for the AC-powered Cisco ASR 9000 Series Router (single
phase power source).
Table A-11
AC Input Voltage Range
Range
Minimum
Minimum
Nominal
Nominal
Maximum
Nominal
Maximum
Input Voltage
180 VAC
200 VAC
220 VAC
240 VAC
264 VAC
50 Hz
50/60 Hz
60 Hz
63 Hz
Line Frequency 47 Hz
Table A-12 lists the DC input voltage range for the DC-powered Cisco ASR 9000 Series Router.
Table A-12
DC Input Voltage Range
Range
Minimum
Nominal
Maximum
Input Voltage
40 VDC
48 VDC
72 VDC
OL-17499-07
A-9
Appendix A
Table A-13 lists the DC output tolerances for AC or DC power modules for the version 1 power system.
Table A-13
Parameter
Value
Voltage
Maximum
54.5 VDC
Nominal
54.0 VDC
Minimum
53.5 VDC
Power
Minimum (one power module)
1500 W
Maximum (three 2100 W power modules in a single tray)
6300 W (Cisco ASR 9006 Router only)
Maximum (three 2100 W power modules per tray x two

trays)
12,600 W (Cisco ASR 9010 Router only)1
1. Maximum output power the power system is capable of supporting (not system power consumption).
Table A-14 lists the DC output tolerances for AC or DC power modules for the version 2 power system.
Table A-14
Parameter
Value
Voltage
Maximum
55.5 VDC
Nominal
54.0 VDC
Minimum
52.5 VDC
Power
Minimum (one power module)

Maximum (four 2100 W power modules in a single tray)
2100 W
1
8400 W (Cisco ASR 9006 Router only)
Maximum (four 2100 W power modules per tray x two

trays)
16,800 W (Cisco ASR 9010 Router only)
Maximum (four 2100 W power modules per tray x four

trays)
33,600 W (Cisco ASR 9922 Router only)
1. Maximum output power the power system is capable of supporting (not system power consumption).
A-10
OL-17499-07
Appendix A
Table A-15 lists the RSP/RP port specifications.

Table A-15
RSP/RP Port Specifications
Description
Value
Console port
EIA/TIA-232 RJ45 interface, 9600 Baud, 8 data, no

parity, 2 stop bits with flow control none (default)
Auxiliary port
EIA/TIA-232 RJ45 interface, 9600 Baud, 8 data, no

parity, 1 stop bit with software handshake (default)
Management ports (0, 1)
Dual-speed (100M/1000M) RJ45
Sync ports (0, 1)
Can be configured as one of the following:
BITS (Building Integrated Timing System) port
J.211 or UTI (Universal Timing Interface) port
Table A-16 lists the power consumption specifications for the RSP card, RP card, FC card, line cards,
and fan tray.
Caution
Be sure that the chassis configuration complies with the required power budgets. Failure to properly
verify the configuration may result in an unpredictable state if one of the power units fails. Contact your
local sales representative for assistance.
Table A-16
Card and Fan Tray Power Consumption Specifications
Description
Value
RSP Card
175 W at 77F (25C)
Power consumption
205 W at 104F (40C)

235 W at 131F (55C)
RSP-440 Card
285 W at 77F (25C)
Power consumption
350 W at 104F (40C)

370 W at 131F (55C)
RP Card (Cisco ASR 9922 Router)
227 W at 77F (25C)
Power consumption
251 W at 104F (40C)

259 W at 131F (55C)
FC Card (Cisco ASR 9922 Router)
Power consumption
135 W at 77F (25C)

147 W at 104F (40C)
160 W at 131F (55C)
OL-17499-07
A-11
Appendix A
Table A-16
Card and Fan Tray Power Consumption Specifications (continued)
Description
Value
8-port 10-Gigabit Ethernet 2:1 Oversubscribed Line Card
Power consumption
310 W at 77F (25C)

320 W at 104F (40C)
350 W at 131F (55C)
4-port 10-Gigabit Ethernet Line Card
Power consumption
310 W at 77F (25C)

320 W at 104F (40C)
350 W at 131F (55C)
40-port Gigabit Ethernet Line Card
Power consumption
310 W at 77F (25C)

320 W at 104F (40C)
350 W at 131F (55C)
8-port 10-Gigabit Ethernet 80 Gbps Line Rate Card
Power consumption
565 W at 77F (25C)

575 W at 104F (40C)
630 W at 131F (55C)
2-port 10-Gigabit Ethernet + 20-port Gigabit Ethernet Combination Line Card
Power consumption
315 W at 77F (25C)

326 W at 104F (40C)
335 W at 131F (55C)
16-port 10-Gigabit Ethernet Oversubscribed Line Card
Power consumption
565 W at 77F (25C)

575 W at 104F (40C)
630 W at 131F (55C)
Power consumption
775 W at 77F (25C)

850 W at 104F (40C)
895 W at 131F (55C)
Power consumption
850 W at 77F (25C)

860 W at 104F (40C)
920 W at 131F (55C)
Power consumption
800 W at 77F (25C)

875 W at 104F (40C)
920 W at 131F (55C)
A-12
OL-17499-07
Appendix A
Table A-16
Card and Fan Tray Power Consumption Specifications (continued)
Description
Value
460 W at 77F (25C)
Power consumption
480 W at 104F (40C)

510 W at 131F (55C)
80 Gigabyte Modular Line Card
350 W at 77F (25C)
Power consumption
400 W at 104F (40C)

420 W at 131F (55C)
Power consumption
520 W at 77F (25C)

590 W at 104F (40C)
620 W at 131F (55C)
Fan Tray Version 1 (ASR 9010)
Power consumption
200 W at 77F (25C)

300 W at 104F (40C)
600 W at 131F (55C)
Fan Tray Version 2 (ASR 9010)
Power consumption
240 W at 77F (25C)

960 W at 104F (40C)
1100 W at 131F (55C)
Fan Tray (ASR 9006)
Power consumption
100 W at 77F (25C)

275 W at 104F (40C)
375 W at 131F (55C)
Fan Tray (ASR 9922)
Power consumption
200 W at 77F (25C)

870 W at 104F (40C)
1000 W at 131F (55C)
Note
The fan tray power consumption numbers reflect the power budget for a single fan tray.
OL-17499-07
A-13
Appendix A
A-14
OL-17499-07
A P P E N D I X
Site Log
The site log provides a historical record of all actions relevant to the operation and maintenance of the
router. Keep your site log in a convenient place near the router where anyone who performs the
maintenance has access to it.
Site log entries might include the following:
Installation progressMake entries in the site log to record installation progress. Note any
difficulties and remedies during the installation process.
Upgrades or removal and replacement proceduresUse the site log as a record of router
maintenance and expansion history.
Each time a procedure is performed on the router, update the site log to show the following:
Any field replaceable unit (FRU) that is installed, removed, or replaced
Any router configuration changes
Software upgrades
Corrective or preventive maintenance procedures performed
Intermittent problems
Related comments
The following page shows a sample site log format. You can make copies of the sample or design your
own site log page to meet the needs of your site and equipment.
OL-17499-07
B-1
Appendix B
Date
Description of Action Performed or Symptoms Observed
Site Log
Initials
B-2
OL-17499-07
A P P E N D I X
Cisco ASR 9000 Satellite Systems (ASR 9000v,

ASR 903, ASR 901)
The new Cisco IOS XR Software Release 4.2.1 introduced the Cisco ASR 9000v (a satellite system with
the Cisco ASR 9000). Cisco IOS XR Software Release 4.3.0 introduces support for the Cisco ASR 901
Mobile Wireless Router and the Cisco ASR 903 Router as satellite systems with the Cisco ASR 9000.
The Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf provides 44xGE SFP ports and four 10GE SFP+ ports. The Cisco
ASR 9000v satellite shelf, the Cisco ASR 901 Mobile Wireless Router as a satellite shelf, and the Cisco
ASR 903 Router as a satellite shelf system can be powered by either AC or DC power modules.
This appendix consists of the following sections:
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf Overview section on page C-3
Cisco ASR 901 Router Hardware Description section on page C-5
Cisco ASR 903 Router Hardware Features section on page C-12
Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Procedure for the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf section
on page C-14
Locating and Grounding the Chassis section on page C-19
Preparing to Install the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf section on page C-21
NTP-J53 Unpack and Inspect the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf section on page C-24
NTP-J54 Inspect the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf section on page C-24
NTP-J55 Install the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf section on page C-29
NTP-J56 Mounting the 19-inch Brackets on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf for the ANSI
Rack Configuration section on page C-31
NTP-J57 Mounting the 23-inch Brackets on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf for the ANSI
Rack Configuration section on page C-32
Configuration section on page C-34
DLP-J176 Mounting the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf on a Rack (One Person) section on
page C-36
DLP-J177 Mounting the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf on the Wall section on page C-38
DLP-J178 Mounting the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf on the Desktop section on page C-40
NPT-J57 Replacing the Fan-Tray Assembly in the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf section on
page C-43
OL-17499-07
C-1
Appendix C
NPT-J58 Replacing the Air Filter in the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf section on page C-45
NPT-J59 Installing the Power Feeds and Ground to the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf section
on page C-50
DLP-J179 Connecting Office Power (AC) to the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf section on
page C-53
DLP-J180 Connecting Office Power (DC) to the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf (ANSI Only)
section on page C-55
DLP-J181 Connecting Office Power (DC) to the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf (ETSI Only)
DLP-J182 Turning on and Verifying Office Power (AC) on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
DLP-J183 Turning on and Verifying Office Power (DC) on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
NTP-J60 Connecting Cables to the EOBC, Timing, and Console Ports on the Cisco ASR 9000v
Satellite Shelf section on page C-63
DLP-J184 Connecting the Timing Cables to the PPS, 10MHz, and ToD/PPS Ports on the Cisco
ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf section on page C-64
DLP-J185 Connecting the Cables to the EOBC or Console Port on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite
Shelf section on page C-65
Maintaining the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf section on page C-70
NTP-J62 Clean Fiber Connectors section on page C-73
DLP-J186 Clean Multi Fiber-Optic Cable Connectors section on page C-73
DLP-J187 Clean Fiber Connectors with CLETOP section on page C-74
DLP-J188 Clean the Fiber Adapters section on page C-75
NTP-J63 Perform the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf Installation Acceptance Test section on
page C-75
DLP-J188 Inspect the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf Installation and Connections section on
page C-76
DLP-J189 Measure DC Voltage on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf section on page C-76
Hardware Specifications section on page C-78
System Power for the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf section on page C-79
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf Physical Dimensions section on page C-81
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf Operating Temperature and Humidity section on page C-81
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf Switching Capacity section on page C-81
For more general Cisco ASR 9000 hardware information, refer to the Cisco ASR 9000 Hardware
Installation Guide online.
For Cisco IOS XR software Ethernet port configuration and command information, refer to the Cisco
ASR 9000 Series Aggregation Services Router Interface and Hardware Component Command Reference
and the Cisco ASR 9000 Series Aggregation Services Router Interfaces and Hardware Component
Configuration Guide online.
For information specific to Cisco IOS XR software, refer to the Release Notes for Cisco ASR 9000 Series
Aggregation Services Routers for Cisco IOS XR Software online.
C-2
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf Overview

The Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf is designed to comply with Telcordia GR-1089-CORE, Issue 4.
The Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf provides only Type 2 and Type 4 interfaces. A single Cisco ASR
9000v satellite shelf supports both ANSI and ETSI standards.
The Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf has 44 gigabit ethernet SFP ports and four 10 gigabit ethernet SFP+
ports which can be connected to the following line cards that support 10 gigabit ethernet interfaces:
the 24-port 10GE SE or 24-port 10GE TR line card
the 36-Port 10GE SE or 36-Port 10GE TR line card
the 80 Gigabyte modular line card when populated with 4-port 10GE Modular Port Adapters (MPA)
or 2-port 10GE MPAs
the 160 Gigabyte modular line card when populated with 4-port 10GE MPAs or 2-port 10GE MPAs
the line cards that support 10 gigabit ethernet interfaces on the Cisco ASR 9922 Aggregation
Services Router
Services Router
For more information on the 10 Gigabit Ethernet line cards supported on the Cisco ASR 9000 Series
Aggregation Services Router family, including the Cisco ASR 9922 Aggregation Services Router, refer
to the Cisco ASR 9000 Series Aggregation Services Router Ethernet Line Card Installation Guide online.
For more information on the 10 Gigabit Ethernet line cards supported on the Cisco ASR 9001
Aggregation Services Router, refer to the Cisco ASR 9001 Aggregation Services Router Hardware
Installation Guide online.
The Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf is one rack unit high. The Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf is
typically connected to a fuse panel to provide distributed power for the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf.
The fuse panel is a third-party equipment and is not described in this documentation. If you are unsure
about the requirements or specifications for a fuse, consult the user documentation for the related
equipment.
The Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf cannot operate independently. After connecting the Cisco ASR
9000v satellite shelf to the Cisco ASR 9000 router, the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf is automatically
discovered and registered.
The four SFP+ ports on the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf can be connected to only one card at a time.
The Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf supports Gigabit Ethernet and Fast Ethernet for ports numbered 0
to 43. These are SFP ports, The Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf supports 10 Gigabit Ethernet for ports
numbered 0 to 3. By default, the four 10GigE ports numbered 0 to 3 are in IC mode and cannot be
changed. The Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf also supports copper ports via Copper SFPs and Active
Cable Copper SFP+ pluggables. Refer to Table C-17 for more information.
The Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf has redundant DC feeds. The Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf DC
power supply can handle 48 V. The 48 V power supply has both ANSI and ETSI versions.
The Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf has a removable fan tray and a local console port for onsite access
and debugging.
OL-17499-07
C-3
Appendix C
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf Faceplates

There are three variations of the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf faceplate:
Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf with AC power. See Figure C-1.
Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf with DC ETSI 48 V. See Figure C-2.
Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf with DC ANSI 48 V. See Figure C-3.
Figure C-1
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf with AC Power Faceplate
Figure C-2
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf with DC ETSI 48 V Faceplate
PWR
Figure C-3
FAN
CRIT
MAJ
MIN
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf with DC ANSI 48 V Faceplate
B
-48V
PWR
5A
FAN
CRIT
MAJ
MIN

Table C-1
Card-Level LED
Description
PWR
Indicates the status of the power to the card. If there is a power failure, this LED
turns red.
FAN
Indicates the status of the fan to the card. If there is a fan failure, this LED turns
red.
CRIT
Indicates the critical alarms in the network at the local terminal.
MAJ
Indicates the major alarms in the network at the local terminal.
MIN
Indicates the minor alarms in the network at the local terminal.
C-4
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Cisco ASR 901 Router Hardware Description

Contained in a standard shelf-rack enclosure, the Cisco ASR 901 router weighs approximately 10
pounds (4 kg). It measures 1.7 inches high x 17.4 inches wide x 8.25 inches deep (4.32 cm or 1RU x 44.2
cm x 21.0 cm). These dimensions do not include the rack-mount brackets.
You can mount the router in a standard (ETSI) 19-inch (48.3 cm) equipment rack or 600mm ETSI rack
or a 23" ETSI rack.
The Cisco ASR 901 router as a satellite shelf includes the following hardware features:
Four ports of 100/1000 Copper Ethernet including auto-MDIX (RJ45 connector)
Four ports of SFP only
Four combo ports (SFP/Copper)
Dual feed supply with redundant DC inputs plus built in redundant power supply (RPS)
Two fans placed in the chassis (fans are redundant)
Chassis: 1RU, 8.25 inch depth
Operating temperature range is -40 to +149F (-40C to +65C).
Side to side airflow
Four solid state alarm inputs
A single built-in 1GB flash memory
Two management ports: RS-232 serial console and 10/100 Base-T Ethernet ports
One BITS clock port (RJ45) and 1 ToD port (RJ45)
Two miniature coaxial connectors for 10Mhz and 1PPS timing (input or output). You can use these
interfaces with an external GPS device to send or receive clocking from the router.
Two LEDs for each Ethernet port

Lindicates activity, lack of activity, or no link
Sindicates speed (100 or 1000) or off
One System LED:

Solid GreenSystem Healthy (normal operation)
Solid REDSystem Faulty

Figure C-4 shows the front view of the Cisco ASR 901 router, ethernet version with each interface
module.
The front panel of the Cisco ASR 901 router, ethernet version has the following components:
Eight RJ-45 jacks for copper Ethernet ports, labeled 100/1000 Ethernet.
Eight SFP connectors for optical GE ports
Two miniature coaxial connectors for 10MHZ and 1PPS timing
A single RJ-45 connector for console, labeled CONSOLE
A single RJ-45 jack for the BITS interface, labeled BITS
OL-17499-07
C-5
Appendix C
A single RJ-45 jack for the ToD interface, labeled ToD
A single alarm
Two management ports
The following LEDs

Ethernet ports
SFP ports
Chassis: Single LED for multiple conditions
Figure C-4
2
3
24V - 60V
3A
A
TOD
ALARM
11
MGMNT
USB
1 PPS
10 MHz
BITS
NG-MRW
-E
CONSOL
E
10
300097
GE
COMBO
SFP
SYSTEM
ToD Port
BITS Port
Management Port
MINI-Coax Connector (1PPS)
Power LED
MINI-Coax Connector (10MHZ)
8 SFP Ports
10 Alarm
8 GE Ports
11 Power Connector
Console Port
The Cisco ASR 901 router as a satellite shelf has 16 gigabit ethernet (8 RJ45, 8 SFP) ports and one 10
gigabit ethernet SFP+ port which can be connected to the following line cards that support 10 gigabit
ethernet interfaces:
or 2-port 10GE MPAs
Services Router
Services Router
C-6
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Cisco ASR 901 Router Rear View

Figure C-5 shows the rear view of the Cisco ASR 901 router including the orientation of the following
components:
Two blowing fans
Mounting point for the 2-hole lug. For more information, see the Connecting the Chassis Ground
and Power, page C-95
Cisco ASR 901 RouterRear View
282342
Figure C-5
2
1
Fan
Grounding Point Lug
LEDs
The Cisco ASR 901 chassis and interface modules contain LEDs to assist in troubleshooting. For more
detailed description of the LEDs, see the Reading the LEDs section on page C-8.
OL-17499-07
C-7
Appendix C
Reading the LEDs
Reading the LEDs

The following sections describe the LEDs on the Cisco ASR 901 router.
Chassis LEDs
SFP Ethernet Interface LEDs
RJ-45 Ethernet Interface LEDs
Chassis LEDs
Table C-2 summarizes the LEDs on the chassis of the Cisco ASR 901 router. These LEDs are common
to the Cisco ASR 901 router used as a satellite shelf.
Table C-2
LED Summary
Copper GE ports (from GE/FE Quad PHY) contain will have Two LEDS each
RJ-45 Link
Solid Green
FLASH Green
Link with activity
Off
No link
RJ-45 Speed
Green
Off
PHY
PHY
Link with no activity
Speed 1000
off
Copper GE (from Quad combo PHY) ports contain Two LEDS each.
RJ-45 Link
Solid Green
FLASH Green
Link with activity
Off
No link
RJ-45 Speed
Green
Off
PHY
PHY
Speed 1000
off
System LED
System
Off
HP
No power or unit not boot-up
Alternating
Green/Off
POST in progress
Solid Green
System Healthy (normal

operation)
Solid Red
System Faulty
SFP LED
SFP Link-Active
Orange
L-A
Off
HP
Link and Active Indicator

Not Enabled
SFP Ethernet Interface LEDs

Table C-3 gives information about the LEDs on the SFP interface.
C-8
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Power Supply
Table C-3
SFP LEDs
LED
Color/State
Description
SFP Link/Active
(labeled LINK ACT)
Orange
Link and active indicator
Off
Link not enabled
RJ-45 Ethernet Interface LEDs

Table C-4 summarizes the LEDs on the RJ-45 Ethernet interface.
Table C-4
100/1000 Ethernet Port LEDs
LED
Color/State
Description (two LEDs for each 100/1000 Ethernet port)
100/1000
RJ-45 link
(labeled L,
left LED)
Solid Green
Flash Green
Link with activity
Off
No link detected
100/1000
RJ-45 speed
(labeled S,
right LED)
Green
Speed 1000
Yellow
Speed 100
Off
Off
Power Supply
The Cisco ASR 901 router is equipped with an internal -27/-72 volts Direct Current (VDC).
Safety Precautions
Observe the following general safety precautions and recommendations in planning the source power
requirements for the Cisco ASR 901 router (for additional safety information, see the Safety
Guidelines section on page C-83:
Warning
Check the power at your site before router installation (and periodically after installation) to ensure
clean power (free of spikes and noise) is being received.
Always disconnect the power source and unplug the power cable before working on the router.
Install proper grounding for the site to avoid damage from lightning and power surges.
To avoid electric shock, do not connect safety extra-low voltage (SELV) circuits to telephone-network
voltage (TNV) circuits. LAN ports contain SELV circuits, and WAN ports contain TNV circuits. Some
LAN and WAN ports both use RJ-45 connectors. Use caution when connecting cables. Statement 1021
OL-17499-07
C-9
Appendix C
Power Supply
Warning
There is the danger of explosion if the battery is replaced incorrectly. Replace the battery only with
the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according
to the manufacturers instructions. Statement 1015
Warning
This unit might have more than one power supply connection. All connections must be removed to
de-energize the unit. Statement 1028
Table C-5 lists the DC power supply specifications for the Cisco ASR 901 router.
Table C-5
Cisco ASR 901 Router Power Supply Specifications
Specification
Value
DC power supply input voltage
-24/-72 VDC
Maximum input current
3A
Wire gauge for DC input power

connections
16 AWG
Power dissipation
60 Watts
The Cisco ASR 901 router uses two 3 pin connectors (part number 27-2030-01) for input to the power
supply. The terminal block is part of the accessory kit (part number 53-3085-01/53-3295-0), which ships
with the Cisco ASR 901 router.
The ground wire connects to a 2-hole lug, which connects to the corresponding mounting point.
With the connector installed in the chassis, the pins numbered from top to bottom are 1, 2, and 3,
respectively.
Table C-6 lists the pinout configurations for the connector, based on the power source.
Table C-6
Power Supply Connector Pinouts (-24/-72 VDC Application)
Pin
Connector A
VDC (-24 to -72)
RTN
Chassis Ground
Pin
Connector B
VDC (-24 to -72)
RTN
Chassis Ground
You can use connector A or B or both.
C-10
OL-17499-07
Appendix C

The Cisco ASR 901 router has a temperature sensor to detect overtemperature conditions inside the
chassis. The overtemperature detection trips at 70C. This condition is reported to the processor as an
interrupt, where the software generates the appropriate alarms. If the router reaches a temperature of
85C, the power supply cycles itself to prevent the router from exceeding the maximum temperature
while being powered up.
System Specifications
Table C-7 lists the system specifications for the Cisco ASR 901 router.
Table C-7
Cisco ASR 901 Router System Specifications
Description
Specification
Dimensions (H x W x D)
1.7 x 17.4 x 8.25 in. (4.37 cm x 44.2 cm x 21.0 cm) 1 RU (rack unit)
in a 19-inch (48.3 cm) rack
Weight
3.1 Kgs (7 pounds)
Console and Auxiliary ports
RJ-45 connector
Operating Temperature
Operating temperature range is -40C to +65C (-40 to+149F)
Non-Operational Temperature
Temperature: -40 to 70 degrees C (-40 to 21.1 F)
Operating Humidity
10 to 90% RH (non-condensing)
Non-Operational Humidity
Upto 93% RH
Operating Altitude
13,800 ft. (4206 m)
Operating Vibration
0.15 G, 10 to 500 Hz/100 minutes per axis
Non-Operational Vibration
0.8 G, 10 to 500 Hz/30 minutes per axis
Operating Acoustics
60 db
Air Flow
Side to side
Router Interface Numbering

Each network interface on a Cisco ASR 901 router is identified by a slot number and a port number,
explained in this sequence:
Logical slot numbers starts from 0 for all built-in interfaces. The numbering format is Interface
(port) numbers begin at logical 0 for each interface
type.
type Slot number/Interface number. Interface
Logical interface numbering for the built-in ethernet ports runs from g0/0 through g0/3, the combo
ports run from g0/4 to g0/7 and the SFP ports run from g0/8 through g0/11. The GE ports are
numbered bottom to top, left to right.
OL-17499-07
C-11
Appendix C
Table C-8
Cisco ASR 901 Router Interface Labels
Interface
Number
Location
Label
RJ45 jacks for copper ethernet ports
Onboard
100/1000 ETHERNET
SFP connector for optical GE ports
Onboard
Fiber ETHERNET
RJ45 connector for console
Onboard
CON/AUX
RJ45 jack for BITS interface
Onboard
BITS
RJ45 jack for Time-of-Day interface
Onboard
TOD
1PPS mini-coax timing connector
Onboard
1PPS
10Mhz mini-coax timing connector
Onboard
10MHZ
Power connector
Onboard
Power Connector
For regulatory compliance and safety information, see Cisco Regulatory Compliance and Safety
Information for Cisco ASR 901 Series Aggregation Services Router.
Where to Go Next
For more information on installing the Cisco ASR 901 Series Aggregation Services Router as a satellite
shelf, refer to the sections in this chapter starting with Installing the Cisco ASR 901 Mobile Wireless
Router as a Satellite Shelf section on page C-83.
Cisco ASR 903 Router Hardware Features

The Cisco ASR 903 Router has the following hardware features:
3-RU modular chassis designed for installation in a 300 mm European Telecommunications

Standards Institute (ETSI) cabinet
Dedicated slots in the chassis that support the following:

Up to six interface modules
Up to two Route Switch Processors (RSPs)
Note
When configured as an ASR 903v satellite shelf, the Cisco ASR 903 Router supports
only one Route Switch Processor (RSP).
Up to two AC power supply units
or
Up to two DC power supply units
C-12
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
No mixing of AC and DC power supply units in the Cisco ASR 903 Router.
Note
One fan tray
Network frequency, phase, and time inputs and outputs for network interfaces (SyncE and TDM),
BITS, 1 PPS or 10 MHz and Timing over Packet (IEEE 1588-2008)
When configured as a satellite shelf, the Cisco ASR 903 Router does not support SyncE
and timing features.
Note
Adjustable front and rear rail mounting locations
Front panel access to power supplies, fan tray, RSPs, and interface modules
Online insertion and removal (OIR) of power supplies and fan tray
Discrete status LEDs on power supply, interface module, RSP, and fan tray units
Four alarm dry contact inputs (either normally open or normally closed)
Environmental monitoring and reporting functions
LED indicators for critical, major, and minor alarms
Side-to-side forced air cooling
Temperature range of -40 to 149 degrees F (-40 to 65 degrees C) with DC power supply
Temperature range of -32 to 104 degrees F (0 to 40 degrees C) with AC power supply

Figure C-6 illustrates the Cisco ASR 903 Router chassis design.
Figure C-6
Cisco ASR 903 Chassis Design
GE-0
GE-1
GE-2
GE-3
GE-4
GE-5
GE-6
GE-7
GE-0
GE-1
GE-2
GE-3
GE-4
GE-5
GE-6
GE-7
PWR
FAN TEMP
STAT
CRIT MAJ MIN
PWR
STAT
GE-0
GE-1
GE-2
GE-3
GE-4
GE-5
GE-6
GE-7
PWR
RUDY RSP
STAT
SYNC
ACT
PWR
MEM
CONSOLE
1PPS
IN
1PPS
OUT
1OMHZ
IN
1OMHZ
OUT
STAT
L
7 S
7 S
7 S
PWR
TOD
BITS
MGMT
ENET
STAT
24V60V
28A
PWR
PWR
STAT
INPUT
OK
OUTPUT
FAIL
24V60V
INPUT
OK
OUTPUT
FAIL
28A
ALARM
281927
STAT
OL-17499-07
C-13
Appendix C
Where to Go Next
Interface modules
RSP unit
Fan tray
Redundant power units (two DC power units are shown)
The Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf supports the following Ethernet interface modules:
Eight Port Gigabit Ethernet SFP Interface Module
Eight Port Gigabit Ethernet RJ45 Interface Module
One Port 10 Gigabit Ethernet XFP Interface Module
The Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf can support up to two 10 gigabit ethernet XFP ports
(restricted to slots 0 and 1) and up to 31 gigabit ethernet (either RJ45 or SFP) ports (eight port Interface
Modules in slots 2 through 5). In slot 5 only 7 ports can be activated. The two 10 gigabit ethernet XFP
ports can be used as ICL ports when they are connected to the following line cards that support 10 gigabit
ethernet interfaces:
or 2-port 10GE MPAs
Services Router
Services Router
Where to Go Next
For more information on installing the Cisco ASR 903 Series Aggregation Services Router as a satellite
shelf, refer to the sections in this chapter starting with Installing the Cisco ASR 901 Mobile Wireless
Router as a Satellite Shelf section on page C-83.
Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Procedure for the Cisco

ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
This section uses illustrations to explain the workflow that Cisco recommends for grounding the Cisco
ASR 9000v satellite shelf. It also explains best practices to be followed to prevent electrostatic discharge
(ESD) damage, which can occur when the equipment is improperly handled.
The following sections are included:
Prerequisites
C-14
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Prerequisites
Before locating and grounding any chassis, you must complete the following prerequisites:
Preparing Your Location
Preparing the Rack Room
Preparing Yourself
Preparing Your Location

This section illustrates how the building that houses the chassis must be properly grounded to the earth
ground. (See Figure C-7.)
Warning
This product requires short-circuit (overcurrent) protection to be provided as part of the building
installation. Install only in accordance with national and local wiring regulations. Statement 1045.
Warning
A readily accessible two-poled disconnect device must be incorporated in the fixed wiring.
Statement 1022.
OL-17499-07
C-15
Appendix C Cisco ASR 9000 Satellite Systems (ASR 9000v, ASR 903, ASR 901)
Building with Rack Room Connected to Earth Ground
274057
Figure C-7
Earth ground
Preparing the Rack Room

This section explains how the rack enclosures must be properly connected to the building earth ground.
It also illustrates how to keep the chassis in a sealed antistatic bag until you are ready to install it. (See
Figure C-8.)
Warning
Before performing any of the following procedures, ensure that power is removed from the DC circuit.
Statement 1003.
C-16
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Rack Room Connected to Earth Ground
274058
Figure C-8
Earth ground
Chassis protected
in antistatic bag
Preparing Yourself
This section illustrates how to prepare yourself before removing the chassis from the sealed antistatic
bag. Figure C-9 illustrates how to cuff the ESD strap around the wrist and the ground cord that connects
the cuff to the ground. ESD wrist straps are the primary means of controlling static charge on personnel.
OL-17499-07
C-17
Appendix C Cisco ASR 9000 Satellite Systems (ASR 9000v, ASR 903, ASR 901)
Wearing the ESD Strap
274056
Figure C-9
Earth ground
Figure C-10 illustrates how you must be properly grounded before handling the chassis.
C-18
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Locating and Grounding the Chassis
Handling the Chassis
273650
Figure C-10
Earth ground

This section explains how to locate and ground the following Cisco chassis:
Warning
This equipment is intended to be grounded. Ensure that the host is connected to earth ground during
normal use. Statement 39.
Warning
Use copper conductors only. Statement 1025.
OL-17499-07
C-19
Appendix C
Warning
When installing or replacing the unit, the ground connection must always be made first and
disconnected last. Statement 1046.
A #6 AWG cable or a 1 inch wide flat copper braid (with minimum total strands count of 1050 x 36 AWG
or 260 x 36 AWG) is mandatory to install the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf.

Before locating and grounding the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf, you must complete the prerequisites
mentioned in the Prerequisites section. To locate the ground point and attach a ground cable to the
Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf:
Step 1
Verify that the office ground cable is connected to the top of the bay and the office ground, according to
local site practice. (See Figure C-7 and Figure C-8.)
Note
The Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf installations are suitable for Network Telecommunication
facilities and locations where NEC applies.
Note
Additional ground cables may be added depending on local site practice. The Cisco ASR 9000v
satellite shelf is designated only for a Common Bonding Network (CBN), according to the
GR-1089-CORE Issue 5 (sec 9.3) definitions.
Note
The DC power battery return (BR) terminal or positive terminal must be grounded at the source
end (power feed or DC mains power end). The DC power BR input terminal is not connected to
the equipment frame (chassis), so it is configured as DC-1 according to the GR-1089-CORE,
Issue 5 (sec 9.8.3) definitions.
Step 2
Remove any paint and other nonconductive coatings from the surfaces between the shelf ground and bay
frame ground point. Clean the mating surfaces and apply appropriate antioxidant compound to the bare
conductors.
Step 3
Attach one end of the shelf ground cable (#8 AWG cable) to the ground point (rear or lateral) on the
chassis using the specified dual-hole lug connector. (See diagrams 1 and 2 in Figure C-11.)
Step 4
Tighten the lug using the M4 pan-head screw to torque value of 11.5 in-lbs (1.3 N-m).
Note
Step 5
Ground points are present on the rear and lateral sides of the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf
(see diagram 1 in Figure C-11). You can connect the grounding cable to either the rear or the
lateral side. Diagrams 2 and 3 in Figure C-11 show the ground connection to the rear side of the
Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf.
Attach the other end of the shelf ground cable to the bay frame using a dual-hole lug connector according
to the equipment bay frame specifications. (See diagram 3 in Figure C-11.)
C-20
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Preparing to Install the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
Figure C-11
Grounding the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
Chassis
Ground Points
(rear)
Screws
Grounding
lug
Chassis
Ground Points
(rear)
Chassis
Ground Points
(lateral)
281375
Grounding
cable
Earth
ground

This section explains how to prepare for the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf installation.
OL-17499-07
C-21
Appendix C
Important Safety Recommendations

Warning
This warning symbol means danger. You are in a situation that could cause bodily injury. Before you
work on any equipment, be aware of the hazards involved with electrical circuitry and be familiar
with standard practices for preventing accidents. To see translations of the warnings that appear in
this publication, refer to the Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information document for the
appropriate Cisco chassis. Statement 274
Warning
Installation of the equipment must comply with local and national electrical codes. Statement 1074
Warning
This equipment must be installed and maintained by service personnel as defined by AS/NZS 3260.
Incorrectly connecting this equipment to a general-purpose outlet could be hazardous. The
telecommunications lines must be disconnected 1) before unplugging the main power connector or 2)
while the housing is open, or both. Statement 1043
Warning
This unit is intended for installation in restricted access areas. A restricted access area can be
accessed only through the use of a special tool, lock and key, or other means of security. Statement
1017
Warning
Ultimate disposal of this product should be handled according to all national laws and regulations.
Statement 1040
Warning
Statement 1022
Note
In this appendix, the term shelf refers to the steel enclosure that holds cards and connects power, and
the term node refers to the entire hardware and software system.
Note
Unless otherwise specified, the term Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf refers to both ANSI and ETSI
environments.
Note
The Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf is suitable for installation in network telecommunication facilities
where the National Electric Code (NEC) applies.

The following sections describe the tools and equipment you need to install and test the Cisco ASR
9000v satellite shelf.
C-22
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Cisco Supplied Materials

The following materials are required and are shipped with the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf (wrapped
in plastic). The number in parentheses gives the quantity of the item included in the package.
Note
Caution
(Only ANSI) Pair of 19-inch mounting brackets (2)
(Only ANSI) Pair of 23-inch mounting brackets (2)
(Only ETSI) Pair of 21-inch mounting brackets (2)
Cable guides (2)
Rubber bumpers (4)
M4 screws to fix brackets (8)
M4 screws to fix ground lug (2)
Ground lug (1)
Power cable (1). A DC power cable is present in the kit if you have ordered a DC power shelf.
If you have ordered an ASR-9000v-44GE-48E= or ASR-9000v-48E-LIC= shelf, a DC power cable is

present in the accessory kit. If you have ordered an ASR-9000v-44GE-AC= or ASR-9000v-AC-LIC
shelf, an AC power cable is present in the accessory kit.
Use only the power cables that are designed to be used with the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf. These
are sold separately.
User Supplied Materials

The following materials, tools, and equipment are required but are not supplied with the Cisco ASR
Caution
Equipment rack
M4 Phillips screw driver
Fuse panel
Wire cutters
Wire wrapper
Voltmeter
Ground cable #8 AWG stranded, specified for up to 90 Celsius (194 Fahrenheit)
M3 Phillips screw driver only for the ASR-9000v-44GE-48E= and the ASR-9000v-48E-LIC=
shelves to secure the DC power cable to the shelf.
Use only the power cables that are designed to be used with the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf. These
are sold separately.
OL-17499-07
C-23
Appendix C
NTP-J53 Unpack and Inspect the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
Purpose
This procedure describes how to remove the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite
shelf from the package and verify the items.
Tools/Equipment
None
Prerequisite Procedures None

Required/As Needed
Required
Onsite/Remote
Onsite
Security Level
None
Procedure
Step 1
When you receive the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf equipment at the installation site, open the top of
the box. The Cisco Systems logo indicates the top of the box.
Step 2
Remove the foam inserts from the box. The box contains the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf (wrapped
in plastic) and other items needed for installation.
Step 3
To remove the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf, grasp both rings of the shelf removal strap and slowly
lift the shelf out of the box.
Step 4
Verify that you have all items listed in the Required Tools and Equipment section.
Step 5
Return to your originating procedure (NTP).
NTP-J54 Inspect the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf

Purpose
This procedure describes how to verify that all parts of the Cisco ASR
9000v satellite shelf assembly are in good condition.
Tools/Equipment
None
Prerequisite Procedures NTP-J53 Unpack and Inspect the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
Required/As Needed
Required
Onsite/Remote
Onsite
Security Level
None
Procedure
Step 1
Verify the following:
The Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf is not damaged.
The cable connectors, EOBC, timing connectors, and power connectors on the front panel of the
Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf are not damaged.
The SFP cages on the front panel of the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf are not damaged.
C-24
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Step 2
Remove the foam inserts from the box. The box contains the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf (wrapped
in plastic) and other items needed for installation.
Step 3
If there is any damage, call your Cisco sales engineer for a replacement.
Step 4
ANSI Rack Installation

The Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf is mounted on a 19-inch (482.6-mm) or 23-inch (584.2-mm) equipment
rack. If the shelf is mounted in the front position, then it projects 0.9 inches (22.86 mm) from the front of the rack.
If the shelf assembly is mounted in the middle position, then it projects 4.3 inches (109.22 mm) from the front of
the rack. The shelf mounts in both Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA) standard and Telcordia-standard racks. The
shelf assembly is a total of 17.4 inches (442.4 mm) wide with no mounting ears attached. Ring runs are not provided
by Cisco and might hinder side-by-side installation of shelves where space is limited.
The Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf measures 1.7 inches (43.1 mm) high, 19 or 23 inches (482.6 or 584.2 mm)
wide (depending on which way the mounting ears are attached), and 9.1 inches (231.1 mm) deep.
The following figure shows the dimensions of the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf in a 19-inch ANSI
rack configuration with brackets mounted in the front position.
Figure C-12
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf Dimensions for a 19-inch ANSI Rack Configuration
Front view
1.25 inch
(31.75 mm)
18.3 inch (464.82 mm)
19.0 inch (482.6 mm)
Top view
Side view
17.6 inch (447 mm)

17.4 inch (442 mm)
1.7 inch
(43.1 mm)
9.1 inch
(231.1 mm)
9.0 inch
(228.6 mm)
281924
.9 inch
(22.8 mm)
OL-17499-07
C-25
Appendix C
Mounting Brackets
Caution
Use only the fastening hardware provided with the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf to prevent loosening,
deterioration, and electromechanical corrosion of the hardware and joined material.
Caution
When mounting the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf in a frame with a nonconductive coating (such as
paint, lacquer, or enamel) either use the thread-forming screws provided with the Cisco ASR 9000v
satellite shelf shipping kit, or remove the coating from the threads to ensure electrical continuity.
The mounting brackets (19-inch or 23-inch) are used to mount the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf on a
19-inch (482.6 mm) rack or a 23-inch (584.2 mm) rack.
Mounting a Single Node

Mounting the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf on a rack requires a minimum of 1.75 inches (44.44 mm)
of vertical rack space. To ensure the mounting is secure, use two #12-24 mounting screws for each side
of the shelf assembly. For an ANSI rack, the brackets can be mounted in the front or middle position.
ETSI Rack Installation

The Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf is mounted on a 600 x 600-mm (23.6 x 23.6-inch) or 600 x 300-mm
(23.6 x 11.8-inch) ETSI standard equipment rack. The shelf assembly is a total of 442 mm (17.4 inches)
wide with no mounting ears attached. Cisco does not provide ring runs, which might hinder side-by-side
installation of shelves where space is limited.
The Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf measures 43.1 mm (1.7 inches) high, 533.4 mm (21 inches) wide,
and 231.1 mm (9.1 inches) deep.
Figure 1 provides the dimensions of the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf installed on a 600 x 600-mm
(23.6 x 23.6-inch) ETSI standard equipment rack. In this figure, the cable guides are attached to the
mounting brackets.
Caution
When mounting a Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf in a partially filled rack, load the rack from the bottom
to the top with the heaviest component at the bottom of the rack. If the rack is provided with stabilizing
devices, install the stabilizers before mounting or servicing the unit in the rack.
C-26
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Figure C-13
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf Dimensions for an ETSI Rack Configuration
Top view
17.6 inch (447 mm)
17.4 inch (442. mm)
9.4 inch
(238.8 mm)
9.1 inch
(231.1 mm)
Cable Guide
Side view
1.7 inch
(43.1 mm)
3.0 inch
(76.2 mm)
1.0 inch
(25.4 mm)
Front view
20.3 inch (515.6 mm)
281925
21.0 inch (533.4 mm)
Mounting a Single Node

The Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf requires 1.75 inches (44.44 mm) minimum of vertical rack space.
To ensure the mounting is secure, use two M6 mounting screws for each side of the shelf assembly. In
an ETSI rack, the brackets can be mounted only in the front position.
Wall Mounting and Desktop Mounting the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
This section provides information about mounting the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf on the wall and
the desktop.
Wall Mounting
Desktop Mounting
Wall Mounting
The Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf can be mounted on the wall using the wall mount brackets. The type
of screws used to mount the brackets on the wall depends on the wall-type; wall mount brackets are not
provided by Cisco.
After the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf is mounted on the wall, a fire protective tray is installed on the
wall mount bracket to support the shelf assembly.
OL-17499-07
C-27
Appendix C
Desktop Mounting
The Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf can be mounted on the desktop for easy access.
Laser Warning
The laser warning label is placed on top of the chassis. The following figure shows the label placed on
the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf.
Figure C-14
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf Label
P/N
S/N
Cisco Systems Inc.
170 West Tasman Drive
San Jose, CA 95134 U.S.A.
ELMECH P/N
CLASS 1
LASER PRODUCT
PID/VID
CLEI CODE
INFO. TECH. EQUIP.

4T02
http://cisco-returns.com
Complies with
IDA Standards
DA00518
COMPLIES WITH 21 CFR

1040.10 AND 1040.11
EXCEPT FOR DEVIATIONS
PURSUANT TO LASER NOTICE
No.50, DATED JUNE 24, 2007
N906
This device complies with Part

15 of the FCC Rules. Operation
is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may
not cause harmful interference,
and (2) this device must accept
any interference received,
including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
This Class A digital

apparatus complies
with Canadian
ICES-003. Cet
appareil numerique
de la classe A est
conforme a la norme
NMB-003 du Canada.
COO
CISCO ONS 15454
T-C21-00-1434
Cisco Systems Inc.
MIC
Laite on liitettv suojamaadoituskoskettimilla varustettum pistorasiaan.

Apparatet m tilkoples jordet stikkontakt.
Apparaten skall anslutas till jordat uttag.
Cisco Systems Inc.
ATTENTION
OBSERVE PRECAUTIONS
FOR HANDLING
ELECTROSTATIC
SENSITIVE DEVICES
CAUTION - CONNECT ONLY SELV

SERVICES TO THESE PORTS
! CAUTION:
281926
THIS UNIT MIGHT HAVE MORE THAN ONE POWER

CONNECTION. ALL CONNECTIONS NEED TO BE
REMOVED TO DE-ENERGIZE THE SYSTEM.
C-28
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
NTP-J55 Install the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf

Purpose
Tools/Equipment
This procedure describes how to install the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite
shelf.
#2 Phillips Dynamometric screwdriver
Medium slot-head screwdriver
Small slot-head screwdriver
Screws
Prerequisite Procedures NTP-J53 Unpack and Inspect the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf.
Note
Required/As Needed
As needed
Onsite/Remote
Onsite
Security Level
None
In a CO (Central Office) or CPE (Customer Premises Equipment) installation, if the Cisco ASR 9000
routers and Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf units are connected through copper SFP+, place the units
less than 6 meters apart in the same lineup.
Warning
The intra-building ports of the equipment or subassembly is suitable for connection to intra-building
or unexposed wiring or cabling only. The intra-building port(s) of the equipment or subassembly must
not be metallically connected to interfaces that connect to the OSP or its wiring. These interfaces are
designed for use as intra-building interfaces only (Type 2 or Type 4 ports as described in
GR-1089-CORE, Issue 5) and require isolation from the exposed OSP cabling. The addition of Primary
Protectors is not sufficient protection in order to connect these interfaces metallically to OSP wiring.
Statement 7005
Warning
Stability hazard. The rack stabilizing mechanism must be in place, or the rack must be bolted to the
floor before you slide the unit out for servicing. Failure to stabilize the rack can cause the rack to tip
over. Statement 1048
Warning
This product requires short-circuit (overcurrent) protection, to be provided as part of the building
installation. Install only in accordance with national and local wiring regulations. Statement 1045
Warning
This product relies on the buildings installation for short-circuit (overcurrent) protection. Ensure that
the protective device is rated not greater than: 10A for Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf with 48 VDC
power supply. Statement 1005
Warning
This product relies on the building's installation for short-circuit (overcurrent) protection. Ensure that
the protective device is rated not greater than: 10A-15A, 100-240VAC~. Statement 1005
OL-17499-07
C-29
Appendix C
Warning
To prevent the system from overheating, do not operate it in an area that exceeds the maximum
recommended ambient temperature of: 131F (55C) for Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf with AC power
module and 149F (65C) for Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf with DC power module. Statement 1047
Warning
Take care when connecting units to the supply circuit so that wiring is not overloaded. Statement 1018
Warning
To prevent bodily injury when mounting or servicing this unit in a rack, you must take special
precautions to ensure that the system remains stable. The following guidelines are provided to ensure
your safety:
This unit should be mounted at the bottom of the rack if it is the only unit in the rack.
When mounting this unit in a partially filled rack, load the rack from the bottom to the top with the
heaviest component at the bottom of the rack.
When mounting this unit in a partially filled rack, load the rack from the bottom to the top with the
heaviest component at the bottom of the rack.
If the rack is provided with stabilizing devices, install the stabilizers before mounting or servicing the
unit in the rack. Statement 1006
Warning
To prevent airflow restriction, allow clearance around the ventilation openings to be at least: 1 inch
(25.4 mm). Statement 1076
Note
The Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf installations are suitable for Network Telecommunication facilities
and locations where NEC applies.
Procedure
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Complete the necessary task as applicable:
Configuration
Configuration
Configuration
Complete the necessary mounting task as applicable:
DLP-J176 Mounting the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf on a Rack (One Person)
DLP-J177 Mounting the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf on the Wall
DLP-J178 Mounting the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf on the Desktop
Connect the chassis to the office ground. For detailed instructions on how to ground the chassis, see the
Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Procedure for the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf section.
C-30
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Stop. You have completed this procedure.
NTP-J56 Mounting the 19-inch Brackets on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
for the ANSI Rack Configuration
Purpose
Tools/Equipment
This procedure describes how to install the 19-inch mounting brackets on

the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf for the ANSI rack configuration.
Screws
Prerequisite Procedures NTP-J55 Install the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf.
Required/As Needed
As needed
Onsite/Remote
Onsite
Security Level
None
Caution
Caution
satellite shelf ship kit, or remove the coating from the threads to ensure electrical continuity.
Note
The mounting brackets can be installed in the front or the middle position of the chassis.
Procedure
Step 1
Place the wider side of the 19-inch mounting bracket flush against the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf,
as shown in Figure 1. The narrow side of the mounting bracket should be towards the front of the shelf.
Step 2
Align the mounting bracket screw holes against the shelf assembly screw holes.
Step 3
Insert the M4 flat screws and tighten them to a torque value of 11.5 in-lbs (1.3 N-m).
Step 4
Repeat Step 1 to Step 3 to mount the bracket on the opposite side.
OL-17499-07
C-31
Appendix C
Figure C-15
Mounting the Brackets on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf for the ANSI Rack
Configuration
279826
Middle
Position Front
Position
Screws
19-inch
Mounting bracket
Step 5
Return to your originating procedure (NTP)
NTP-J57 Mounting the 23-inch Brackets on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
for the ANSI Rack Configuration
Purpose
Tools/Equipment
This procedure describes how to install the 23-inch mounting brackets on

the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf for the ANSI rack configuration.
Screws
Required/As Needed
As needed
Onsite/Remote
Onsite
Security Level
None
Caution
Caution
C-32
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Note
Procedure
Step 1
Place the wider side of the 23-inch mounting bracket flush against the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf,
as shown in Figure C-16. The narrow side of the mounting bracket should be towards the front of the
shelf.
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4

Figure C-16
Mounting the Brackets on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf for a 23-inch
(584.2-mm) ANSI Rack Configuration
279827
Middle
Position Front
Position
Screws
Step 5
23-inch
Mounting bracket
Align the cable guide screw hole against the mount bracket screw hole, as shown in Figure C-17.
OL-17499-07
C-33
Appendix C
Figure C-17
Front
Position
279830
Middle
Position
Mounting the Cable Guide on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf 23-inch (584.2-mm)
Mounting Bracket
Cable Guide
Screw
23-inch
Mounting bracket
Step 6
Insert the M4 screw and tighten it to a torque value of 6.5 in-lbs (0.75 N-m).
Note
The cable guide is made of plastic. Therefore a lower torque value should be applied to tighten
the cable guide screws to avoid breakage.
Step 7
Repeat Step 5 and Step 6 to install the cable guide on the opposite side.
Step 8
DLP-J175 Mounting the Brackets on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf for the
ETSI Rack Configuration
Purpose
Tools/Equipment
This procedure describes how to install the mounting brackets on the Cisco
ASR 9000v satellite shelf for the ETSI rack configuration.
Screws
Caution
Required/As Needed
As needed
Onsite/Remote
Onsite
Security Level
None
C-34
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Caution
Note
Procedure
Step 1
Place the mounting bracket flush against the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf, as shown in Figure C-18.
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4

Figure C-18
Mounting the Brackets on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf for the ANSI Rack
Configuration
279828
Front
Position
Screws
ETSI
Mounting bracket
Step 5
Align the cable guide screw hole against the mount bracket screw hole, as shown in Figure C-19.
OL-17499-07
C-35
Appendix C
Figure C-19
Mounting the Cable Guide on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf ETSI Mounting
Bracket
279829
Front
Position
Cable Guide
Screw
ETSI
Mounting bracket
Step 6
Insert the M4 screw and tighten it to a torque value of 6.5 in-lbs (0.75 N-m).
Note
The cable guide is made of plastic. Therefore a lower torque value should be applied to tighten
the cable guide screws to avoid breakage.
Step 7
Repeat Step 5 and Step 6 to install the cable guide on the opposite side.
Step 8
DLP-J176 Mounting the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf on a Rack (One Person)
Purpose
Tools/Equipment
This procedure describes how one person can mount the Cisco ASR 9000v
satellite shelf assembly in a rack.
Four pan-head Phillips mounting crews
Note
Required/As Needed
As needed
Onsite/Remote
Onsite
Security Level
None
The Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf requires a minimum of 1.75 inches (44.44 mm) of vertical rack
space. To ensure that the mounting is secure, use two M6 mounting screws on each side of the shelf for
ETSI rack installation, and two 12-24 x 3/4 pan-head Phillips mounting screws on each side of the shelf
for ANSI rack installation. A Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf assembly should be mounted at the bottom
of the rack if it is the only unit in the rack.
C-36
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Note
In an ANSI rack, the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf chassis can be installed in the front or the middle
position. In an ETSI rack, the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf chassis can be installed only in the front
position.
Procedure
Step 1
Step 2
Verify that the proper fuse panel has been installed in the top mounting space. If a fuse panel is not
present, you must install one according to manufacturer instructions:
For a 48 V DC power supply, the fuse rating must not exceed 10 A.
For an AC power supply, the fuse rating must not exceed 10 A or 15 A, depending on the standards
in various countries. The overcurrent and short circuit protection must be in accordance with local
and national electrical codes.
Ensure that the shelf assembly is mounted on the appropriate rack equipment:
23 inches (584.2 mm) or 19 inches (482.6 mm) for ANSI racks
600 x 600-mm (23.6 x 23.6-inch) or 600 x 300-mm (23.6 x 11.8-inch) for ETSI racks.
and national electrical codes. Diagram 1 of Figure C-20 shows the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf
mounted on an ANSI rack in the middle position using 19-inch mounting brackets. Diagram 2 of
Figure C-20 shows the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf mounted on an ETSI rack in the front
position using mounting brackets.
Figure C-20
Mounting a Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf in a Rack
2
ETSI
Equipment
rack
281877
ANSI
Equipment
rack
Step 3
Lift the shelf to the desired position in the rack.
Step 4
Align the screw holes on the mounting brackets with the mounting holes in the rack.
Step 5
Using the Phillips Dynamometric screwdriver, install one mounting screw in each side of the assembly:
OL-17499-07
C-37
Appendix C
For an ANSI rack, use 12-24 x 3/4 pan-head Phillips mounting screws and tighten it to a torque value
of 22 in-lbs (2.5 Nm)
For an ETSI rack, use M6 mounting screws and tighten it to a torque value of 22 in-lbs (2.5 Nm)
Step 6
When the shelf assembly is secured to the rack, install the remaining two mounting screws on either sides
of the shelf assembly.
Step 7
DLP-J177 Mounting the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf on the Wall
Purpose
Tools/Equipment
This procedure describes how to mount the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf
on the wall.
Six M4 pan-head Phillips screws
Note
Required/As Needed
As needed
Onsite/Remote
Onsite
Security Level
None
The Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf requires a minimum of 23.65 inches (600-mm) vertical length and
a minimum of 15.75 inches (400-mm) horizontal width on the wall. Wall mount brackets are used to
mount the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf on the wall. The type of screws used to mount the brackets
on the wall depends on the wall-type; wall mount brackets are not provided by Cisco. The screws used
must be able to sustain an overall weight of at least 10 kg (22 lb).
Procedure
Step 1
Step 2
Mount the bracket on the wall, as shown in Figure C-21. To mount the bracket on a non-concrete wall,
choose the bracket holes based on the wall structure. At least four screws must be used to mount the
bracket on the wall. Based on the wall material, apply the torque value provided by the screw vendor.
Step 3
Align the mounting bracket screw holes against the shelf screw holes, as shown in diagram 1 of
Figure C-21.
Step 4
Insert six M4 pan-head screws and tighten them to a torque value of 11.5 in-lbs (1.3 N-m), as shown in
diagram 2 of Figure C-21.
C-38
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Figure C-21
Wall Mounting of the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
Screws
Step 5
Wall mount
bracket
Wall mount
bracket
279884
Screws
Align the fire protective drip tray screw holes against the wall mounting bracket screw holes, as shown
in diagram 1 of Figure C-22. The fire protective drip tray is present in the wall mount accessory kit
provided by Cisco.
The part number of the fire protective drip tray is Cisco PN 700-31762-XX. The product identifier (PID)
of the wall mount accessory kit is CPT-50-BRKTWM= and the part number is Cisco PN 53-3513-XX.
Step 6
Insert two M4 pan-head screws and tighten them to a torque value of 11.5 in-lbs (1.3 N-m), as shown in
diagram 2 of Figure C-22.
OL-17499-07
C-39
Appendix C
Figure C-22
Mounting the Fire Protective Cover
2
Wall mount
bracket
Wall mount
bracket
Fire protective
drip tray
Fire protective
drip tray
Step 7
279885
Screws
DLP-J178 Mounting the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf on the Desktop
Purpose
Tools/Equipment
This procedure describes how to mount the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf
on the desktop.
Required/As Needed
As needed
Onsite/Remote
Onsite
Security Level
None
C-40
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Procedure
Step 1
Step 2
Locate the rubber bumpers provided in the accessory tool kit.
Step 3
Place the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf upside down on a smooth, flat surface.
Step 4
Peel off the rubber bumpers from the adhesive strip and place it adhesive-side down onto all the four
corners of the surface, as shown in Figure C-23.
Figure C-23
Desktop Mounting of the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
279886
Rubber
bumpers
Step 5
Place the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf on a desktop, or on a smooth, flat surface.
Step 6
Power Module
The Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf is available in three variations based on the power module:
Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf with an AC power module for ANSI and ETSI standards
Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf with a DC power module (48 V) for ANSI standard
Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf with a DC power module (48 V) for ETSI standard
OL-17499-07
C-41
Appendix C
Note
Do not remove the top cover of the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf.
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf with an AC Power Module

The AC power module converts the AC input current to DC output current. The AC power module has
one AC single phase with 3- pole (line L, Neutral N, and Protective Earth PE) input connector.
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf with a DC Power Module

The Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf with a DC power module can be powered by redundant DC power
lines, however a single power line can power the entire Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf.
The Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf with DC power module for ETSI standard has two input battery
connectors (two poles) 48V, RET for power terminals A and B.
The Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf with DC power module for ANSI standard has single terminal block
with four poles 48V, RET for power terminals A and B.
Fan-Tray Assembly
The fan-tray assembly is preinstalled on the right side of the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf. The
fan-tray assembly is removable and holds fans and fan-control circuitry for the Cisco ASR 9000v
satellite shelf. The fan-tray assembly should be accessed only if a fan failure occurs.
The fan-tray assembly has the following ports:
EOBC (Ethernet Out-of-Band Channel)An RJ-45 port that supports high bandwidth external
connectivity. If the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf fails to boot up, the EOBC port also called as
the disaster recovery port is used to log in to the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf for troubleshooting.
Note
The EOBC port is meant only for TAC (Technical Assistance Center) usage.
PPS (Pulse Per Second)A mini BNC output port that provides timing signals to an external
equipment from the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf.
10MHA mini BNC output port that provides timing signals at a frequency of 10 MHz to an
external equipment from the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf and RET for power terminals A and B.
ToD/PPS (Time of Day/Pulse Per Second)An RJ-45 serial output port that provides time and day
information and timing signals to an external equipment from the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf.
CONSOLEA USB port that is used to connect a console terminal. The console terminal can be
one of the following:
An ASCII terminal or a PC running terminal emulation software
A modem
The following figure shows the ports on the fan-tray assembly:
C-42
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Ports on the Fan-Tray Assembly
Note
15454S
FTA-PT
282284
10MHz
CONSOLE
FAN TR
EOEC
T D/P
PPS
Figure C-24
The timing signals are compliant with the IEEE 1588 standard.
The console port provides access to the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf either locally (using a console
terminal), or remotely (using a modem). Console connections transmit at slower speeds than modems;
therefore, the console connection is suited for use with console terminals.
Note
An RJ-45 serial port is used for TOD/PPS functionality. The two RJ-45 pins 7 and 8 is used for TOD
(Time Of Day) functionality and the other two RJ-45 pins 1 and 2 are used for PPS functionality. Even
though an RJ-45 cable is used for TOD/PPS connection, a serial link is established. Two mini coax
connectors with RG316 1.0/2.3 M/M cables (50 ohm) are used for PPS (Pulse Per Second) and for
10MHz sinusoidal signal. Cable for TOD/PPS and 10MHz shall be shielded.
Note
For rules about provisioning timing references, see Telcordia SR-NWT-002224.
Fan Speed
Fan speed is controlled by the microprocessor present in the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf. The
sensors measure the critical component temperature of the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf. Fan speed
options are low, medium, and high.
Fan Failure
If one or more fans fail on the fan-tray assembly, replace the entire assembly. You cannot replace
individual fans. The red Fan Fail LED on the front of the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf illuminates
when one or more fans fail. The red Fan Fail LED clears after you install a working fan-tray.
NPT-J57 Replacing the Fan-Tray Assembly in the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite
Shelf
Purpose
Tools/Equipment
This procedure describes how to replace the fan-tray assembly in the Cisco
ASR 9000v satellite shelf.
OL-17499-07
C-43
Appendix C
Prerequisite Procedures
Caution
NTP-J55 Install the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf.
Connect the chassis to the office ground. For detailed instructions on

how to ground the chassis, see the
Required/As Needed
Required
Onsite/Remote
Onsite
Security Level
None
Do not operate the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf without an air filter.
Note
The estimated time for a skilled technician to replace an equipment fan or fan tray is 2 minutes.
Note
The fan or the cooling unit can be replaced without service interruption.
Caution
Do not force a fan-tray module into place. Doing so can damage either the connectors on the fan tray or
the connectors on the back panel of the shelf assembly, or both.
Note
Error messages appear on the fan-tray LED and in Cisco IOS XR software when the fan-tray module is
removed from the shelf or when one fan is not working.
Procedure
Step 1
Loosen the screw on the fan-tray assembly, as shown in Figure C-25.

Figure C-25
Fan-Tray Assembly in the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
279900
Screw
Fan-tray
assembly
Step 2
Extract the fan-tray assembly partially (not more than 1 inch) to disconnect the backplane connector and
wait until the fan stops.
Step 3
When the fans have stopped, pull the fan-tray assembly completely out of the shelf, as shown in
Figure C-26.
C-44
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Fan-Tray Assembly in the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf Extracted
Fan-tray
assembly
279901
Figure C-26
Step 4
Slide the new fan-tray assembly into the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf until the electrical plug at the
rear of the tray plugs into the corresponding receptacle on the backplane.
Step 5
Tighten the M3 screw on the fan-tray assembly to a torque value of 4 in-lbs (0.45 N-m).
Purpose
Caution
Note
This procedure describes how to replace the air filter in the Cisco ASR
Tools/Equipment

Required/As Needed
Required
Onsite/Remote
Onsite
Security Level
None
Replacement or cleaning of an air filter is recommended every 60 days. Air filters are replaceable or
reusable.
Procedure
Step 1
Loosen the screw on the air filter faceplate, as shown in Figure C-27.
OL-17499-07
C-45
Appendix C
Figure C-27
279898
Air
filter
Screw
Extract the air filter from the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf, as shown in Figure C-28.
Figure C-28
Air
filter
Screw
Step 3
279899
Step 2
Remove the air filter faceplate from the air filter frame, as shown in Figure C-29.
Figure C-29
Air Filter
282147
Air Filter
Faceplate
Step 4
Clean or replace the air filter.
Step 5
Insert the air filter faceplate engaging the air filter frame, as shown in Figure C-30.
C-46
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Power and Ground Description
Air Filter
Faceplate
282148
Air Filter
Frame
282147
Figure C-30
Step 6
Insert the air filter into the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf.
Step 7
Tighten the M3 screw on the air filter to a torque value of 4 in-lbs (0.45 N-m).

Ground the equipment according to Telcordia standards or local practices. The following sections
describe how to power and ground the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf.
Note
For detailed instructions on grounding the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf, refer to the Electrostatic
Discharge and Grounding Procedure for the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf section.
ANSI Power and Ground

For AC power feed, use the power cable shipped with the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf. For an AC
power supply, the fuse rating must not exceed 10 A or 15 A, depending on the standards in various
countries. The overcurrent and short circuit protection must be in accordance with local and national
electrical codes. The voltage rating value for AC power ranges between 100 VAC to 240 VAC depending
on the standards in various countries. This product is intended for use on the TN and TT power systems.
The Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf for 48 VDC power supply has redundant 48 VDC #14 single-hole
lug power terminals. The terminals are labeled RET(A), RET(B), -48V(A), and -48V(B) on the power
module, as shown in Figure C-31.
OL-17499-07
C-47
Appendix C
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf for 48 VDC Power Supply
282283
Figure C-31
Ret (A)
Ret (B)
-48V (A)
-48V (B)
Terminal block
protective cover
Lugs
Screws
To install redundant DC power feeds, use four power cables and one ground cable. For a single power
feed, only two power cables (#14 AWG or larger, copper conductor, 194 degrees Fahrenheit [90 degrees
Celsius] minimum) and one ground cable (#8 AWG or larger) are required. Use a conductor with low
impedance to ensure circuit overcurrent protection. However, the conductor must have the capability to
safely conduct any faulty current that might be imposed.
For a 48 VDC power supply, the fuse rating must not exceed 10 A. The voltages 40.5 VDC and 57.6
VDC are, respectively, the minimum and maximum voltages required to power the chassis. Functionality
is guaranteed at -40 VDC input voltage, according to GR-1089, Issue 5. The nominal steady state voltage
is -48 VDC.
We recommend the following wiring conventions, but customer conventions prevail:
Red wire for battery connections (48 VDC).
Black wire for battery return connections (RET).
The battery return connection is treated as DC-1, as defined in Telcordia GR-1089-CORE, Issue 5.
The ground lug must be a dual-hole type, UL Listed, CSA certified, and rated to accept the #8 AWG
cable. Two ground threaded holes with M4 screws are provided on the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf
to accommodate the dual-hole lug, as shown in Figure C-32.
C-48
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Ground Points on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
282282
Figure C-32
Chassis
Ground Points
(rear)
Chassis
Ground Points
(lateral)
ETSI Power and Ground

The Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf for ETSI has redundant 48 VDC power connectors (DSUB for DC
power module) on the DC power module. To install redundant power feeds, use the two power cables
shipped with the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf and one ground cable. For a DC power supply, the fuse
rating must not exceed 10 A. The voltages 40.5 VDC and 57.6 VDC are, respectively, the minimum
and maximum voltages required to power the chassis. The nominal steady state voltage is -48 VDC.
For AC power feed, use the power cable shipped with the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf. For an AC
power supply, the fuse rating must not exceed 10 A or 15 A, depending on the standards in various
countries. The overcurrent and short circuit protection must be in accordance with local and national
electrical codes. The voltage rating value for AC power ranges between 100 VAC to 240 VAC depending
on the standards in various countries. This product is intended for use on the TN and TT power systems.
Caution
Use only the power cables shipped with the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf. The part number of the
cables is Cisco PN 72-4974-XX and the PID is CPT-DC-CBL-E=.
OL-17499-07
C-49
Appendix C
NPT-J59 Installing the Power Feeds and Ground to the Cisco ASR 9000v
Satellite Shelf
Purpose
Tools/Equipment
This procedure describes how to install the power feeds to the Cisco ASR
9000v satellite shelf and how to ground the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite
shelf.
Screws
Ground cable 8.37-mm (#8 AWG) stranded
Listed pressure dual-holes lugs suitable for #14 AWG or larger copper
conductors
Wire cutters
Wire strippers
Crimp tool
Fuse panel
ETSI only:
Power cable (from the fuse panel to the power modules), shipped
with the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf

Two-hole grounding lug, shipped with the Cisco ASR 9000v
satellite shelf
ANSI only:
Power cable (from the fuse panel to the assembly), #14 AWG or
larger copper conductors, 194F [90C])


how to ground the chassis, see the Electrostatic Discharge and
Grounding Procedure for the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf section.
Required/As Needed
Required
Onsite/Remote
Onsite
Security Level
None
Warning
This equipment must be grounded. Never defeat the ground conductor or operate the equipment in the
absence of a suitably installed ground conductor. Contact the appropriate electrical inspection
authority or an electrician if you are uncertain that suitable grounding is available. Statement 1024
Warning
To reduce the risk of electric shock, switch on the power only after the power cord is completely
installed into the power module. Statement 390
C-50
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Warning
When stranded wiring is required, use approved wiring terminations, such as closed-loop or
spade-type with upturned lugs. These terminations should be the appropriate size for the wires and
should clamp both the insulation and conductor. Statement 1002
Warning
Statement 1003
Warning
Before working on a chassis or working near power supplies, unplug the power cord on AC units.
Statement 246
Warning
normal use. Statement 39
Warning
Use copper conductors only. Statement 1025
Warning
Connect the unit only to DC power source that complies with the safety extra-low voltage (SELV)
requirements in IEC 60950-1 based safety standards. Statement 1033
Warning
Warning
the protective device is rated not greater than: 10A for Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf with 48 VDC
power supply. Statement 1005
Warning
This product relies on the building's installation for short-circuit (overcurrent) protection. Ensure that
the protective device is rated not greater than: 10A-15A, 100-240VAC~. Statement 1005
Warning
Statement 1022
Warning
OL-17499-07
C-51
Appendix C
Caution
Always use the supplied ESD wristband when working with a powered Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf.
For detailed instructions on how to wear the ESD wristband, see the Electrostatic Discharge and
Caution
Note
reusable.
Procedure
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Verify that the correct fuse panel is installed in the top mounting space:
For a 48 VDC power supply, the fuse rating must not exceed 10 A.
Depending on the shelf and the power module installed, complete the necessary task:
DLP-J179 Connecting Office Power (AC) to the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf.
DLP-J180 Connecting Office Power (DC) to the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf (ANSI Only).
DLP-J181 Connecting Office Power (DC) to the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf (ETSI Only).
Connect the office ground to the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf. For detailed instructions on
grounding, refer to the Connect the chassis to the office ground. For detailed instructions on how to
ground the chassis, see the Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Procedure for the Cisco ASR
9000v Satellite Shelf section.
Complete the DLP-J182 Turning on and Verifying Office Power (AC) on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite
Shelf or DLP-J183 Turning on and Verifying Office Power (DC) on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
as necessary.
C-52
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
DLP-J179 Connecting Office Power (AC) to the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
Purpose
Tools/Equipment
Note
This procedure describes how to connect AC power to the Cisco ASR

Wire wrapper
Wire cutters
Wire strippers
Crimp tool
Fuse panel

Required/As Needed
Required
Onsite/Remote
Onsite
Security Level
None
This product is intended for use on the TN and TT power systems.
Warning
disconnected last. Statement 1046
Warning
This equipment shall be connected to AC mains provided with a surge protective device (SPD) at the
service equipment complying with NFPA 70, the National Electrical Code (NEC). Statement 7012
Caution
The Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf relies on the protective devices in the building installation to protect
against short circuit, overcurrent, and ground faults. Ensure that the protective devices are properly rated
and comply with national and local codes.
Caution
When terminating the frame ground, do not use soldering lug connectors, screwless (push-in)
connectors, quick connect connectors, or other friction-fit connectors.
Note
If the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf loses its connection to the Cisco ASR 9000 router, the Cisco ASR
9000v satellite shelf resets until the connection to the Cisco ASR 9000 router is re-established.
OL-17499-07
C-53
Appendix C
Procedure
Step 1
Attach the AC power cable to the cable connector in the AC power module, as shown in Figure C-33.
Connecting Office Power to the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf AC Power
279888
Figure C-33
Cable
clip
Cable
connector
Step 2
AC power
cable
Close the cable clip to secure the power cable, as shown in Figure C-28.
Figure C-34
Closing the Cable Clip to Secure the Power Cable to the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite
Shelf
279887
Cable clip
(open)
Cable clip
(closed)
Step 3
Connect the power cable to the fuse panel or power source.
Note
Step 4
The voltage rating value for AC power ranges between 100 VAC to 240 VAC depending on the
standards in various countries.
C-54
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
DLP-J180 Connecting Office Power (DC) to the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
(ANSI Only)
Purpose
Tools/Equipment
This procedure describes how to connect DC power to the Cisco ASR

9000v satellite shelf (ANSI only).
Wire cutters
Wire strippers
Crimp tool
Fuse panel
Power cable (from fuse panel to assembly), #14 AWG or larger copper
conductors, 194F [90C])
Listed pressure dual-holes lugs suitable for #14 AWG or larger copper
conductors

Required/As Needed
Required
Onsite/Remote
Onsite
Security Level
None
Warning
Warning
Hazardous voltage or energy may be present on DC power terminals. Always replace cover when
Note
Caution
The battery return connection is treated as DC-1, as defined in Telcordia GR-1089-CORE Issue 5.
OL-17499-07
C-55
Appendix C
Note
Procedure
Step 1
Connect the return cables of the power supply to the Earth ground located at the power supply side.
Step 2
Connect the office power according to the fuse panel engineering specifications.
Step 3
Measure and cut the cables as needed to reach the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf from the fuse panel.
Step 4
Dress the power according to local site practice.
Step 5
Strip 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) of insulation from all power cables that you will use.
Step 6
Crimp the lugs onto the ends of all the power leads.
Step 7
Remove the terminal block protective cover, as shown in Figure C-35.

Removing the Terminal Block Protective Cover on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
279889
Figure C-35
Terminal block
protective cover
Step 8
Untighten the terminal block screws, as shown in Figure C-36.
C-56
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Loosening the Terminal Block Screws on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
279890
Figure C-36
Terminal
block screws
Step 9
Terminal block
protective cover
Insert the lugs, as shown in Figure C-37.

Inserting the Lugs on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
279891
Figure C-37
Ret (A)
Ret (B)
-48V (A)
-48V (B)
Lugs
Terminal block
protective cover
Screws
Step 10
Tighten the M3.5 screws to a torque value of 7 in-lbs (0.79 N-m) to lock the lugs.
Step 11
Mount the terminal block protective cover on the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf, as shown in
Figure C-38.
OL-17499-07
C-57
Appendix C
Replacing the Terminal Block Protective Cover on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
279892
Figure C-38
Terminal block
protective cover
Note
Step 12
Use only pressure terminal connectors, such as ring and fork types, when terminating the battery,
battery return, and frame ground conductors.
Caution
Before you make any crimp connections, coat all bare conductors (battery, battery return, and
frame ground) with an appropriate antioxidant compound. Bring all unplated connectors,
braided strap, and bus bars to a bright finish, then coat with an antioxidant before you connect
them. You do not need to prepare tinned, solder-plated, or silver-plated connectors and other
plated connection surfaces, but always keep them clean and free of contaminants.
Caution
When terminating power, return (RET), and frame ground, do not use soldering lug, screwless
(push-in) connectors, quick-connect, or other friction-fit connectors.
C-58
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
DLP-J181 Connecting Office Power (DC) to the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
(ETSI Only)
Purpose
Tools/Equipment
This procedure describes how to connect DC power to the Cisco ASR

9000v satellite shelf (ETSI only).
Wire wrapper
Wire cutters
Wire strippers
Crimp tool
Fuse panel

Required/As Needed
Required
Onsite/Remote
Onsite
Security Level
None
Warning
Warning
Note
The battery return connection is treated as DC-1, as defined in Telcordia GR-1089-CORE Issue 5.
Caution
Note
OL-17499-07
C-59
Appendix C
Procedure
Step 1
Connect the return cables of the power supply to the Earth ground located at the power supply side.
Step 2
Attach the DC ETSI power cables to the DSUB power connectors of the DC power module, as shown in
Figure C-39.
Figure C-39
Connecting DC ETSI Power Cables to the DSUB Power Connectors on the Cisco ASR
9000v Satellite Shelf
279893
Terminal
B
Terminal A
Screws
DSUB power
connectors
DC power
cables (ETSI)
Step 3
Tighten the M3 pan-head screws to a torque value of 4 in-lbs (0.45 N-m) to secure the cable, as shown
in Figure C-40.
Securing the DC Power Cables to the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
279894
Figure C-40
Screws
DC power
cables (ETSI)
Note
Use only pressure terminal connectors, such as ring and fork types, when terminating the battery,
battery return, and frame ground conductors.
C-60
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Step 4
Caution
Before you make any crimp connections, coat all bare conductors (battery, battery return, and
frame ground) with an appropriate antioxidant compound. Bring all unplated connectors,
braided strap, and bus bars to a bright finish, then coat with an antioxidant before you connect
them. You do not need to prepare tinned, solder-plated, or silver-plated connectors and other
plated connection surfaces, but always keep them clean and free of contaminants.
Caution
When terminating power, return (RET), and frame ground, do not use soldering lug, screwless
(push-in) connectors, quick-connect, or other friction-fit connectors.
DLP-J182 Turning on and Verifying Office Power (AC) on the Cisco ASR 9000v
Satellite Shelf
Purpose
This procedure describes how to measure the power to verify correct power
and returns for the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf.
Tools/Equipment
Voltmeter
Warning
Note

DLP-J179 Connecting Office Power (AC) to the Cisco ASR 9000v

Satellite Shelf
Required/As Needed
Required
Onsite/Remote
Onsite
Security Level
None
Do not apply power to the shelf assembly until you complete all the installation steps.
Procedure
Step 1
To power up the node, insert the fuse into the fuse position according to site practice. For an AC power
supply, the fuse rating must not exceed 10 A or 15 A, depending on the standards in various countries.
Step 2
If the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf does not power up, check the voltage at the power source using a
voltmeter. The voltage should be 100 VAC to 240 VAC +/-10 percent.
OL-17499-07
C-61
Appendix C
Step 3
DLP-J183 Turning on and Verifying Office Power (DC) on the Cisco ASR 9000v
Satellite Shelf
Purpose
This procedure describes how to measure the power to verify correct power
and returns for the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf.
Tools/Equipment
Voltmeter
Warning
Note

DLP-J180 Connecting Office Power (DC) to the Cisco ASR 9000v

Satellite Shelf (ANSI Only) or DLP-J181 Connecting Office Power
(DC) to the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf (ETSI Only)
Required/As Needed
Required
Onsite/Remote
Onsite
Security Level
None
Procedure
Step 1
Using a voltmeter, verify the office battery and ground at the following points on the fuse panel:
a.
To verify the power, place the black test lead of the voltmeter to the return (RET). Place the red test
lead on the BAT-A connection and verify that:
For a 48 VDC power supply, the voltage is between 40.5 VDC and 57.6 VDC. Place the red
test lead on the BAT-B connection and verify that it is between 40.5 VDC and 57.6 VDC.
Note
b.
The voltages 40.5 VDC and 57.6 VDC are, respectively, the minimum and maximum
voltages required to power the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf that has 48V DC power
supply. The nominal steady state voltage is -48 VDC.
To verify the ground, place the black test lead of the voltmeter to the frame ground. Place the red
test lead on the BAT-A return ground and verify that no voltage is present, that is, meter reading must
be 0 VDC. Place the red test lead on the BAT-B return ground and verify that no voltage is present,
that is, meter reading must be 0 VDC.
C-62
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Step 2
To power up the node, insert the fuse into the fuse position according to site practice. For a 48V DC
power supply, the fuse rating must not exceed 10 A.
Step 3
Using a voltmeter, verify the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf for 48 VDC battery and return:
a.
To verify the BAT-A of the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf, place the black lead of the voltmeter to
the return. Place the red test lead to the 48V (BAT-A battery connection) red cable. For a 48 VDC
power supply, verify that it reads between 40.5 VDC and 57.6 VDC. Then place the red test lead
of the voltmeter to the RET1 (BAT-A return ground) black cable and verify that no voltage is present,
Note
Step 4
For a Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf that has 48 VDC power supply, the voltages 40.5
VDC and 57.6 VDC. are, respectively, the minimum and maximum voltages required to
power the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf. The nominal steady state voltage is 48 VDC.
b.
To verify the BAT-B of the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf, place the black test lead of the voltmeter
to the return. Place the red test lead to the 48 V (BAT-B battery connection) red cable. For a 48
VDC power supply, verify that it reads between 40.5 VDC and 57.6 VDC. Then place the red test
lead of the voltmeter to the RET2 (BAT-B return ground) black cable and verify that no voltage is
present, that is, meter reading must be 0 VDC.
c.
To verify the ground, place the black test lead of the voltmeter to the frame ground. Place the red
test lead on the BAT-A return ground and verify that no voltage is present, that is, meter reading must
be 0 VDC. Place the red test lead on the BAT-B return ground and verify that no voltage is present,
NTP-J60 Connecting Cables to the EOBC, Timing, and Console Ports on the
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
Purpose
Tools/Equipment
This procedure describes how to connect cables to the EOBC, timing, and
console ports in the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf.
Mini-BNC cables (Cisco PN 72-5118-XX)
USB cable
CAT-5 Ethernet cable

Required/As Needed
As needed
Onsite/Remote
Onsite
Security Level
None
OL-17499-07
C-63
Appendix C
Caution
Always use the supplied Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) wristband when working with a powered Cisco
ASR 9000v satellite shelf. For detailed instructions on how to wear the ESD wristband, see the Preparing
Yourself section in the Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Procedure for the Cisco ASR 9000v
Satellite Shelf section.
Procedure
Step 1
Complete the DLP-J184 Connecting the Timing Cables to the PPS, 10MHz, and ToD/PPS Ports on the
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf procedure to connect timing to an external equipment.
Step 2
Complete the DLP-J185 Connecting the Cables to the EOBC or Console Port on the Cisco ASR 9000v
Satellite Shelf procedure to install the cables to the EOBC or console port.
DLP-J184 Connecting the Timing Cables to the PPS, 10MHz, and ToD/PPS Ports
on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
Purpose
Tools/Equipment
Warning
Note
This procedure describes how to connect the timing cables to the PPS, 10
MHz, and ToD/PPS ports on the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf.
Mini-BNC cables (Cisco PN 72-5118-XX)

Required/As Needed
As needed
Onsite/Remote
Onsite
Security Level
None
Statement 7005
For rules about provisioning timing references, see ITU-T G.813.
C-64
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Note
To unplug the RJ-45 cables connected to the ToD/PPS and EOBC ports on the fan-tray, use small pliers
or a screwdriver.
Procedure
Step 1
Locate the timing connectors (PPS, 10 MHz, or ToD/PPS) on the fan-tray assembly of the Cisco ASR
9000v satellite shelf, as shown in Figure C-41.
Figure C-41
Timing Connectors (PPS, 10 MHz, or ToD/PPS) on the Fan-Tray Assembly
Timing
connectors
Fan-tray
assembly
Step 2
To connect the PPS or 10 MHz port:

a.
b.
Step 3
Step 4
CAT-5 Ethernet
Cable
281884
mini-BNC
Cables
Connect one end of the mini-BNC cable to the PPS or 10 MHz mini-BNC output port.
Connect the other end of the mini-BNC cable to an external equipment to provide timing signals.
To connect the ToD/PPS RJ-45 output port:

a.
Connect one end of a standard CAT-5 Ethernet cable to the ToD/PPS RJ-45 output port.
b.
Connect the other end of the CAT-5 Ethernet cable to an external equipment to provide timing
signals.
DLP-J185 Connecting the Cables to the EOBC or Console Port on the Cisco ASR
9000v Satellite Shelf
Purpose
Tools/Equipment
This procedure describes how to connect the cables to the EOBC or console
port on the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf.
USB cable
OL-17499-07
C-65
Appendix C
Warning

Required/As Needed
As needed
Onsite/Remote
Onsite
Security Level
None
Statement 7005
Note
The console port is used for the setup and maintenance of the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf and the
EOBC port is used for disaster recovery, that is, to log in to the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf for
troubleshooting when the connection between the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf and the Cisco ASR
9000 router is lost.
Note
To unplug the RJ-45 cables connected to the ToD/PPS and EOBC ports on the fan-tray, use small pliers
or a screwdriver.
Procedure
Step 1
Locate the EOBC port or the console port on the fan-tray assembly of the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite
shelf, as shown in Figure C-41.
C-66
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Figure C-42
EOBC or Console Port on the Fan-Tray Assembly
USB
Cable
CAT-5 Ethernet
Cable
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
281883
Fan-tray
assembly
To connect the EOBC port:

a.
Connect one end of a standard CAT-5 Ethernet cable to the EOBC port.
b.
Connect the other end of the standard CAT-5 Ethernet cable to external equipment to establish
external connectivity.
To connect the console port:

a.
Connect one end of the USB cable to the console port.
b.
Connect the other end of the USB cable to the console terminal or a modem that connects to the
console terminal.
NTP-J61 Install and Route Fiber-Optic Cables

Purpose
Tools/Equipment
Warning
This procedure describes how to install and route fiber-optic cables on the
Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf.
cables
tie wrap

Required/As Needed
Required
Onsite/Remote
Onsite
Security Level
None
Invisible laser radiation may be emitted from disconnected fibers or connectors. Do not stare into
beams or view directly with optical instruments. Statement 1051
OL-17499-07
C-67
Appendix C
Caution
When connecting an optical fiber patch cord between the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf and the optical
card ports in the Cisco ASR 9000 router, use the electrostatic discharge wristband supplied with the
Cisco ASR 9000 router.
Note
Always clean all the fiber connectors thoroughly before making the connection with the mating adapter.
Very small particles can permanently damage the end of the mating fiber inside the Cisco ASR 9000v
satellite shelf, which makes regular cleaning imperative. For cleaning instructions, see NTP-J62 Clean
Fiber Connectors.
Note
The Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf features LC/UPC bulkhead adapters. Always use fiber-optic cables
equipped with the corresponding (LC/UPC) connector type. Using any other type of connector results in
damage to the connector or adapter, or both.
Procedure
Step 1
Place the LC/UPC cable connector in front of the corresponding bulkhead adapter on the front panel of
the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf.
Step 2
Align the keyed ridge of the cable connector with the slot in the receiving adapter.
Step 3
Gently push the cable connector into the adapter until you hear a click, which indicates that the latching
system is engaged.
Step 4
Route the fiber cables through the cable guide (left and right side). A tie-wrap is tied around the fiber
and cables through the cable guide.
The cables are routed through the cable guide in an ANSI (23-inch) rack configuration, as shown in this
Figure C-43.
C-68
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Cable Management in an ANSI Rack Configuration
EOEC
29
CISCO
10MHz
39
37
35
33
31
CONSOLE
43
41
FAN TR
3+
1+
ToD/P
PPS
Figure C-43
15454S
FTA-PT
27
4+
25
2+
23
44
21
42
19
40
17
38
36
34
32
30
MIN
MAJ
CRIT
FAN
PWR
28
26
24
22
20
281920
18
The cables are routed through the cable guide in an ETSI rack configuration, as shown in Figure C-44.
OL-17499-07
C-69
Appendix C
Maintaining the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
Cable Management in an ETSI Rack Configuration
CISCO
FAN TR
ToD/P
37
EOEC
35
33
31
29
CONSOLE
3+
1+
43
41
39
10MHz
PPS
Figure C-44
15454FTA-PTS
27
4+
25
2+
23
44
21
42
19
40
17
38
15
36
13
34
11
32
30
FAN
PWR
28
PTGE
454E-SA-
MIN
MAJ
CRIT
26
3
1
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
5A
281919
8V
Note
If no cable guide is installed, bind the cables and fibers using the tie-wrap.

This section explains how to maintain the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf installations.
Air Filter Overview

The Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf contains a preinstalled reusable air filter (15454 M2-FTF) on the
right side of the shelf.
The reusable filter is made up of a gray, open-cell, polyurethane foam that is specially coated to provide
fire and fungi resistance. Spare filters should be kept in stock. Inspect the air filter every 30 days, and
clean the filter every three to six months. The air filter can be replaced without removing the fan-tray
assembly. However, the fan-tray must be turned off to remove the air filter. Replace the air filter every
two to three years. Avoid cleaning the air filter with harsh cleaning agents or solvents.
Caution
Do not operate a Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf without the mandatory air filter.
C-70
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Purpose
Caution
Note
This procedure describes how to replace the air filter in the Cisco ASR
Tools/Equipment

Required/As Needed
Required
Onsite/Remote
Onsite
Security Level
None
reusable.
Procedure
Step 1
Loosen the screw on the air filter faceplate, as shown in Figure C-45.
Figure C-45
279898
Air
filter
Screw
Step 2
Extract the air filter from the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf, as shown in Figure C-46.
OL-17499-07
C-71
Appendix C
279899
Figure C-46
Air
filter
Screw
Step 3
Remove the air filter faceplate from the air filter frame, as shown in Figure C-47.
Figure C-47
Air Filter
282147
Air Filter
Faceplate
Step 4
Clean or replace the air filter.
Step 5
Insert the air filter faceplate engaging the air filter frame, as shown in Figure C-48.
Air Filter
Faceplate
282148
Air Filter
Frame
282147
Figure C-48
Step 6
Insert the air filter into the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf.
Step 7
Tighten the M3 screw on the air filter to a torque value of 4 in-lbs (0.45 N-m).
C-72
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
NTP-J62 Clean Fiber Connectors

Purpose
This procedure cleans the fiber connectors.
Tools/Equipment
Inspection microscope
Type A Fiber Optic Connector Cleaner (CLETOP reel)
Optical swab
Optical receiver cleaning stick
Warning
None
Required/As Needed
Required
Onsite/Remote
Onsite
Security Level
None
Invisible laser radiation may be emitted from the end of the unterminated fiber cable or connector. Do
not view directly with optical instruments. Viewing the laser output with certain optical instruments
(for example, eye loupes, magnifiers, and microscopes) within a distance of 100 mm may pose an eye
hazard. Statement 1056
Step 1
Using an inspection microscope, inspect each fiber connector for dirt, cracks, or scratches.
Step 2
Replace any damaged fiber connectors.
Note
Replace all dust caps whenever the equipment is unused for 30 minutes or more.
Step 3
Complete the DLP-J187 Clean Fiber Connectors with CLETOP task on page C-74 as necessary.
Step 4
Complete the DLP-J188 Clean the Fiber Adapters task on page C-75 as necessary.
Note
To clean multi-fiber optic connectors, complete the DLP-J186 Clean Multi Fiber-Optic Cable
Connectors task on page C-73 as necessary.
DLP-J186 Clean Multi Fiber-Optic Cable Connectors

Purpose
This task cleans the multi fiber optic connectors
Tools/Equipment
Cleaning Cartridge for multi fiber optic connectors
None
Required/As Needed
Required
Onsite/Remote
Onsite
Security Level
None
OL-17499-07
C-73
Appendix C
Warning
Step 1
Remove the protective cap on the optical fiber cable connector.
Step 2
Read the manufacturer (cleaning cartridge) instructions to insert the connector into the cleaning
cartridge.
Step 3
Slide the lever on the cartridge to swipe the connector surface.
Step 4
Insert the fiber connector into the applicable adapter or attach a dust cap to the fiber connector.
Note
Step 5
If you must replace a dust cap on a connector, first verify that the dust cap is clean.
DLP-J187 Clean Fiber Connectors with CLETOP

Purpose
This task cleans the fiber connectors with CLETOP.
Tools/Equipment
Type A Fiber Optic Connector Cleaner (CLETOP reel)

Optical receiver cleaning stick
None
Required/As Needed
Required
Onsite/Remote
Onsite
Security Level
None
Step 1
Remove the dust cap from the fiber connector.
Step 2
Press the lever up to open the shutter door. Each time you press the lever, you expose a clean wiping
surface.
Step 3
Insert the connector into the CLETOP cleaning cassette slot, rotate one quarter turn, and gently swipe
downwards.
Step 4
Use an inspection microscope to inspect each fiber connector for dirt, cracks, or scratches. If the
connector is not clean, repeat Steps 1 to 3.
Step 5
Insert the fiber connector into the applicable adapter or attach a dust cap to the fiber connector.
Note
Step 6
If you must replace a dust cap on a connector, first verify that the dust cap is clean. To clean the
dust cap, wipe the outside of the cap using a dry, lint-free wipe and the inside of the dust cap
using a CLETOP stick swab (14100400).
C-74
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
DLP-J188 Clean the Fiber Adapters

Purpose
This task cleans the fiber adapters.
Tools/Equipment
CLETOP stick swab
None
Required/As Needed
Required
Onsite/Remote
Onsite
Security Level
None
Step 1
Remove the dust plug from the fiber adapter.
Step 2
Insert a CLETOP stick swab (14100400) into the adapter opening and rotate the swab.
Step 3
Place dust plugs on the fiber adapters when not in use.
Step 4
NTP-J63 Perform the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf Installation Acceptance
Test
Purpose
This procedure describes how to perform a shelf installation acceptance

test for the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf.
Tools/Equipment
Voltmeter
All applicable installation procedures in this appendix
Required/As Needed
Required
Onsite/Remote
Onsite
Security Level
None
Procedure
Step 1
Once you have installed your Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf, verify that each applicable procedure
listed in the below table was completed.
Table C-9
Description
Completed
NTP-J53 Unpack and Inspect the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
NTP-J54 Inspect the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
Connect the chassis to the office ground. For detailed instructions on how to ground
the chassis, see the Electrostatic Discharge and Grounding Procedure for the Cisco
ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf section.
OL-17499-07
C-75
Appendix C
Table C-9
Description
Completed
NPT-J59 Installing the Power Feeds and Ground to the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite
Shelf
NTP-J60 Connecting Cables to the EOBC, Timing, and Console Ports on the Cisco
ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
NTP-J61 Install and Route Fiber-Optic Cables
Step 2
DLP-J188 Inspect the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf Installation and Connections.
Step 3
DLP-J189 Measure DC Voltage on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf.
Step 4
Continue with NTP-J63 Perform the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf Installation Acceptance Test.
DLP-J188 Inspect the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf Installation and
Connections
Purpose
This procedure describes how to inspect the shelf installation and

connections and verify that everything is installed and connected
properly on the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf.
Tools/Equipment
None
None
Required/As Needed
Required
Onsite/Remote
Onsite
Security Level
None
Procedure
Step 1
Make sure that all external wiring connections (that is, power, ground, alarms, and so on) are secure. If
a wire or cable is loose, return to the appropriate procedure in this chapter to correct it.
Step 2
DLP-J189 Measure DC Voltage on the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf

Purpose
This procedure describes how to measure the power to verify correct

power and returns.for the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf.
Tools/Equipment
Voltmeter
Before installing the DC power, check the voltage.
C-76
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Warning
Caution
Required/As Needed
Required
Onsite/Remote
Onsite
Security Level
None
Procedure
Step 1
Using a voltmeter, verify the office battery and ground at the following points on the fuse panel:
a.
To verify the power, place the black test lead of the voltmeter to the return (RET). Hold it there while
completing Step b.
b.
Place the red test lead on the fuse power points on the third-party power distribution panel to verify
that they read between:
For a 48 VDC power supply, the voltage is between 40.5 VDC and 57.6 VDC. Place the red
test lead on the BAT-B connection and verify that it is between 40.5 VDC and 57.6 VDC.
Note
Step 2
The voltages 40.5 VDC and 57.6 VDC are, respectively, the minimum and maximum
voltages required to power the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf that has 48V DC power
supply. The nominal steady state voltage is -48 VDC.
Using a voltmeter, verify the shelf ground and power wiring: Place the black lead (positive) on the
RET1(A) and the red lead on the -48 V (A) point.
For the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf with 48 V power supply, verify a reading between 40.5
VDC and 57.6 VDC.
If there is no voltage, check the following and correct if necessary:
Step 3
Battery and ground are reversed to the shelf.
Battery is open or missing.
Return is open or missing.
Using a voltmeter, verify the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf for 48 VDC battery and return:
a.
To verify the BAT-A of the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf, place the black lead of the voltmeter to
the return. Place the red test lead to the 48V (BAT-A battery connection) red cable. For a 48 VDC
power supply, verify that it reads between 40.5 VDC and 57.6 VDC. Then place the red test lead
of the voltmeter to the RET1 (BAT-A return ground) black cable and verify that no voltage is present,
Note
For a Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf that has 48 VDC power supply, the voltages 40.5
VDC and 57.6 VDC. are, respectively, the minimum and maximum voltages required to
power the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf. The nominal steady state voltage is 48 VDC.
OL-17499-07
C-77
Appendix C
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf System Specifications
b.
Step 4
To verify the BAT-B of the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf, place the black test lead of the voltmeter
to the return. Place the red test lead to the 48 V (BAT-B battery connection) red cable. For a 48
VDC power supply, verify that it reads between 40.5 VDC and 57.6 VDC. Then place the red test
lead of the voltmeter to the RET2 (BAT-B return ground) black cable and verify that no voltage is
present, that is, meter reading must be 0 VDC.
Hardware Specifications
This section contains product names, product IDs, and hardware specifications for the Cisco ASR 9000v
satellite shelf.
Product Names
The product names for the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf are listed in Table C-10. The Cisco ASR
9000v satellite shelf is available in three variations based on the power module.
Table C-10
Product Names for the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
Shelf
Product Name
Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf with an AC

power module for ANSI and ETSI standards
ASR-9000v-44GE-AC=
Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf with a DC power ASR-9000v-44GE-48A=

module (48 V) for ANSI standard
Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf with a DC power ASR-9000v-44GE-48E=
module (48 V) for ETSI standard
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf Product IDs

The Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf system includes the following Product IDs:
ASR-9000v-AC
44-port GE + 4-port 10GE ASR 9000v, AC Power, Fan, Filter
ASR-9000v-DC-A 44-port GE + 4-port 10GE ASR 9000v, DC Power, Fan, Filter, ANSI Chassis
ASR-9000v-DC-E
44-port GE + 4-port 10GE ASR 9000v, DC Power, Fan, Filter, ETSI Chassis
A9K-NV-5S-LIC
ASR-9000 nV Host License for up to 5 Satellites
A9K-NV-20S-LIC
ASR-9000 nV Host License for up to 20 Satellites
License+Satellite
ASR-9000v-FAN= Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf Fan Tray with Filter

This section provides the specifications for timing, power, and environmental specifications, and shelf
dimensions of the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf system.
C-78
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
The GPS (Global Positioning System) interface (1PPS and 10Mhz) specifications are listed in
Table C-11.
.
Table C-11
GPS (Global Positioning System) Interface (1PPS and 10Mhz) of the Cisco ASR 9000v
Satellite Shelf System
10 MHz Specification
1 PPS Specification
Waveform
Sine wave
Pulse
Frequency
10 MHz
1 PPS
Amplitude
>1 V LVTTL Compatible
>1 V LVTTL Compatible
Impedance
50?
50?
The pinout of the TOD (Time of Day) RJ45 port is listed in Table C-12.
Table C-12
TOD/1PPS RS422 Interface RJ45 Pinout of the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf
System
Pin
Signal Name
Description
1PPS_N
1PPS RS422 output signal
1PPS_P
1PPS RS422 output signal
NC
No Connect
GND
GND
NC
No Connect
TOD_P
Time of Day RS422 output
TOD_N
Time of Day RS422 output
System Power for the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf

The power specifications of the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf system are listed in Table C-13.
OL-17499-07
C-79
Appendix C
Fan Tray
Table C-13
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf Fan Tray Power Specifications
Shelf
Input Voltage
Power Consumption Power Terminals
Fuse Rating
Cisco ASR 9000v

satellite shelf with AC
power module for
ANSI and ETSI
standards
100V - 240V AC
depending on the
standards in various
countries
100 VAC 2.4 A; 240 One AC single phase

VAC 1A
with 3- pole (line L,
Neutral N, and
Protective Earth PE)
input connector.
Must not exceed 10 A or 15

A, depending on the
standards in various
countries.
Cisco ASR 9000v

satellite shelf with 48 V
DC power module for
ANSI standard
48 V DC 5 A
Voltages 40.5 VDC
and 57.6 VDC are,
respectively, the
minimum and
maximum voltages
required to power the
chassis. The nominal
steady state voltage is
-48 VDC.
Functionality is
guaranteed at -40 VDC
input voltage,
according to GR-1089,
Issue 5.
Cisco ASR 9000v

satellite shelf with 48 V
DC power module for
ETSI standard
Voltages 40.5 VDC

and 57.6 VDC are,
respectively, the
minimum and
maximum voltages
required to power the
chassis. The nominal
steady state voltage is
-48 VDC.
48 VDC 5 A
Single terminal block

with four poles
48V, RET for power
terminals A and B.
Must not exceed 10 A
DSUB 2 poles
Must not exceed 10 A
Table C-14 lists the power requirements for the fan-tray assembly of the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf
system.
Table C-14
Fan Tray
Fan-Tray Power Requirements
Watts
12 V supplied by the 36
Cisco ASR 9000v
satellite shelf
Amps
3
C-80
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf Physical Dimensions

The physical dimensions of the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf system are listed in Table C-13.
Table C-15
Physical Dimensions of the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf System
Shelf
Physical Dimensions
Measurement in inches
Height
Width
Depth
19 or 23 inches 9.1
with mounting
ears attached for
ANSI rack
configuration
Cisco ASR
1.7
9000v Satellite
Shelf
21 inches with
mounting ears
attached for
ETSI rack
configuration
Measurement in mm
Weight in Kg
Height
Width
with AC
power
module
4.06 kg
43.1
231.1
482.6 or 584.2
with mounting
ears attached for
ANSI rack
configuration
with DC
power
module
4.22 kg
Depth
533.4 mm with
mounting ears
attached for
ETSI rack
configuration
Weight in Kg
with AC
power
module
4.06 kg
with DC
power
module
4.22 kg
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf Operating Temperature and Humidity

The operating temperature and humidity for the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf system are as follows:
Operating Temperature 32 to 131 degrees Fahrenheit, 0 to +55 degrees Celsius)
Operating Humidity 5 to 85%, noncondensing; functionality is guaranteed up to 5 to 95%,

noncondensing.
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf Switching Capacity

The switching capacity of the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf system is listed in Table C-16.
Table C-16
Switching Capacity of the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf System
Shelf
Interface
Switching Capacity
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf

Shelf
44 GE 10/100/1000Mbps SFP ports
44 G
Four 10GE SFP+ ports
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf GBIC, SFP, SFP+, and XFP Compatibility
The GBIC, SFP, SFP+, and XFP compatibility of the Cisco ASR 9000v satellite shelf system is listed in
Table C-17.
OL-17499-07
C-81
Appendix C
Table C-17
GBIC, SFP, SFP+, and XFP Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf System Compatibility
Platform
Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite
Shelf System
Compatible GBIC, SFP, SFP+, or XFP

(Cisco Product ID)
Cisco TAN1
ONS-SC-2G-28.7=
ONS-SC-2G-30.3=through
ONS-SC-2G-60.6=
ONS-SC-2G-37.4=
ONS-SC-2G-45.3=
ONS-SC-2G-53.3=
10-2307-02
10-2155-02 through
10-2184-02
10-2668-01
10-2670-01
10-2669-01
ONS-SE-2G-1470= through
ONS-SE-2G-1610=
10-2461-01 through 10-2468-01
ONS-SE-GE-BXU=
10-2481-01
ONS-SE-GE-BXD=
10-2482-01
ONS-SE-ZE-EL=
10-2351-01
ONS-SI-100-FX=
10-2350-01
ONS-SI-100-LX10=
10-2294-01
ONS-SI-GE-EX=
ONS-SI-GE-LX=
10-2300-01
ONS-SI-GE-SX=
10-2295-01
ONS-SI-GE-ZX=
10-2296-01
ONS-SC+-10G-ZR=
ONS-SC+-10G-LRM=
ONS-SC-GE-BXU=
10-2481-01
ONS-SC-GE-BXD=
10-2482-01
ONS-SC-E1-T1-CES=
ONS-SC-E3-T3-CES=
ONS-SC+-10G-CU1=
37-1188-01
ONS-SC+-10G-CU3=
37-1197-01
ONS-SC+-10G-CU5=
37-1198-01
ONS-SC+-10G-CU7=
37-1196-01
ONS-SC+-10G-ER=
10-2619-01
ONS-SC+-10G-LR=
10-2618-01
ONS-SC+-10G-LRM=
ONS-SC+-10G-SR=
10-2620-01
ONS-SC+-10G-ZR=
ONS-SC+-10G-xx.x=
ONS-SE+-10G-LR=
1. TAN = top assembly number.

2. The LED based SFPs do not support the optical power transmitted (OPT) and laser bias current (LBC) optical parameters.
C-82
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Next Steps
Next Steps
For information on powering up your system, please refer to the Plug and Play Satellite nV Switch Turn
up section in the Configuring the Satellite Network Virtualization (nV) System on the Cisco ASR 9000
Series Router chapter of the Cisco ASR 9000 Series Aggregation Services Router Interface and
Hardware Component Configuration Guide online.
Installing the Cisco ASR 901 Mobile Wireless Router as a

Satellite Shelf
The section describes how to install the Cisco ASR 901 router as a satellite shelf, and how to connect it
to networks and external devices. These procedures are described in the following sections:
Safety Guidelines, page C-83
Prerequisites, page C-87
Site Planning, page C-87
Console Port Considerations, page C-91
Network Modules, page C-92
Mounting the Cisco ASR 901 Router, page C-92
Connecting the Chassis Ground and Power, page C-95
Installing and Removing SFP Modules, page C-99
Connecting Cables, page C-101
Powering On the Router, page C-113
Warning
Statement 1030
Warning
accessed only through the use of a special tool, lock and key, or other means of security.
Statement 1017
Safety Guidelines
Before you begin installing the Cisco ASR 901 router, review the safety guidelines in Safety
Precautions, page 1-5, and the Rack-Mounting Configuration Guidelines, page 3-2 to avoid injuries or
damaging the equipment.
In addition, before replacing, configuring, or maintaining the Cisco ASR 901 router, review the safety
warnings listed in the document Cisco Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for Cisco ASR
901 Series Aggregation Services Router.
OL-17499-07
C-83
Appendix C
Safety Guidelines
Safety with Equipment

The following guidelines help ensure your safety and protect the equipment. This list does not include
all the potentially hazardous situations, so be alert.
Warning
Before connecting the system to the power source, read the installation instructions. Statement 1004
Before moving the system, always disconnect all the power cords and interface cables.
Never assume that power is disconnected from a circuit; always check.
Before and after installation, keep the chassis area clean and dust-free.
Keep tools and assembly components away from walk areas to avoid tripping over them.
Do not work alone in potentially hazardous conditions.
Do not perform any action that creates a potential hazard to people or makes the equipment unsafe.
Do not wear loose clothing that may get caught in the chassis.
When working under conditions hazardous to your eyes, wear safety glasses.
Safety with Electricity

Warning
Statement 1003
Warning
Statement 1017
Warning
LAN and WAN ports both use RJ-45 connectors. Statement 1021
Warning
Before working on equipment that is connected to power lines, remove jewelry (including rings,
necklaces, and watches). Metal objects will heat up when connected to power and ground and can
cause serious burns or weld the metal object to the terminals. Statement 43
Warning
Before working on a chassis or working near power supplies, unplug the power cord on AC units;
disconnect the power at the circuit breaker on DC units. Statement 12
Warning
During periods of lightning activity, do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables.
Statement 1001
C-84
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Safety Guidelines
Warning
Warning
When working on electrical equipment, follow these guidelines:
Locate the rooms emergency power switch. If an electrical accident occurs, you can quickly switch
off the power.
Before working on the system, switch off the DC main circuit breaker and disconnect the power
terminal block cable.
Disconnect all power before performing the following:

Working on or near power supplies.
Installing or removing a router chassis, or network processor module.
Performing most hardware upgrades.
Never install equipment that appears damaged.
Carefully examine your work area for possible hazards, such as wet floors, ungrounded power
extension cables, and missing safety grounds.
Never perform any action that creates a potential hazard to people or makes the equipment unsafe.
If an electrical accident occurs, proceed as follows:

Use caution, and do not become a victim yourself.
Switch off power to the router.
If possible, send another person to get medical aid. Otherwise, determine the condition of the
victim, and then call for help.

Determine whether the person needs rescue breathing or external cardiac compressions; then
take appropriate action.

In addition, use the following guidelines when working with any equipment that is disconnected from a
power source, but still connected to telephone wiring or network cabling:
Never install telephone wiring during a lightning storm.
Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for it.
Never touch un-insulated telephone wires or terminals unless the telephone line is disconnected at
the network interface.
When installing or modifying telephone lines, use caution.
OL-17499-07
C-85
Appendix C
Safety Guidelines

Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) can damage equipment and impair electrical circuitry. ESD can occur
when electronic printed circuit cards are improperly handled, and can cause complete or intermittent
failures. When removing and replacing modules, always follow ESD prevention procedures:
Caution
Ensure that the router chassis is electrically connected to earth ground.
Wear an ESD-preventive wrist strap, ensuring that it makes good skin contact. To channel unwanted
ESD voltages safely to ground, connect the clip to an unpainted surface of the chassis frame. To
guard against ESD damage and shocks, the wrist strap and cord must operate effectively.
If no wrist strap is available, ground yourself by touching a metal part of the chassis.
For the safety of your equipment, periodically check the resistance value of the antistatic wrist strap. It
should be between 1 and 10 Mohm.
C-86
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Prerequisites
Prerequisites
Before installing the Cisco ASR 901 router, it is important to prepare for installation by:
Preparing the site (site planning) and reviewing the installation plans or method of procedures
(MOPs).
Unpacking and inspecting the Cisco ASR 901 router.
Gathering tools and test equipment required to properly install the Cisco ASR 901 router.
Site Planning
Ideally, you should have prepared the installation site beforehand. As part of your preparation, obtain a
floor plan of the site and the equipment rack where the Cisco ASR 901 router would be housed.
Determine the location of any existing routers and their interconnections, including communications and
power. Following the air flow guidelines (see the Air Flow Guidelines section on page C-88), ensure
that adequate cooling air is provided to the router.
All personnel involved in the installation of the router including installers, engineers, and supervisors
should participate in the preparation of a Method of Procedure (MOP) for approval by the customer.
Power Supply Considerations

Check the power at your site to ensure that you are receiving clean power (free of spikes and noise).
Install a power conditioner if necessary (see the Power Supply, page 1-5 for power requirements).
Warning
This equipment is designed for connection to TN and IT power systems. Statement 16
Site Environment
Install the Cisco ASR 901 router in an equipment rack. The location of your router and the layout of your
equipment rack, or wiring room are extremely important considerations for proper operation. Cramped
equipment, inadequate ventilation, and inaccessible panels can cause malfunctions and shutdown, and
can make maintenance difficult. Plan to access the front and rear panels of the router.
Take the following precautions for an acceptable operating environment for your router and to avoid
environmentally caused equipment failures:
Ensure that the room where your router operates has adequate air circulation. Electrical equipment
generates heat. Without adequate circulation, ambient air temperature may not cool the equipment
to acceptable operating temperatures.
Always follow ESD-prevention procedures described in the Preventing Electrostatic Discharge

Damage section on page C-86 to avoid damage to equipment. Damage from static discharge can
cause immediate or intermittent equipment failure.
OL-17499-07
C-87
Appendix C
Site Planning
Air Flow Guidelines

To ensure adequate air flow through the equipment rack, we recommend that you maintain a clearance
of at least 6 inches (15.24 cm) on each side of the rack at all times.
Caution
If air flow through the equipment rack and the routers that occupy it is blocked or restricted, or if the
ambient air being drawn into the rack is too warm, an over temperature condition can occur within the
rack and the routers that occupy it.
The site should also be as dust-free as possible. Dust tends to clog the router fans, reducing the flow of
cooling air through the equipment rack and the routers. Thus, increasing the risk of an over temperature
condition.
Use the following guidelines to plan your equipment rack configuration:
Mount the Cisco ASR 901 router in a 19-inch rack (with a 17.5- or 17.75-inch opening).
Beside air flow, you must allow clearance around the rack for maintenance.
Enclosed racks must have adequate ventilation. Ensure that the rack is not congested, because each
router generates heat. An enclosed rack should have louvered sides and a fan to provide cooling air.
Heat that is generated by equipment near the bottom of the rack can be drawn upward into the intake
ports of the equipment above.
When mounting a chassis in an open rack, ensure that the rack frame does not block the intakes or
(on the left side of the chassis) or the exhaust (on the right side of the chassis).
When a rack-installed equipment fails, especially equipment in an enclosed rack, try making the
equipment operate by itself, if possible. Power off other equipment in the rack (and in adjacent
racks) to give the router a maximum of cooling air and clean power.
Method of Procedure
Part of site preparation includes reviewing installation plans or method of procedures (MOPs). An
example of a MOP that includes pre-installation checklist of tasks, considerations to address and agree
upon before proceeding with the installation, is as follows:
1.
Read this hardware installation guide.
2.
Assign personnel.
3.
Determine protection requirements for personnel, equipment, and tools.
4.
Evaluate potential hazards that may affect service.
5.
Schedule time for installation.
6.
Determine space requirements.
7.
Determine power requirements.
8.
Identify required procedures or tests.
9.
On an equipment plan, make a preliminary decision that locates each Cisco ASR 901 router that you
plan to install.
10. Verify the list of replaceable parts for installation (screws, bolts, washers, and so on) so that the parts
are identified.
C-88
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Site Planning
11. Check the required tools list to make sure the necessary tools and test equipment are available (see
the Required Tools and Equipment section on page C-89).

12. Perform the installation.
Unpacking and Checking the Contents of your Shipment

The shipping package for the Cisco ASR 901 router is designed to reduce the possibility of product
damage associated with routine handling experienced during shipment. Do not remove the router from
its shipping container until you are ready to install it.
Note
Do not discard the packaging materials used in shipping your Cisco ASR 901 router. You will need the
packaging materials in the future if you move or ship the router.
The Cisco ASR 901 router, cables, and any optional equipment you ordered may be shipped in more than
one container. When you unpack the containers, check the packing list to ensure that you receive all of
the following items:
Router
Accessory kit (part number 53-3085-01/53-3295-0 for the Cisco ASR 901), containing
Terminal block (part number 53-3085-01)
Two hole lug, 6-AWG ground wire, #10 blue stud (part number 32-0629-01)
Two pan-head Phillips screws used to attach the lug to the router, M5.0x10mm
Two cable guides (part number 700-01663-01)
Two pan-head Phillips screws used to attach the cable guides, M4,0x20mm (part number
48-0654-01)
Note
There is no AC power option.
Cisco Information Packet publication
Inspect all items for shipping damage. If an item appears to be damaged, or if you encounter problems
installing or configuring your router, contact customer service. The Cisco Information Packet provides
warranty, service, and support information.

You need the following tools and equipment to install and upgrade the router and its components:
Warning
Only trained and qualified personnel should be allowed to install or replace this equipment.
Statement 49
ESD-preventive cord and wrist strap.
Number 2 Phillips screwdriver.
Flat-blade screwdrivers: small, 3/16-inch (0.476 cm) and medium, 1/4-inch (0.625 cm).
OL-17499-07
C-89
Appendix C
Site Planning
To install or remove modules

To remove the cover, if you are upgrading memory or other components
Number 12-24 pan-head screws to secure the router to the equipment rack.
Cables for connection to the WAN and LAN ports (depending on the configuration).
Note
For more information on cable specifications, see Connector and Cable Specifications,
page C-170
Ethernet hub or PC with a network interface card for connection to the Ethernet (LAN) ports.
Console terminal (an ASCII terminal or a PC running terminal emulation software) is configured for
9600 baud, 8 data bits, no parity, and 2 stop bits.
Console cable for connection to the console port.
Ratcheting torque screwdriver with a Phillips head that exerts up to 15 pound-force inches (lbf-in)
of pressure.
Crimping tool as specified by the ground lug manufacturer.
16-AWG copper wire for the power cord.
Wire-stripping tools for stripping both 6-AWG and 18-AWG wire.
Serial interfaces may require a channel service unit/data service unit (CSU/DSU).
Installation Checklist
To assist you with your installation and to provide a historical record of completed tasks and users, use
the following Installation Checklist. Make a copy of this checklist and mark the entries as you complete
each task. When the checklist is completed, include a copy of the checklist for each router in your Site
Log along with other records for your new router. See Site Log, page C-176 for information on the Site
Log, including a sample Site Log.
Installation Checklist for Site:
Router Name:
Task
Verified by
Date
Installation Checklist copied

Background information placed in Site Log
Site power voltages verified
Installation site power check completed
Required tools available
Additional equipment available
Router received
Documentation DVD received (if ordered)
Cisco Information Packet publication received
Chassis components verified
C-90
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Console Port Considerations
Task
Verified by
Date
Initial electrical connections established

ASCII terminal (for local configuration) or
modem (for remote configuration)
Signal distance limits verified
Startup sequence steps completed
Initial operation verified
Software image verified
Creating a Site Log

The site log provides a record of all actions related to installing and maintaining the router. Keep it in
an accessible place near the chassis so that anyone who performs tasks has access to it.
Create the site log prior to installation. (See Appendix C, Site Log for more detailed information on
the site log as well as a sample site log that can be used to make copies.)
Console Port Considerations

The Cisco ASR 901 router provides a single console port (labeled CONSOLE). A single RJ-45 cable is
used for a console connection.
This section describes important cabling information to consider before connecting a console
terminaleither an ASCII terminal or a PC running terminal emulation softwareor a modem to the
console port. The console port provides access to the router either locally (using a console terminal), or
remotely (using a modem).
Note
The Cisco ASR 901 router uses only console port.
Note
Console and rollover cables are not included with the Cisco ASR 901 router. You can order the console
cable from Cisco Systems, Inc. (Part number ACS-1900ASYN=).
Console Port Connections

The router provides an EIA/TIA-232 asynchronous serial console port (RJ-45). Depending on the cable
and the adapter used, this port appears as a data terminal equipment (DTE) or data communications
equipment (DCE) device at the end of the cable.
To connect an ASCII terminal to the console port, use the RJ-45 rollover cable with the female
RJ-45-to-DB-25 adapter (labeled TERMINAL). To connect a PC running terminal emulation software
to the console port, use the RJ-45 rollover cable with the female RJ-45-to-DB-9 adapter (labeled
TERMINAL). The default parameters for the port are 9600 baud, 8 data bits, no parity, and 2 stop bits.
As a console port, hardware flow control is not supported. For instructions on installing a console
terminal, see the Connecting the Console Port section on page 3-11.
OL-17499-07
C-91
Appendix C
Network Modules
For cable and port pinouts, see the online document Cisco Modular Access Router Cable Specifications.
This document is provided on the documentation DVD that accompanied your router (if ordered), and is
also available online at Cisco.com.
Network Modules
You can order the Cisco ASR 901 router as a satellite shelf with the following interface modules.
SFP Ethernet interface module
RJ-45 Ethernet interface module
Interface modules are installed and shipped with the router; they are not field replaceable.
Mounting the Cisco ASR 901 Router

Each Cisco ASR 901 router includes rack-mounting brackets. Using the rack-mounting brackets, you
can front-mount theCisco ASR 901 router in a 19-inch (48.3-cm) equipment rack that conforms to the
EIA-310-D specification (the inside width of the rack should be 17.72 to 17.80 inches [45 to 45.21 cm]).
Using the two rack-mounting brackets for mounting (part number 700-33522-01), you can recess
Cisco ASR 901 router in the equipment rack. This arrangement provides extra space in front of the router
for the cables and allows you to close the doors of racks equipped with front-close doors.
If you need to attach or replace the rack-mounting brackets, see the Attaching the Rack-Mounting
Brackets section on page C-93.
The rack-mounting brackets are slotted to allow the router to be mounted in racks with EIA 1.25-inch
(3.175-cm) or WECO 1.0-inch (2.54-cm) hole spacing. When installed in the rack, the Cisco ASR 901
router requires one EIA 1.75-inch (4.4-cm) vertical mounting space (or 1 rack unit [RU]) for mounting
(see the Mounting the Cisco ASR 901 Router in a Rack section on page C-94).
Caution
Allow clearance on either side of the Cisco ASR 901 router for cooling air to be drawn in through the
left side and circulated through the chassis and out the two fan exhaust ports mounted on the other side
of the chassis.
Rack-Mounting Configuration Guidelines

Follow these guidelines to configure the equipment rack:
Caution
When mounting the router to an equipment rack, ensure that the rack is bolted to the floor.
Because you may install more than one router into the rack, ensure that the weight of all of the
routers installed does not make the rack unstable.
Some equipment racks are also secured to ceiling brackets, if necessary, due to the weight of the
equipment in the rack. Make sure that the rack you are using to install the routers is secured to the
building structure.
As mentioned in the Air Flow Guidelines section on page 2-5, maintain a 6-inch (15.24-cm)
clearance on each side of the router to ensure adequate air intake and exhaust.
C-92
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Avoid installing the routers in an overly congested rack. Air flowing to or from other routers in the
rack might interfere with the normal flow of cooling air through the routers, increasing the potential
for overtemperature conditions within the routers.
Allow at least 19 inches (48.7 cm) of clearance at the front and rear of the rack for router
maintenance.
Follow your local practices for cable management. Ensure that cables to and from the routers do not
impede access to perform equipment maintenance or upgrades.
Attaching the Rack-Mounting Brackets

Complete the following tasks to install, replace, or rearrange the rack-mounting brackets so you can then
mount the Cisco ASR 901 router in a 19-inch (48.3-cm) equipment rack. You can use the same
rack-mounting brackets to front-mount the Cisco ASR 901 router in the equipment rack.
Step 1
Locate the mounting holes of the Cisco ASR 901 router.
Step 2
Align the rack-mounting bracket with the Cisco ASR 901 router and position with the four #6-32 x
0.25-inch screws (provided) (see Figure C-49 for front-mounting).
Attaching the Bracket for Front-Mounting
282344
Figure C-49
Rack mount bracket
Step 3
Insert the screws (four places) and tighten using a Number 2 Phillips screwdriver.
Step 4
Repeat Steps 2 and 3 for the other rack-mounting bracket.

Proceed to the next section, Mounting the Cisco ASR 901 Router in a Rack to continue the
installation.
OL-17499-07
C-93
Appendix C
Mounting the Cisco ASR 901 Router in a Rack

Typically, the Cisco ASR 901 router mounts to a 19-inch (48.3-cm) 2-post equipment rack with
rack-mounting brackets that attach toward the front of the router sides. The inside width between the two
posts or mounting strips (left and right) must be at least 17.72 to 17.80 inches [45 to 45.21 cm]. For more
information about the equipment rack, see Hardware Description section on page 1-1.
No vertical clearance is necessary above or below the router when it is mounted in the rack.
To secure the Cisco ASR 901 router to the equipment rack, you must use the two mounting screws
(provided) for each side or follow your local practices for installing the router into your equipment rack.
Ensure that the rack-mount brackets are securely fastened. For more information, see the Attaching the
Rack-Mounting Brackets section on page C-93.
To mount the Cisco ASR 901 router into the equipment rack, perform the following procedure.
Caution
To prevent injury, review the Safety Guidelines section on page 2-1 and the Rack-Mounting
Configuration Guidelines section on page C-92 before installing the Cisco ASR 901 router in the
equipment rack.
Step 1
Locate the equipment rack position where you plan to install the router.
Step 2
Verify that there are no obstructions and ensure that the equipment rack is stabilized.
Step 3
Position the router in the equipment rack lining up the bracket holes on the router with the holes on the
rack and secure with four #6-32 x 0.25-inch mounting screws (two on each side).
Note
Step 4
The vertical spacing for EIA equipment racks is 1.75 inches (4.44 cm), with mounting holes
spaced 1.5 inches (3.81 cm) apart.
Tighten the screws using a 1/4-inch flat-blade screwdriver (each side).
Attaching the Cable Guides

Complete the following steps to attach the two cable guides to the front of the mounting brackets. This
procedure is optional.
Note
The cable guides are useful only if your router is front-mounted. Do not attach the cable guides if your
router is center-mounted or recess-mounted.
Use the cable guides to dress the cables that attach to the front of the Cisco ASR 901 router. The cable
guides allow you to gather the cables and direct them to the left and right sides of the router. This helps
to keep the cables from obscuring the fronts of lower routers in the same rack.
Step 1
In the accessory kit, locate the two cable guides (part number 700-01663-01) and two M4.0x20mm
Phillips screws used to attach the cable guides (part number 48-0654-01).
C-94
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Step 2
Position the cable guide over the threaded hole in the front flange of either the left or right mounting
bracket. The threaded hole is located midway between the two slotted holes used to mount the unit to
the rack.
Attaching the Cable Guide
282345
Figure C-50
Step 3
Use an M4.0x20mm Phillips screw to fix the cable guide to the mounting bracket. Do not over-tighten
the screw.
Step 4
Repeat Steps 2 and 3 to attach the other cable guide.
Note
If you find it awkward to insert the screw while holding the cable guide in place, you can first insert the
screw only far enough so that it does not fall out. Then, using the slot in the mounting pillar of the cable
guide, slide the cable guide into place around the screw. Finally, tighten the screw to fix the cable guide
to the mounting bracket.
Connecting the Chassis Ground and Power

Before you connect power or turn on power to the Cisco ASR 901 router, you must provide an adequate
chassis ground (earth) connection to your router.
Grounding the Cisco ASR 901 Router

The Cisco ASR 901 router provides a grounding point on the rear of the unit for a 2-hole lug.
To ensure the chassis ground connection that you provide is adequate, you need the following parts and
tools:
Ratcheting torque screwdriver with Phillips head that exerts up to 15 pound-force inches (lbf-in) of
pressure for attaching the ground wire to the router.
Crimping tool as specified by the ground lug manufacturer
16-AWG copper wire for the power cord
Wire-stripping tools appropriate to the wire you are using
OL-17499-07
C-95
Appendix C
Caution
Before making connections to the Cisco ASR 901 router, ensure that you disconnect the power at the
circuit breaker. Otherwise it may result in severe injury or damage to the router.
Warning
Warning
Warning
When installing the unit, the ground connection must always be made first and disconnected last.
Statement 42
Figure C-51 shows the grounding point marked on the rear panel of the Cisco ASR 901 router for ease
of installation
Grounding Point
282342
Figure C-51
Fan
Grounding Point Lug
This unit is to be installed in a restrictive access location and must be permanently grounded to minimum
6-AWG copper ground wire.
Complete the following steps to ground the Cisco ASR 901 router using a 2-hole lug and the
corresponding mounting point. Most carriers require a 6-AWG ground connection. Verify your carriers
requirements for the ground connection.
Step 1
In the accessory kit, locate the 2-hole lug, 2 pan-head Phillips head screws used to attach the lug to the
router, and 6-AWG ground wire. (Lug, screws, and wire are part number 32-0629-01.)
Step 2
Set the parts aside.
C-96
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Step 3
If your ground wire is insulated, use a wire-stripping tool to strip the ground wire to 0.5 inch 0.02 inch
(12.7 mm 0.5 mm) for the ring terminal (Figure C-52).
.
Figure C-52
Insulation
Wire lead
60528
0.5 in. (12.7 mm) 0.02 in. (0.5 mm)
Step 4
Slide the open end of your ground lug over the exposed area of the ground wire.
Step 5
Using a crimping tool (as specified by the ground lug manufacturer), crimp the ground lug to the ground wire
(Figure C-53).
60529
Figure C-53
Step 6
Use a Phillips head screwdriver to attach the ground lug and wire assembly to the front of the router with
the 2 screws from the accessory kit.
Step 7
Connect the other end of the ground wire to a suitable grounding point at your site.
Power Connection Compliance

Warning
Statement 1003
Warning
OL-17499-07
C-97
Appendix C
Note
The installation must comply with the 2002 National Electric Code (NEC) and other applicable codes.
Wiring the DC-Input Power Source

Warning
the protective device is rated not greater than 10 A minimum, 60 VDC. Statement 1005
Complete the following steps to connect the DC power supply to the Cisco ASR 901 router:
Step 1
Switch off the DC power source at the circuit breaker, and place the circuit breaker in the Off position.
Step 2
Locate the 6-pin terminal block (part number 27-2030-01) (Figure C-54). The terminal block is located
in the accessory kit (part number 53-3085-01 for the Cisco ASR 901 router), which is shipped with the
router.
6-Pin Terminal Block
282346
Figure C-54
Step 3
Plug the 6-pin terminal block into the power connector located on the front side of the router.
Step 4
Connect one end of the customer-supplied power cord (16-AWG copper wire) to the site DC power
source.
Step 5
Plug the connector on the power supply cord into the 6-pin terminal block that you plugged into the rear
of the router in Step 3.
Warning
An exposed wire lead from a DC-input power source can conduct harmful levels of electricity. Be sure
that no exposed portion of the DC-input power source wire extends from the terminal block plug.
Statement 122
Warning
When installing this unit, secure all power cabling to avoid disturbing field-wiring connections.
Statement 38
C-98
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Caution
DO NOT power on the unit yet.

This section describes how to install and remove SFP modules. The modules are inserted into the
SFP module slots on the front of the Cisco ASR 901 router. These field-replaceable modules provide
interfaces.
See the Release Notes for Cisco ASR 901 Series Aggregation Services Router for the list of supported
SFP modules. Each port must match the wavelength specifications on the other end of the cable. For
reliable communications, the cable must not exceed 328 feet (100 meters).
For detailed instructions on installing, removing, and cabling the SFP module, see the SFP module
documentation.
Installing SFP Modules

Figure 3-55 shows an SFP module that has a bale-clasp latch.
Caution
We strongly recommend that you do not install or remove fiber-optic SFP modules with cables attached
because of the potential damage to the cables, the cable connector, or the optical interfaces in the SFP
module. Disconnect all cables before removing or installing an SFP module.Removing and installing an
SFP module can shorten its useful life. Do not remove and insert SFP modules more often than is
absolutely necessary.
SFP Module with a Bale-Clasp Latch
86575
Figure 3-55
Complete the following steps to insert an SFP module into the module slot:
Step 1
Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap to your wrist and to a bare metal surface on the chassis.
Some SFP modules identify the top side of the module with transmit (TX) and receive (RX) markings
or arrows that show the direction of the connection.
Step 2
If the SFP module that you are using has the markings, use them to identify the top side of the module.
Step 3
Align the SFP module in front of the slot opening.
Step 4
Insert the SFP module into the slot until you feel the connector on the module snap into place in the rear
of the slot (see Figure 3-56).
OL-17499-07
C-99
Appendix C
Figure 3-56
BITS
MGMNT
CONSOL
NG-MRW
GE
COMBO
SFP
Step 5
Caution
Step 6
SYSTEM
282347
TOD
Installing an SFP Module into an SFP Module Slot
For fiber-optic SFP modules, remove the dust plugs from the optical ports, and store them for later use.
Do not remove the dust plugs from the fiber-optic SFP module port or the rubber caps from the
fiber-optic cable until you are ready to connect the cable. The plugs and caps protect the SFP module
ports and cables from contamination and ambient light.
Insert the cable connector into the SFP module:
For fiber-optic SFP modules, insert the line card or MT-RJ cable connector into the SFP module.
For copper 1000BASE-T SFP modules, insert the RJ-45 cable connector into the SFP module.
Removing SFP Modules

Complete the following steps to remove an SFP module from a module receptacle:
Step 1
Attach an ESD-preventive wrist strap to your wrist and to a bare metal surface on the chassis.
Step 2
Disconnect the cable from the SFP module, and insert a dust plug into the cable end.
Tip
Step 3
For reattachment, note which cable connector plug is transmit (TX) and which is receive (RX).
Unlock and remove the SFP module, as shown in Figure 3-57.
If the module has a bale-clasp latch, pull the bale out and down to eject the module. If the bale-clasp
latch is obstructed and you cannot use your index finger to open it, use a small, flat-blade screwdriver
or other long, narrow instrument to open the bale-clasp latch.
C-100
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Connecting Cables
Figure 3-57
BITS
MGMNT
CONSOL
NG-MRW
GE
COMBO
SFP
SYSTEM
282348
TOD
Removing a Bale-Clasp Latch SFP Module by Using a Flat-Blade Screwdriver
Bale Clasp
Step 4
Grasp the SFP module between your thumb and index finger, and carefully remove it from the
module slot.
Step 5
For fiber-optic SFP modules, insert a dust plug into the optical ports of the SFP module to keep the
optical interfaces clean.
Step 6
Place the removed SFP module in an antistatic bag or other protective environment.
Connecting Cables
This section describes how to connect the Cisco ASR 901 router to external devices and networks. It
includes the following sections:
Connecting the Console Port, page C-101
Connecting the Network Cables, page C-103
Dressing Router Cables, page C-112
Connecting the Console Port

Warning
Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods of lightning activity.
Statement 1001
The Cisco ASR 901 router has a single console port that can function in DTE mode:
Note
DTE-mode console (terminal) port for connecting a console terminal
The console port functions are asynchronous serial ports; any devices connected to the console port must
be cabled for asynchronous transmission. (Asynchronous is the most common type of serial device; for
example, most modems are asynchronous devices.)
The Cisco ASR 901 router uses RJ-45 ports for console port function.
OL-17499-07
C-101
Appendix C
Connecting Cables
We provide the following cables and adapters for connecting the Cisco ASR 901 router to a console
terminal:
One console adapter cable (RJ-45-to-DB-9, blue)
Types of RJ-45 Cables

Cisco products use the following three types of RJ-45 cables:
Straight-through
Crossover
Rolled (or Rollover)
The Cisco ASR 901 router ships with and uses the rollover cable. For instructions on how to identify a
rollover cable, see Identifying a Rollover Cable, page C-109.
Console Port
Complete the following steps to connect a terminal or a PC running terminal emulation software to the
console port on the router:
Step 1
Connect the terminal using an RJ-45 rollover cable and an RJ-45-to-DB-25 or RJ-45-to-DB-9 adapter
(labeled TERMINAL) to the console port. For cable pinouts, see the Console Port Signals and Pinouts
section on page C-108.
Note
Step 2
The RJ-45-to-DB-25 adapter (Cisco part number 29-0810-01) can be purchased from Cisco
Systems.
Configure the terminal or terminal emulation software for 9600 baud, 8 data bits, no parity, and 2 stop
bits.
Note
Hardware flow control is not possible on the console port.
C-102
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Connecting Cables
Connecting the Network Cables

This section describes how to connect the following router interfaces:
Connecting Gigabit Ethernet Interface Cables, page C-103
Connecting SFP Cables, page C-103
Connecting Cables to the BITS Interface, page C-103
Connecting GPS Cables, page C-104
Connecting to the Alarm Port, page C-105
Connecting to the Management Ethernet Port, page C-105
Connecting Gigabit Ethernet Interface Cables

The RJ-45 port supports standard straight-through and crossover Category 5 unshielded twisted-pair
(UTP) cables. Cisco Systems does not supply Category 5 UTP cables; these cables are available
commercially.
Complete the following steps to connect the cable to the router Gigabit Ethernet port:
Step 1
Confirm that the router is powered off.
Step 2
Connect one end of the cable to the GE port on the router.
Step 3
Connect the other end to the BTS patch or demarcation panel at your site.
For more information about Gigabit Ethernet connectors including pinouts, see Gigabit Ethernet
Connector Pinouts section on page C-105
Connecting SFP Cables

Complete these steps to connect the cable to a router SFP port.
Step 1
Step 2
Insert the SFP module patch cable into the slot until you feel the connector on the cable snap into place
in the rear of the slot.
Step 3
Connect the other end to the patch or demarcation panel at your site.
Step 4
Turn on power to the router (see Powering On the Router section on page C-113 for more details).
For more information about SFP connectors, see SFP Port Pinouts and Cable Specifications section
on page C-106.
Connecting Cables to the BITS Interface

Complete these steps to connect the cable to the router BITS port:
OL-17499-07
C-103
Appendix C
Connecting Cables
Step 1
Step 2
Connect one end of the cable to the BITS port using a T1/E1 cable.
Step 3
Connect the other end to the SETS unit.
Step 4
Turn on power to the router (see Powering On the Router section on page C-113 for more details).
For more information about T1/E1 connectors including pinouts, see T1/E1 Port Pinouts section on
page C-106.
Connecting GPS Cables

The following sections describe how to connect cables from the Cisco ASR 901 router to a GPS unit for
input or output timing or frequency.
Connecting Cables to the 10Mhz or 1PPS Interface
Connecting Cables to the ToD Interface
Connecting Cables to the 10Mhz or 1PPS Interface

Complete these steps to connect cables to the 10Mhz or 1PPS interface:
Step 1
Step 2
Connect one end of a mini-coax cable to the GPS unit.
Step 3
Connect the other end of the mini-coax cable to the 10Mhz or 1PPS port on the Cisco ASR 901 router.
For instructions on how to configure clocking, see the Cisco ASR 901 Mobile Wireless Router Software
Configuration Guide.
For more information about 10Mhz and 1PPS port pinouts, see GPS Port Pinouts section on
page C-111.
Connecting Cables to the ToD Interface

Complete these steps to connect cables to the ToD interface for GPS timing.
Step 1
Step 2
Connect one end of a straight-through Ethernet cable to the GPS unit.
Step 3
Connect the other end of the cable to the ToD port on the Cisco ASR 901 router.
For instructions on how to configure clocking, see the Cisco ASR 901 Router Software Configuration
Guide.
Note
For more information about BITS port pinouts, see Time of Day Pinouts section on page C-110.
C-104
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Connecting to the Alarm Port

Use a straight cable to connect to the alarm port. For details on the pinouts, see Alarm Port Pinouts
section on page C-111.
Connecting to the Management Ethernet Port

Use a straight or a cross over ethernet cable to connect to the management ethernet port. For details on
the pinouts, see Management Ethernet Port Pinouts section on page C-112.

If you prefer to build your own cables, this appendix provides cable specifications for the Cisco ASR 901
router.
This appendix includes the following sections:
Gigabit Ethernet Connector Pinouts, page C-105
SFP Port Pinouts and Cable Specifications, page C-106
T1/E1 Port Pinouts, page C-106
Console Port Signals and Pinouts, page C-107
BITS Port Pinouts, page C-110
Time of Day Pinouts, page C-110
GPS Port Pinouts, page C-111
Alarm Port Pinouts, page C-111
Management Ethernet Port Pinouts, page C-112
Gigabit Ethernet Connector Pinouts

This section illustrates the Gigabit Ethernet RJ-45 connector and lists its pinout and signal descriptions.
Note that the RJ-45 ports are capable of operating in both 100BaseT and 1000BaseT modes.
Figure C-58 shows the RJ-45 connector and port, and Table C-18 lists the connector pinouts and signals.
Figure C-58
RJ-45 Connector and Port
205053
12345678
OL-17499-07
C-105
Appendix C
Table C-18
RJ-45 Connector Pinouts
Pin
FE Signal
GE Signal
TX data+
TX A+
TX data
TX A
RX data+
RX B+
Not used
TX C+
Not used
TX C
RX data
RX B
Not used
RX D+
Not used
RX D

For information about SFP modules supported by the Cisco ASR 901 router, including pinouts, see the
Cisco Interfaces and Modules support section on Cisco.com.
Note
Pins not listed in the tables in this appendix are not connected
T1/E1 Port Pinouts

Figure C-59 shows the RJ-48C connector used by the T1/E1 ports on the TDM interface module on the
Cisco ASR 901 router.
87654321
RJ-48C connector
RJ-48C Connector
24939
Figure C-59
C-106
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Console Port Signals and Pinouts
Figure C-60 shows the RJ-48C connector wiring for the T1/E1 cable.
Figure C-60
RJ-48-to-RJ-48 T1/E1 Cable Wiring

8
H11419
Note
We recommend using a shielded cable for RJ-48C connectors.

Table C-19 shows the pinout configuration for the RJ-48C connectors on the Cisco ASR 901 router for
both the shielded and unsaddled cables for either T1 or E1. Table C-19 shows the pinout configuration
for the RJ-45 connectors on the TDM interface module on the Cisco ASR 901 router.
Table C-19
T1/E1 Port Pinout for the Cisco ASR 901 router
Pin
Signal Name
Direction
Description
RX Tip
Input
Receive Tip
RX Ring
Input
Receive Ring
Not used
TX Tip
Output
Transmit Tip
TX Ring
Output
Transmit Ring
Not used
Not used
Not used

The Cisco ASR 901 router ships with a console cable kit, which contains the cable and adapters to
connect a console terminal (an ASCII terminal or PC running terminal emulation software). The console
cable kit includes the following items:
RJ-45-to-RJ-45 rollover cable
RJ-45-to-DB-9 female DTE adapter (labeled TERMINAL)
RJ-45-to-DB-25 female DTE adapter (labeled TERMINAL)
To connect a modem, you need to order an auxiliary cable.

For console connections, see the Console Port Signals and Pinouts section on page C-108.
OL-17499-07
C-107
Appendix C

Use the thin, flat, RJ-45-to-RJ-45 rollover cable and the RJ-45-to-DB-9 female DTE adapter (labeled
TERMINAL) to connect the console port to a PC running terminal emulation software. Figure C-61
shows how to connect the console port to a PC. Table C-20 lists the pinouts for the asynchronous serial
console port, the RJ-45-to-RJ-45 rollover cable, and the RJ-45-to-DB-9 female DTE adapter (labeled
TERMINAL).
Figure C-61
Connecting the Console Port to a PC

PC
RJ-45-to-RJ-45
rollover cable
RJ-45-to-DB-9 adapter
(labeled TERMINAL)
H7226
Router
Table C-20 lists the Console port pinouts for the Cisco ASR 901 router.
Table C-20
Console Port Pinouts
Pin
Signal Name
HP Pins
Direction
Description
RTS
UART_RTS1
Output
Request to send
DTR
NC
TXD
UART_SOUT1
Output
Transmit data
RI
GND
GND
GND
RXD
UART_SIN1
Input
Receive data
DSR/DCD
NC
Input
Data set ready/Data Carrier detect
CTS
UART_CTS1
Input
Clear to send
Ring indicator
Table C-21 describes the pinouts RJ-45-to-RJ-45 and RJ-45-to-DB-9 rollover cables.
Table C-21
Console
Port (DTE)
RJ-45-to-RJ-45 Rollover Cable
RJ-45-to-DB-9
Terminal Adapter
(Connected to Rollover
Cable)
Signal
RJ-45 Pin
RJ-45 Pin
DB-9 Pin
Signal
CTS
Console
Device
RTS
DTR
DSR/DCD
TxD
RxD
GND/RI
GND
GND
GND/RI
RxD
TxD
C-108
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Table C-21
Console Port Signaling and Cabling Using a DB-9 Adapter (continued)
Console
Port (DTE)
RJ-45-to-DB-9
Terminal Adapter
(Connected to Rollover
Cable)
Signal
RJ-45 Pin
RJ-45 Pin
DB-9 Pin
Signal
DSR/DCD
DTR
CTS
81
RTS
Console
Device
1. Pin 1 is connected internally to pin 8.
Table C-22 lists the pinouts for the asynchronous serial console port, the RJ-45-to-RJ-45 rollover cable,
and the RJ-45-to-DB-25 female DTE adapter (labeled TERMINAL).
Table C-22
Console
Port (DTE)1
RJ-45-to-DB-25
Terminal Adapter
Console
Device
Signal
RJ-45 Pin
RJ-45 Pin
DB-25 Pin
Signal
CTS
RTS
DTR
DSR/DCD
TxD
RxD
GND/RI
GND
GND
GND/RI
RxD
TxD
DSR/DCD
20
DTR
RTS
CTS
1. You can use the same cabling to connect a console to the auxiliary port.
2. Pin 1 is connected internally to pin 8.

To identify a rollover cable, compare the modular plugs at the two ends of the cable. When you hold the
plugs side by side, with the tab at the back, the wire connected to the pin on the outside of the left plug
should be the same color as the wire connected to the pin on the outside of the right plug (Figure C-62.)
If you purchased your cable from Cisco Systems, pin 1 is white on one connector, and pin 8 is white on
the other (a rollover cable connects pins 1 and 8, 2 and 7, 3 and 6, and 4 and 5).
OL-17499-07
C-109
Appendix C
BITS Port Pinouts
Figure C-62

Pin 1 and pin 8
should be the
same color
Pin 1
H3824
Pin 8
BITS Port Pinouts

Table C-23 list the pinouts for the BITS interface RJ-45 port on the Cisco ASR 901 router.
Table C-23
BITS Pinouts for the Cisco ASR 901 router
Pin
Signal Name
Direction
Description
RX ring
Input
Receive ring
RX tip
Input
Receive tip (T1/E1)
Not connected
TX ring
Output
Transmit ring
TX tip
Output/input
Transmit tip (T1/E1)
Not connected
Not connected
Not connected
Time of Day Pinouts

Table C-24 list the pinouts for the Time of Day RJ-45 interface on the Cisco ASR 901 router.
Table C-24
Pin
Signal Name
Direction
Description
Not connected
Not connected
C-110
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
GPS Port Pinouts
Table C-24
Pin
Signal Name
Direction
Description
Not connected
Ground
Ground
Not connected
TOD_N
Output/Input
Time of Day RS422 differential input

or output
TOD_P
Output/Input
Time of Day RS422 differential input

or output
GPS Port Pinouts

The Cisco ASR 901 router has a 10Mhz and a 1PPS GPS port that allow you to configure input or output
clocking with a GPS device. Table C-25 summarizes the pinouts for the 10Mhz and 1PPS interfaces.
Note
For pinouts related to ToD and 1PPS using the BITS interface, see Console Port Signals and Pinouts.
Table C-25
GPS Port Pinouts for the Cisco ASR 901 router
10 Mhz
1PPS
InputSine wave
InputPulse shape
OutputSquare wave
OutputPulse shape
Input > 1.7 volt p-p

(+8 to +10 dBm)
Input > 2.4 volts TTL

compatible
Output > 2.4 volts TTL

compatible
Output > 2.4 volts TTL

compatible
Impedance
50 ohms
50 ohms
Pulse Width
50% duty cycle
26 microseconds
Rise Time
InputAC coupled
40 nanoseconds
Waveform
Amplitude
Output5 nanoseconds
The 1PPS interface type is Series 1.0 / 2.3, 50 ohms.
For instructions on how to configure the 10 Mhz and 1PPSs ports, see the Cisco ASR 901 router Mobile
Wireless Software Configuration Guide.
Alarm Port Pinouts

Table C-26 list the pinouts for the alarm port (RJ45) on the Cisco ASR 901 router.
OL-17499-07
C-111
Appendix C
Management Ethernet Port Pinouts
Table C-26
Alarm port Pinout
Pin
Signal Name
Alarm input 1
Alarm input 2
Description
Not connected
Alarm input 3
Alarm input 4
Not connected
Not connected
Not connected
Management Ethernet Port Pinouts

Table C-27 list the pinouts for the management ethernet port (RJ45) on the Cisco ASR 901 router.
Table C-27
Management Ethernet Pinout
Pin
Signal Name
RxD_P
RxD_N
TxD_P
Description
Not connected
Not connected
TxD_N
Not connected
Not connected
Dressing Router Cables

Ensure all Cisco router cables are properly dressed so as not to interfere with each other or other pieces
of equipment. Use local practices to ensure that the cables attached to your router are properly dressed.
Note
If your Cisco ASR 901 router is front-mounted, you can use the cable guide (found in the accessory kit)
to dress the cables.
To continue the installation, proceed to the next section, Powering On the Router.
C-112
OL-17499-07
Appendix C

Warning
Do not touch the power supply when the power cord is connected. For systems with a power switch,
line voltages are present within the power supply even when the power switch is off and the power
cord is connected. For systems without a power switch, line voltages are present within the power
supply when the power cord is connected. Statement 4
Warning
normal use. Statement 39
Checklist for Power Up

Complete these steps to power on the Cisco ASR 901 router:
Securely mount the router.
Properly connect the power, network, and interface cables.
Interpreting Front-Panel LEDs

The Cisco ASR 901 router provides a number of LEDs on the front panel to monitor conditions and to
aid in troubleshooting problems. For a description of the LEDs, see the Reading the LEDs section on
page C-8.
Power-On Procedure
Complete these steps to power on the Cisco ASR 901 router and verify its initialization and self-test:
Step 1
Remove the tape from the circuit breaker switch handle.
Step 2
Restore power by moving the handle of the circuit breaker to the ON position.
The LED (labeled POWER) on the front panel should go ON and the fans operate.
Depending on your installation, other front-panel LEDs can also come on.
Note
If you encounter problems when you power on the router, see Appendix A, Troubleshooting.
Note
The Product IDs (PIDs) for the the Cisco ASR 901 router are A901-12C-F-D and A901-12C-FT-D
OL-17499-07
C-113
Appendix C
What to Do After Installing the Hardware

After you install the router hardware, refer to the Cisco ASR 901 Series Aggregation Services Router
Software Configuration Guide for the software configuration information.

The section describes how to install the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf, and how to connect it
to networks and external devices. These procedures are described in the following sections:
Safety Guidelines, page C-114
Site Planning, page C-122
Receiving the Cisco ASR 903 Router, page C-132
Installing the Router in a Rack, page C-135
Installing the Chassis Ground Connection, page C-139
Installing the Fan Tray, page C-142
RSP Installation, page C-144
Interface Module Installation, page C-147
Installing the Power Supply, page C-149
Connecting the Cisco ASR 903 Router to the Network, page C-159
Safety Guidelines
Before you begin the installation of the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf, review the safety
guidelines in this chapter to avoid injuring yourself or damaging the equipment.
In addition, before replacing, configuring, or maintaining the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf,
review the safety warnings listed in Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for the Cisco ASR
903 Router.
The following sections describe the safety guidelines for the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf:
Standard Warning Statements, page C-115
Safety Guidelines for Personal Safety and Equipment Protection, page C-116
Safety Precautions for Module Installation and Removal, page C-116
Safety with Electricity, page C-117
Power Supply Considerations, page C-121
Preventing ESD Damage, page C-121
C-114
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Safety Guidelines
Standard Warning Statements

To see translations of the warnings that appear in this publication, refer to the Regulatory Compliance
and Safety Information document that accompanied this device.
Warning
To prevent bodily injury when mounting or servicing this unit in a rack, you must take special
precautions to ensure that the system remains stable. The following guidelines are provided to ensure
your safety: This unit should be mounted at the bottom of the rack if it is the only unit in the rack. When mounting
this unit in a partially filled rack, load the rack from the bottom to the top with the heaviest component at the bottom
of the rack. If the rack is provided with stabilizing devices, install the stabilizers before mounting or servicing the unit
in the rack. Statement 1006
Warning
Statement 1017
Warning
Ultimate disposal of this product should be handled according to all national laws and regulations.
Statement 1040
Warning
To prevent the system from overheating, do not operate it in an area that exceeds the maximum
recommended ambient temperature of 149F (65C). Statement 1047
Warning
The chassis should be mounted on a rack that is permanently affixed to the building. Statement 1049
Warning
IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS: This warning symbol means danger. You are in a situation that
could cause bodily injury. Before you work on any equipment, be aware of the hazards involved with
electrical circuitry and be familiar with standard practices for preventing accidents. Use the
statement number provided at the end of each warning to locate its translation in the translated safety
warnings that accompanied this device. Statement 1071
Warning
This is a Class A Device and is registered for EMC requirements for industrial use. The seller or buyer
should be aware of this. If this type was sold or purchased by mistake, it should be replaced with a
residential-use type. Statement 294
Warning
This is a class A product. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in
which case the user may be required to take adequate measures. Statement 340
Warning
This equipment is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of
Directive 1999/5/EC.
OL-17499-07
C-115
Appendix C
Safety Guidelines
Safety Guidelines for Personal Safety and Equipment Protection

The following guidelines help ensure your safety and protect the equipment. This list does not include
all the potentially hazardous situations. Therefore, you should be on alert.
Before moving the system, always disconnect all the power cords and interface cables.
Before and after installation, keep the chassis area clear and dust-free.
Keep tools and assembly components away from walk areas where you or others could trip over
them.
Do not work alone if potentially hazardous conditions exist.
Do not perform any action that creates a potential hazard to people or makes the equipment unsafe.
Do not wear loose clothing that may get caught in the chassis.
When working under conditions that may be hazardous to your eyes, wear safety glasses.
Safety Precautions for Module Installation and Removal

Be sure to observe the following safety precautions when you work on the router.
To see translations of the warnings that appear in this publication, refer to the Regulatory Compliance
and Safety Information document that accompanied this device.
Warning
Class 1 laser product. Statement 1008
Warning
Do not stare into the beam or view it directly with optical instruments. Statement 1011
Warning
Invisible laser radiation present. Statement 1016
Warning
Hazardous network voltages are present in WAN ports regardless of whether power to the unit is OFF
or ON. To avoid electric shock, use caution when working near WAN ports. When detaching cables,
detach the end away from the unit first. Statement 1026
Warning
Blank faceplates and cover panels serve three important functions: they prevent exposure to
hazardous voltages and currents inside the chassis; they contain electromagnetic interference (EMI)
that might disrupt other equipment; and they direct the flow of cooling air through the chassis. Do not
operate the system unless all cards, faceplates, front covers, and rear covers are in place.
Statement 1029
Warning
Hazardous voltage or energy is present on the backplane when the system is operating. Use caution
when servicing. Statement 1034
C-116
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Safety Guidelines
Warning
Safety with Electricity

Warning
Before working on a chassis or working near power supplies, unplug the power cord on AC units;
disconnect the power at the circuit breaker on DC units. Statement 12
Warning
Before working on equipment that is connected to power lines, remove jewelry (including rings,
necklaces, and watches). Metal objects will heat up when connected to power and ground and can
cause serious burns or weld the metal object to the terminals. Statement 43
Warning
Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods of lightning activity.
Statement 1001
Warning
Statement 1003
Warning
Read the installation instructions before connecting the system to the power source. Statement 1004
Warning
the protective device is rated: For a -48/-60 VDC installation, the wire shall be 12 AWG minimum with
a 20 A branch circuit breaker. For a 24 VDC installation, the wire shall be 8 AWG minimum with a 40
A branch circuit breaker. Statement 1005
Warning
This product relies on the buildings installation for short-circuit (overcurrent) protection. For an AC
installation, ensure that the branch circuit breaker is rated a maximum 20A.
Warning
Warning
Statement 1017
OL-17499-07
C-117
Appendix C
Safety Guidelines
Warning
When you connect or disconnect the power and relay connector with power applied, an electrical arc
can occur. This could cause an explosion in hazardous area installations. Be sure that power is
removed from the switch and alarm circuit. Be sure that power cannot be accidentally turned on or
verify that the area is nonhazardous before proceeding. Failure to securely tighten the power and
relay connector captive screws can result in an electrical arc if the connector is accidentally
removed. Statement 1058
Warning
Take care when connecting units to the supply circuit so that wiring is not overloaded. Statement 1018
Warning
The plug-socket combination must be accessible at all times, because it serves as the main
disconnecting device. Statement 1019
Warning
LAN and WAN ports both use RJ45 connectors. Use caution when connecting cables. Statement 1021
Warning
A readily accessible two-poled disconnect device must be incorporated in the fixed wiring. Statement
1022
Warning
To reduce the risk of fire, use only 26 AWG or larger telecommunication line cord. Statement 1023
Warning
Warning
Warning
Warning
To prevent personal injury or damage to the chassis, never attempt to lift or tilt the chassis using the
handles on modules (such as power supplies, fans, or cards); these types of handles are not designed
to support the weight of the unit. Statement 1032
Warning
Connect the unit only to DC power source that complies with the safety extra-low voltage (SELV)
requirements in IEC 60950 based safety standards. Statement 1033
C-118
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Safety Guidelines
Warning
Do not use this product near water; for example, near a bath tub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry
tub, in a wet basement, or near a swimming pool. Statement 1035
Warning
Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for
wet locations. Statement 1036
Warning
Before opening the unit, disconnect the telephone-network cables to avoid contact with
telephone-network voltages. Statement 1041
Warning
This equipment must be installed and maintained by service personnel as defined by AS/NZS 3260.
Incorrectly connecting this equipment to a general-purpose outlet could be hazardous. The
telecommunications lines must be disconnected 1) before unplugging the main power connector or 2)
while the housing is open, or both. Statement 1043
Warning
This product requires short-circuit (overturned) protection, to be provided as part of the building
Warning
Warning
Never install an AC power module and a DC power module in the same chassis. Statement 1050
Warning
Failure to securely tighten the power and relay connector captive screws can result in an electrical
arc if the connector is accidentally removed. Statement 1058
Warning
normal use.
Warning
If you connect or disconnect the console cable with power applied to the switch or any device on the
network, an electrical arc can occur. This could cause an explosion in hazardous location
installations. Be sure that power is removed or the area is nonhazardous before proceeding. To verify
switch operation, perform POST on the switch in a nonhazardous location before installation.
Statement 1065
Warning
OL-17499-07
C-119
Appendix C
Safety Guidelines
Warning
When working on equipment powered by electricity, follow these guidelines:
Locate the rooms emergency power-off switch. If an electrical accident occurs, you will be able to
quickly turn off the power.
Before working on the system, turn off the DC main circuit breaker and disconnect the power
terminal block cable.
Before doing the following, disconnect all power:

Working on or near power supplies
Installing or removing a router chassis or network processor module
Performing most hardware upgrades
Never install equipment that appears damaged.
Carefully examine your work area for possible hazards, such as moist floors, ungrounded power
extension cables, and missing safety grounds.
Never perform any action that creates a potential hazard to people or makes the equipment unsafe.
If an electrical accident occurs, proceed as follows:

Use caution, and do not become a victim yourself.
Turn off power to the router.
If possible, send another person to get medical aid. Otherwise, determine the condition of the
victim, and then call for help.

Determine whether the person needs rescue breathing or external cardiac compressions; then
take appropriate action.

In addition, use the following guidelines when working with any equipment that is disconnected from a
power source, but still connected to telephone wiring or network cabling:
Never install telephone wiring during a lightning storm.
Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for it.
Never touch uninsulated telephone wires or terminals unless the telephone line is disconnected at
the network interface.
When installing or modifying telephone lines, use caution.
C-120
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Safety Guidelines
Power Supply Considerations

Check the power at your site to ensure that you are receiving clean power (free of spikes and noise).
Install a power conditioner if necessary.
Warning
This equipment is designed for connection to TN and IT power systems. Statement 16
Preventing ESD Damage

Warning
This equipment needs to be grounded. Use a green and yellow 6 AWG ground wire to connect the host
to earth ground during normal use. Statement 383
Electrostatic discharge (ESD) can damage equipment and impair electrical circuitry. ESD can occur
when electronic printed circuit cards are improperly handled and can cause complete or intermittent
failures. When removing and replacing modules, always follow ESD prevention procedures:
Note
Ensure that the router chassis is electrically connected to earth ground.
Wear an ESD-preventive wrist strap, ensuring that it makes good skin contact. To channel unwanted
ESD voltages safely to ground, connect the clip to an unpainted surface of the chassis frame. To
guard against ESD damage and shocks, the wrist strap and cord must operate effectively.
If no wrist strap is available, ground yourself by touching a metal part of the chassis.
When installing a component, use any available ejector levers or captive installation screws to
properly seat the bus connectors in the backplane or midplane. These devices prevent accidental
removal, provide proper grounding for the system, and help to ensure that bus connectors are
properly seated.
When removing a component, use available ejector levers or captive installation screws, if any, to
release the bus connectors from the backplane or midplane.
Handle components by their handles or edges only; do not touch the printed circuit boards or
connectors.
Place a removed component board side up on an antistatic surface or in a static-shielding container.

If you plan to return the component to the factory, immediately place it in a static-shielding
container.
Avoid contact between the printed circuit boards and clothing. The wrist strap only protects
components from ESD voltages on the body; ESD voltages on clothing can still cause damage.
Never attempt to remove the printed circuit board from the metal carrier.
For the safety of your equipment, periodically check the resistance value of the antistatic wrist strap. It
should be between 1 and 10 Mohm.
OL-17499-07
C-121
Appendix C
Site Planning
Site Planning
The following sections describe how to plan for the installation of the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite
shelf:
General Precautions, page C-122
Site Planning Checklist, page C-122
Site Selection Guidelines, page C-123
Air Flow Guidelines, page C-124
Floor Loading Considerations, page C-125
Site Power Guidelines, page C-125
Site Cabling Guidelines, page C-126
Rack-Mounting Guidelines, page C-128
Installation Checklist, page C-131
Creating a Site Log, page C-132
General Precautions
Observe the following general precautions when using and working with your Cisco ASR 903 router as
a satellite shelf system:
Keep your system components away from radiators and heat sources and do not block cooling vents.
Do not spill food or liquids on your system components and never operate the product in a wet
environment.
Do not push any objects into the openings of your system components. Doing so can cause fire or
electric shock by shorting out interior components.
Position system cables and power supply cables carefully. Route system cables and the power supply
cable and plug so that they cannot be stepped on or tripped over. Be sure that nothing else rests on
your system component cables or power cable.
Do not modify power cables or plugs. Consult a licensed electrician or your power company for site
modifications. Always follow your local and national wiring rules.
If you turn off your system, wait at least 30 seconds before turning it on again to avoid system
component damage.
Site Planning Checklist

Use the following checklist to perform and account for all the site planning tasks described in this
chapter:
The site meets the environmental requirements.Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf
The sites air conditioning system can compensate for the heat dissipation of the Cisco ASR 903
router as a satellite shelf.
The floor space that the Cisco ASR 901 occupies can support the weight of the system.
Electrical service to the site complies with the requirements.
C-122
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Site Planning
The electrical circuit servicing the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf complies with the
requirements.
Consideration has been given to the console port wiring and limitations of the cabling involved,
according to TIA/EIA-232F.
The Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf Ethernet cabling distances are within limitations.
The equipment rack in which you plan to install the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf
complies with requirements.
In selecting the location of the rack, careful consideration has been given to safety, ease of
maintenance, and proper airflow.
Site Selection Guidelines

The Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf requires specific environmental operating conditions.
Temperature, humidity, altitude, and vibration can affect the performance and reliability of the router.
The following sections provide specific information to help you plan for the proper operating
environment.
The Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf is designed to meet the industry EMC, safety, and
environmental standards described in the Regulatory, Safety, and Compliance Information for the
Environmental Requirements
Environmental monitoring in the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf protects the system and
components from damage caused by excessive voltage and temperature conditions. To ensure normal
operation and avoid unnecessary maintenance, plan and prepare your site configuration before
installation. After installation, make sure that the site maintains the environmental characteristics
described in System Specifications section on page 2.
Physical Characteristics
Be familiar with the physical characteristics of the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf to assist you
in placing the system in the proper location. For more information, see the System Specifications
section on page 2.
OL-17499-07
C-123
Appendix C
Site Planning
Air Flow Guidelines

Cool air is circulated through the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf by a fan tray located along
the right side of the router. Air flow is side-to-side, right to left, as shown in Figure C-63 on page C-124.
Figure C-63
Cisco ASR 903 as a Satellite Shelf Chassis Air Flow
Room air
344738
Air exhaust
The fan trays maintain acceptable operating temperatures for the internal components by drawing in cool
air through the vents, and circulating the air through the chassis.
The following guidelines will help you plan your equipment rack configuration:
To ensure adequate air flow through the equipment rack, we recommend that you maintain a
clearance of at least 80 mm on each side of the rack at all times.
If airflow through the equipment rack and the routers that occupy it is blocked or restricted, or if the
ambient air being drawn into the rack is too warm, an overtemperature condition can occur within
the rack and the routers that occupy it.
The site should also be as dust-free as possible. Dust tends to clog the router fans, reducing the flow
of cooling air through the equipment rack and the routers that occupy it, thus increasing the risk of
an overtemperature condition.
Enclosed racks must have adequate ventilation. Ensure that the rack is not congested, because each
router generates heat. An enclosed rack should have louvered sides and a fan to provide cooling air.
Heat that is generated by the equipment near the bottom of the rack can be drawn upward into the
intake ports of the equipment above.
When mounting a chassis in an open rack, ensure that the rack frame does not block the side intakes
and the exhaust fans.
When rack-installed equipment fails, especially equipment in an enclosed rack, try operating the
equipment by itself, if possible. Power off all other equipment in the rack (and in adjacent racks) to
give the router maximum cooling air and clean power.
Avoid locating the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf in a location in which the chassis air
intake vents may draw in the exhaust air from adjacent equipment. Consider how the air flows
through the router; the airflow direction is side to side, with ambient air drawn in from the vents
located on the front right of the chassis.
C-124
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Site Planning

To install a Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf in a 4-post enclosed cabinet, the front and rear doors
of the cabinet must be removed or be perforated with a minimum of 65% open area (70% for ETSI
800mm racks).
If you are mounting the chassis in a 4-post enclosed cabinet, ensure that you have a minimum of 6 inches
(15.24 cm) of clearance on each side of the chassis.
Floor Loading Considerations

Ensure that the floor under the rack supporting the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf is capable
of supporting the combined weight of the rack and all the other installed equipment.
To assess the weight of a fully configured Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf, refer to System
Specifications section on page 1-2.
For additional information about floor loading requirements, consult GR-63-CORE, Network Equipment
Building System (NEBS) Requirements: Physical Protection.
Site Power Guidelines

The Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf has specific power and electrical wiring requirements.
Adhering to these requirements ensures reliable operation of the system. Follow these precautions and
recommendations when planning your site power for the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf:
Caution
Note
The redundant power option provides a second, identical power supply to ensure that power to the
chassis continues uninterrupted if one power supply fails or input power on one line fails.
In systems configured with the redundant power option, connect each of the two power supplies to
a separate input power source. If you fail to do this, your system might be susceptible to total power
failure due to a fault in the external wiring or a tripped circuit breaker.
To prevent a loss of input power, be sure that the total maximum load on each circuit supplying the
power supplies is within the current ratings of the wiring and the breakers.
Check the power at your site before installation and periodically after installation to ensure that you
are receiving clean power. Install a power conditioner if necessary.
Provide proper grounding to avoid personal injury and damage to the equipment due to lightning
striking power lines or due to power surges. The chassis ground must be attached to a central office
or other interior ground system.
installation. Install only in accordance with national and local wiring regulations.
The Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf installation must comply with all the applicable codes and
is approved for use with copper conductors only. The ground bond fastening hardware should be of
compatible material and preclude loosening, deterioration, and electrochemical corrosion of hardware
and joined material. Attachment of the chassis ground to a central office or other interior ground system
must be made with a 6 AWG gauge wire, copper ground conductor at a minimum.
OL-17499-07
C-125
Appendix C
Site Planning
The maximum power draw of the Cisco ASR 903 router satellite shelf chassis and its configurable
hardware components are listed in the following table. The maximum power draw values are not affected
by whether the router chassis contains 1 or 2 power supplies AC or DC.
Hardware component(s)
Maximum power draw value
Sat-ASR903-nV Router satellite shelf chassis with 2 power supplies, 195 W

1 fan tray, and 1 RSP1A
Sat-ASR903-nV Router satellite shelf chassis with 2 power supplies, 210 W
1 fan tray, and 1 RSP1B
A900-RSP1A-55 (standby)
100 W
A900-RSP1B-55 (standby)
100 W
A900-IMA1X (1-port 10 GE XFP interface module)
13.0 W
A900-IMA8T (8-port 1 GE RJ45 interface module)
17.5 W
A900-IMA8S (8-port 1 GE SFP interface module)
17.5 W
Electrical Circuit Requirements

Each Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf requires a dedicated electrical circuit. If you equip it with
dual power feeds, provide a separate circuit for each power supply to avoid compromising the power
redundancy feature.
The Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf can be powered by a DC source or an AC source. Ensure
that equipment grounding is present and observe the power strip ratings. Make sure that the total ampere
rating of all products plugged into the power strip does not exceed 80% of the rating.
For more information about the Cisco ASR 903 router power supply, see the Power Supply Features
section on page 1-3 of the Cisco ASR 903 Router Hardware Installation Guide online.
Site Cabling Guidelines

This section contains guidelines for wiring and cabling at your site. When preparing your site for
network connections to the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf, consider the type of cable required
for each component, and the cable limitations. Consider the distance limitations for signaling,
electromagnetic interference (EMI), and connector compatibility. Possible cable types are fiber, thick or
thin coaxial, foil twisted-pair, or unshielded twisted-pair cabling.
Also consider any additional interface equipment you need, such as transceivers, hubs, switches,
modems, channel service units (CSU), or data service units (DSU).
Before you begin, read these important notes about cabling:
The T1/E1 interface module for the Cisco ASR 903 router uses a high-density connector that
requires the use of a T1/E1 interface cable and a customer-provided patch panel. For more
information, see Connecting T1/E1 cables section on page 3-39 of the Cisco ASR 903 Router
Hardware Installation Guide online. Note that the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf does not
use the T1/E1 interface module. The Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf supports only ethernet
ports.
C-126
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Site Planning
Shielded cables must be used to connect to the DB-25 alarm connector on the fan tray in order to
comply with FCC/EN55022/CISPR22 Class A emissions requirements. For information about the
fan tray alarm port, see Connecting the Fan Tray Alarm Port section on page 3-42 of the Cisco
ASR 903 Router Hardware Installation Guide online.
Before you install the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf, have all the additional external
equipment and cables on hand. For information about ordering, contact a Cisco customer service
representative.
The extent of your network and the distances between the network interface connections depend in part
on the following factors:
Signal type
Signal speed
Transmission medium
The distance and rate limits referenced in the following sections are the IEEE-recommended maximum
speeds and distances for signaling purposes. Use this information as a guideline in planning your
network connections prior to installing the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf.
If wires exceed the recommended distances, or if wires pass between buildings, give special
consideration to the effect of a lightning strike in your vicinity. The electromagnetic pulse caused by
lightning or other high-energy phenomena can easily couple enough energy into unshielded conductors
to destroy electronic devices. If you have had problems of this sort in the past, you may want to consult
experts in electrical surge suppression and shielding.
Asynchronous Terminal Connections

The RSP provides a console port to connect a terminal or computer for local console access. The port
has an RJ45 connector and supports RS-232 asynchronous data with distance recommendations
specified in the IEEE RS-232 standard.
Interference Considerations
When wires are run for any significant distance, there is a risk that stray signals will be induced on the
wires as interference. If interference signals are strong, they can cause data errors or damage to the
equipment.
The following sections describe sources of interference and how to minimize its effects on the
Cisco ASR 901 system.
Electromagnetic Interference
All equipment powered by AC current can propagate electrical energy that can cause EMI and possibly
affect the operation of other equipment. The typical sources of EMI are equipment power cords and
power service cables from electric utility companies.
Strong EMI can destroy the signal drivers and receivers in the Cisco ASR 901 and even create an
electrical hazard by causing power surges through the power lines into installed equipment. These
problems are rare but could be catastrophic.
To resolve these problems, you need specialized knowledge and equipment that could consume
substantial time and money. However, you can ensure that you have a properly grounded and shielded
electrical environment, paying special attention to the need for electrical surge suppression.
OL-17499-07
C-127
Appendix C
Site Planning
For information about the electrode magnetic compliance standards supported on the Cisco ASR 903
router as a satellite shelf, see Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for the Cisco ASR 903
Router.
Radio Frequency Interference

When electromagnetic fields act over a long distance, radio frequency interference (RFI) may be
propagated. Building wiring can often act as an antenna, receiving the RFI signals and creating more
EMI on the wiring.
If you use twisted-pair cable in your plant wiring with a good distribution of grounding conductors, the
plant wiring is unlikely to emit radio interference. If you exceed the recommended distances, use a
high-quality twisted-pair cable with one ground conductor for each data signal.
Lightning and AC Power Fault Interference

If signal wires exceed the recommended cabling distances, or if signal wires pass between buildings, you
should consider the effect that a lightning strike in your vicinity might have on the Cisco ASR 903 router
as a satellite shelf.
The electromagnetic pulse (EMP) generated by lightning or other high-energy phenomena can couple
enough energy into unshielded conductors to damage or destroy electronic equipment. If you have
previously experienced such problems, you should consult with RFI and EMI experts to ensure that you
have adequate electrical surge suppression and shielding of signal cables in your Cisco ASR 903 router
as a satellite shelf operating environment.
Rack-Mounting Guidelines
The following sections provide guidelines for rack-mounting the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite
shelf:
Precautions for Rack-Mounting, page C-128
Rack Selection Guidelines, page C-129
Equipment Rack Guidelines, page C-129
Precautions for Rack-Mounting

The following rack-mount guidelines are provided to ensure your safety:
Do not move large racks by yourself. Due to the height and weight of a rack, a minimum of two
people are required to accomplish this task.
Ensure that the rack is level and stable before extending a component from the rack.
Ensure that proper airflow is provided to the components in the rack.
Do not step on or stand on any component or system when servicing other systems or components
in a rack.
When mounting the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf in a partially filled rack, load the rack
from the bottom to the top, with the heaviest component at the bottom of the rack.
If the rack is provided with stabilizing devices, install the stabilizers before mounting or servicing
the unit in the rack.
C-128
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Site Planning
Rack Selection Guidelines

The Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf can be mounted in most two-post or four-post, 19-inch
equipment racks that comply with the Electronic Industries Association (EIA) standard for equipment
racks (EIA-310-D 19-inch). The rack must have at least two posts with mounting flanges to mount the
chassis.
Caution
When mounting a chassis in any type of rack equipment, ensure that the inlet air to the chassis does not
exceed 65 degrees C.
The distance between the center lines of the mounting holes on the two mounting posts must be 18.31
inches 0.06 inch (46.50 cm 0.15 cm). The rack-mounting hardware included with the chassis is
suitable for most 19-inch equipment racks.
Consider installing the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf in a rack with the following features:
Note
Network Equipment Building System (NEBS) compliant, 19-inch (48.3 cm) wide rack.
EIA or European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI) hole patterns in the mounting
rails. The required mounting hardware is shipped with the Cisco ASR 901. If the rack that you plan
to install the system in has metric-threaded rails, you must provide your own metric-mounting
hardware.
Perforated top and open bottom for ventilation to prevent overheating.
Leveling feet for stability.
The Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf should not be installed in an enclosed rack because the
chassis requires an unobstructed flow of cooling air to maintain acceptable operating temperatures for
its internal components. Installing the router in any type of enclosed rackeven with the side doors
removedcould disrupt the air flow, trap heat next to the chassis, and cause an overtemperature
condition inside the router. If you use an enclosed rack, ensure that there are air vents on all sides of the
rack and there is proper ventilation.
Equipment Rack Guidelines

The placement of the rack can affect personnel safety, system maintenance, and the systems ability to
operate within the environmental characteristics described in the System Specifications section on
page 1-2. Choose a proper location for the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf by following the
following guidelines.
Locating for Safety

If the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf is the heaviest or the only piece of equipment in the rack,
consider installing it at or near the bottom to ensure that the racks center of gravity is as low as possible.
For additional information about the proper placement of electronic equipment, consult the document
GR-63-CORE, Network Equipment Building System (NEBS) Requirements: Physical Protection.
Locating for Easy Maintenance

Keep at least 3 feet of clear space at the front and back of the rack. This space ensures that you can
remove the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf components and perform routine maintenance and
upgrades easily.
OL-17499-07
C-129
Appendix C
Site Planning
Avoid installing the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf in a congested rack and consider how
routing of cables from other pieces of equipment in the same rack could affect access to the router cards.
The sides of the chassis must remain unobstructed to ensure adequate airflow and prevent overheating
inside the chassis.
Allow the following clearances for normal system maintenance:
At the top of the chassisAt least 3 inches (7.6 cm)
Sides of the chassis3 to 4 ft (91.44 cm to 121.92 cm)
To avoid problems during installation and ongoing operations, follow these general precautions when
you plan equipment locations and connections:
Use the show environment all command regularly to check the internal system status. The
environmental monitor continually checks the interior chassis environment; it provides warnings
about high temperature and creates reports on other potentially dangerous occurrences. If warning
messages are displayed, take immediate action to identify the cause, and correct the problem.
Keep the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf off the floor and out of areas that collect dust.
Follow ESD-prevention procedures to avoid damage to equipment. Damage from static discharge
can cause immediate or intermittent equipment failure.
Locating for Proper Airflow

Ensure that the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf location has enough airflow to keep the system
operating within the environmental characteristics and the air temperature is sufficient to compensate for
the heat dissipated by the system. For more information, see Air Flow Guidelines section on
page C-124.
C-130
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Site Planning
Installation Checklist
To assist you with your installation and to provide a record of what was done by whom and when,
photocopy the Cisco ASR 903 Router Installation Checklist shown in Table C-28. Use this to record the
completion and verification of each procedure. After the checklist is completed, place it in your Site Log
along with the other records pertaining to your new Cisco router.
Table C-28
Cisco ASR 903 Router Installation Checklist
Verified
By
Task
Date
Date on which chassis received

Chassis and all accessories unpacked
Types and numbers of interfaces verified
Safety recommendations and guidelines reviewed
Installation Checklist copied
Site Log established and background information entered
Site power voltages verified
Site environmental specifications verified
Required passwords, IP addresses, device names, and so on, available
Required tools available
Network connection equipment available
Cable-management brackets installed (optional, but recommended)
AC power cables connected to AC sources and router
DC power cables connected to DC sources and router
Network interface cables and devices connected
System power turned on
System boot complete (STATUS LED is on)
Shared port adapters are operational
Correct software configuration displayed after system banner appears
OL-17499-07
C-131
Appendix C
Receiving the Cisco ASR 903 Router
Creating a Site Log

The Site Log provides a record of all the actions related to installing and maintaining the router. Keep it
in an accessible place near the chassis so that anyone who performs tasks has access to it.
Create the Site Log prior to the installation. (See Appendix A, Site Log for more information on the
Site Log as well as a sample Site Log that can be used to make copies.)

Each Cisco ASR 903 router satellite shelf chassis is shipped in a container that is strapped to a pallet, as
illustrated in Figure C-64.
Figure C-64
Cisco ASR 903 Router Packaged for Shipping
132823
Note
Outside carton
Pallet
Packing straps
We recommend that you have at least two people available to help with the installation and ensure safe
lifting.
C-132
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Chassis-Lifting Guidelines
The chassis is not intended to be moved frequently. Before you install the system, ensure that your site
is properly prepared so that you can avoid having to move the chassis later to accommodate power
sources and network connections.
Two or more people are required to lift the chassis. Each time you lift the chassis or any heavy object,
follow these guidelines:
Warning
Never attempt to lift the chassis by yourself. Because of the size and weight of the chassis, use at
least two people to safely lift and move it without causing injury to yourself or damaging the
equipment.
Ensure that your footing is solid, and balance the weight of the chassis between your feet.
Lift the chassis slowly; never move suddenly or twist your body as you lift.
Keep your back straight and lift with your legs, not your back. If you must bend down to lift the
chassis, bend at the knees, not at the waist, to reduce the strain on your back muscles.
Do not remove installed components from the chassis.
Always disconnect all external cables before lifting or moving the chassis.
To prevent personal injury or damage to the chassis, never attempt to lift or tilt the chassis using the
handles on modules (such as power supplies, fans, or cards); these types of handles are not designed
to support the weight of the unit. Lift the unit only by using handles that are an integral part of the
chassis, or by grasping the chassis underneath its lower edge. Statement 163
Perform the following to lift a chassis:

Step 1
Each person should stand on either side of the chassis and place one hand under the air intake at the
bottom front of the chassis.
Step 2
With the other hand, grasp the top rear of the chassis under the air exhaust, and carefully lift the chassis.
Tools and Equipment

You need the following tools and equipment to install and upgrade the router and its components:
ESD-preventive cord and wrist strap
Antistatic mat or antistatic foam
Number 1 and Number 2 Phillips-head screwdrivers
Flat-blade screwdrivers: Small 3/16-inch (0.476 cm) and medium 1/4-inch (0.625 cm):
To install or remove modules
To remove the cover if you are upgrading the memory or other components
#12-24 pan-head screws to secure the router to the equipment rack
Cables for connecting to the WAN and LAN ports (depending on the configuration)
OL-17499-07
C-133
Appendix C
Note
Warning
For more information on cable specifications, see Chapter 5, Troubleshooting.
Ethernet hub or switch or PC with a network interface card for connecting to the Ethernet ports
Console terminal (an ASCII terminal or a PC running terminal emulation software) that is
configured for 9600 baud, 8 data bits, no parity, and 2 stop bits
Console cable for connecting to the console port
(Optional) Modem for connecting to the auxiliary port for remote administrative access
Auxiliary cable for connecting to the auxiliary port (you can supply this cable or order one)
Ratcheting torque screwdriver with a Phillips head that exerts up to 30 pound-force per square inch
(lbf/sq in) of pressure
18 AWG copper wire for the power cord
Wire-stripping tools for stripping both 6 AWG and 18 AWG wire
Tape measure and level
Only trained and qualified personnel should be allowed to install or replace this equipment.
Statement 49
Unpacking and Verifying the Shipped Contents

When you receive your chassis, perform the following steps and use the Shipping Contents Checklist:
Table C-29
Step 1
Inspect the box for any shipping damage. If there is obvious physical damage, contact your Cisco service
representative.
Step 2
Unpack the Cisco ASR 903 router satellite shelf.
Step 3
Perform a visual inspection of the chassis.
Step 4
Use Table C-29 to check the contents of the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf shipping container.
Do not discard the shipping container. You will need the container if you move or ship the Cisco ASR
903 router as a satellite shelf in the future.
Cisco ASR 903 Router Satellite Shelf Shipping Container Contents
Component
Description
Chassis
Cisco ASR 903 router satellite shelf chassis

Fan tray
Power supplies
RSP
Interface modules
C-134
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Installing the Router in a Rack
Table C-29
Cisco ASR 903 Router Satellite Shelf Shipping Container Contents (continued)
Component
Description
Accessories kit
Chassis rack-mount brackets (19-inch EIA)

Three sets of screws:
Front and rear rack-mount bracket screws (2 sets)
Cable-management bracket screws
Six cable-management brackets (one per bracket)

One earth lug with two 10-32 screws.
1 RJ45 to RJ45 crossover cable
1 RJ45 to DB-9 (female) adapter
ESD, wrist strap (disposable)
One disposable wrist strap (optional)
Documentation
Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for the Cisco ASR 903 Router
Optional equipment
Check the container for the following optional equipment:
Note
Power cord if an AC power supply was shipped. There are no cords for the DC
power supply units.
T1/E1 cable connector (required only for T1/E1 interface modules)
Most Cisco documentation is available online. Documentation that is shipped with your Cisco ASR 901
includes the Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for the Cisco ASR 903 Router document,
and the Cisco ASR 903 Documentation Roadmap that contains information about the various documents
that are available online and the links to them.
Installing the Router in a Rack, page C-135
Installing the Chassis Ground Connection, page C-139
Installing the Fan Tray, page C-142
RSP Installation, page C-144
Interface Module Installation, page C-147
Installing the Power Supply, page C-149
Connecting the Cisco ASR 903 Router to the Network, page C-159

The following sections describe how to install the Cisco ASR 903 router in a rack:
Installing the Chassis Brackets, page C-136
Installing the Router Chassis in the Rack, page C-137
Attaching the Cable Management Brackets, page C-138
OL-17499-07
C-135
Appendix C
Installing the Chassis Brackets

The chassis is shipped with mounting brackets that can be installed on the front or rear of the chassis.
To install the brackets on the front of the chassis, perform these steps:
Step 1
Remove the rack-mount brackets from the accessory kit and position them beside the router chassis.
Figure C-65 shows how to attach the brackets on the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf for a
19-inch EIA rack.
Attaching Mounting Brackets for a 19-inch EIA Rack
209338
Figure C-65
Figure C-66 shows how to attach the brackets on the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf for a 300
mm ETSI cabinet.
Attaching Mounting Brackets for a 300 mm ETSI Cabinet
209247
Figure C-66
Step 2
Position one of the brackets against the chassis side, and align the screw holes.
Step 3
Secure the bracket to the chassis with the screws removed when performing Step 1. The recommended
maximum torque is 28 lbf/sq in.
Step 4
Repeat Step 2 and Step 3 for the other bracket.
C-136
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Installing the Router Chassis in the Rack

To install the router chassis in the equipment rack, perform these steps:
Step 1
Step 2
If the front of the chassis (front panel) is at the front of the rack, insert the rear of the chassis between
the mounting posts.
If the rear of the chassis is at the front of the rack, insert the front of the chassis between the
mounting posts.
Align the mounting holes in the bracket (and optional cable guide) with the mounting holes in the
equipment rack.
Do not use interface module and power supply ejector handles to lift the chassis; using the handles to
lift the chassis can deform or damage the handles.
Figure C-67
Installing the Chassis in a 19-inch EIA Rack
Figure C-68
Installing the Chassis to support the Japanese JIS Rack Standard
343345
209248
Caution
Position the chassis in the rack as follows:
OL-17499-07
C-137
Appendix C
Installing the Chassis in a 300 mm ETSI Cabinet
209246
Figure C-69
Step 3
Install the 8 or 12 (4 or 6 per side) 12-24 x 3/4-inch or 10-32 x 3/4-inch screws through the holes in the
bracket and into the threaded holes in the equipment rack posts.
Step 4
Use a tape measure and level to verify that the chassis is installed straight and level.
Attaching the Cable Management Brackets

To install the optional cable management brackets, perform these steps:
Step 1
Position the cable management brackets against the front of the chassis and align the four screw holes,
as shown in Figure C-70.
Cable Management Bracket Installation
282406
Figure C-70
Step 2
Secure the cable management brackets with four M4 screws. The recommended maximum torque is 10
lbf/sq in.
C-138
OL-17499-07
Appendix C

Before you connect the power or turn on the power to the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf, you
must provide an adequate chassis ground (earth) connection to your router.
This section describes how to ground the Cisco ASR 903 router satellite shelf chassis. The router
provides two locations for attaching a 2-hole grounding lug according to the rack-mounting brackets you
use to install the router. The Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf supports the following
rack-mounting types:
EIA 19-inch rackAttach the grounding lug to the rear of the router, as shown in Figure C-71.
Figure C-71
Attaching a Grounding Lug to the Rear of the Router
281928
Grounding lug (19-inch EIA rack)

300 mm ETSI cabinetAttach the grounding lug on the rack-mount bracket on the front of the
router, as shown in Figure C-72.
Figure C-72
Attaching a Grounding Lug to the Rack-Mount Bracket
1
GE-0
GE-1
GE-2
GE-3
GE-4
GE-5
GE-6
GE-7
GE-0
GE-1
GE-2
GE-3
GE-4
GE-5
GE-6
GE-7
PWR
FAN TEMP
STAT
CRIT MAJ MIN
PWR
STAT
GE-0
GE-1
GE-2
GE-3
GE-4
GE-5
GE-6
GE-7
PWR
RUDY RSP
STAT
SYNC
ACT
PWR
MEM
CONSOLE
1PPS
IN
1PPS
OUT
1OMHZ
IN
1OMHZ
OUT
STAT
L
PWR
TOD
BITS
MGMT
ENET
STAT
24V60V
28A
7 S
PWR
STAT
L
7 S
7 S
PWR
INPUT
OK
OUTPUT
FAIL
24V60V
28A
INPUT
OK
OUTPUT
FAIL
ALARM
281929
STAT
Grounding lug (300 mm ETSI cabinet)
OL-17499-07
C-139
Appendix C
To ensure that the chassis ground connection that you provide is adequate, you need the following parts
and tools:
Ratcheting torque screwdriver with Phillips head that exerts up to 15 lbf/sq in of pressure for
attaching the ground wire to the router
18 AWG copper wire for the power cord
6 AWG or larger copper wire for the ground wire
Wire-stripping tools appropriate to the wire you are using
Caution
Before making connections to the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf, ensure that you
disconnect the power at the circuit breaker. Otherwise, severe injury to you or damage to the
router may occur.
Warning
Warning
Warning
When installing the unit, the ground connection must always be made first and disconnected last.
Statement 42
This unit is to be installed in a restrictive access location and must be permanently grounded to minimum
6 AWG copper ground wire.
Perform the following procedure to ground the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf using a 2-hole
lug and the corresponding mounting point. Most carriers require a minimum 6 AWG ground connection.
Verify your carriers requirements for the ground connection.
Step 1
If your ground wire is insulated, use a wire-stripping tool to strip the ground wire to 0.5 inch 0.02 inch
(12.7 mm 0.5 mm) (Figure C-73).
Figure C-73
Insulation
Step 2
Wire lead
60528
0.5 in. (12.7 mm) 0.02 in. (0.5 mm)
Slide the open end of your 2-hole ground lug over the exposed area of the ground wire.
C-140
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Step 3
Using a crimping tool (as specified by the ground lug manufacturer), crimp the ground lug to the ground wire
as shown in Figure C-74.
60529
Figure C-74
Step 4
Use a Phillips head screwdriver to attach the 2-hole ground lug and wire assembly to the router with the
2 pan-head Phillips head screws. For a 19-inch EIA rack, attach the 2-hole ground lug to the rear of the
router.
Step 5
Connect the other end of the ground wire to a suitable grounding point at your site.
OL-17499-07
C-141
Appendix C

The fan tray is a modular unit that provides cooling to the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf.
Follow these steps to install the fan tray in the chassis:
Step 1
Orient the fan tray so that the captive screws are on the left side of the fan trays front panel. Figure C-75
shows how to orient the fan tray.
Figure C-75
GE-0
GE-1
GE-2
GE-3
GE-4
GE-5
GE-6
GE-7
PWR
STAT
GE-0
GE-1
GE-2
GE-3
GE-4
GE-5
GE-6
GE-7
GE-0
GE-1
GE-2
GE-3
GE-4
GE-5
GE-6
GE-7
PWR
STAT
FAN TEMP
PWR
RUDY RSP
STAT
SYNC
CRIT MAJ MIN
ACT
PWR
MEM
CONSOLE
1PPS
IN
1PPS
OUT
1OMHZ
IN
1OMHZ
OUT
STAT
L
7 S
7 S
7 S
PWR
TOD
BITS
MGMT
ENET
STAT
24V60V
28A
PWR
PWR
STAT
INPUT
OK
OUTPUT
FAIL
24V60V
28A
INPUT
OK
OUTPUT
FAIL
ALARM
Step 2
Guide the fan tray into the chassis until it is fully seated.
Caution
Step 3
281934
STAT
The fans are exposed on the left side of the fan tray. Keep your fingers, clothing, and jewelry
away from the fans. Always handle the fan tray by the handle.
Secure the fan tray to the chassis using the attached captive installation screws. The recommended
maximum torque is 5.5 lbf/sq in.
This completes the procedure for installing or replacing the fan tray in a Cisco ASR 903 router as a
satellite shelf.
For information about connecting cables to the fan tray alarm port, see Connecting the Fan Tray Alarm
Port section on page C-169. For a summary of the LEDs on the fan tray, see LED Summary section
on page C-172. For more information about air flow guidelines, see Air Flow Guidelines, page C-124.
Removing and Replacing the Fan Tray

The fan tray supports online insertion and removal (OIR). There is no need to power down the Cisco
ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf to remove or replace the fan tray. However, the router will shut down
if the fan tray is removed from the chassis for more than five minutes.
C-142
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Caution
The router can stay active for up to five minutes if the temperature is below the ambient limit. However,
in the event of an overtemperature alarm, the router can shut down in less than five minutes. In the event
of a critical temperature alarm, the router shuts down immediately.
Follow these steps to remove and replace the fan tray on the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf:
Step 1
Using a No. 2 Phillips screwdriver or your fingers, loosen the captive installation screw that secures the
fan tray to the chassis. Figure C-76 shows the front of the fan tray, including the captive installation
screws.
Figure C-76
Captive
installation
screw
Detaching the Fan Tray
FAN TEMP
CRIT MAJ MIN
Handle
209393
ALARM
Step 2
Grasp the fan tray handle with one hand and the outside of the chassis with the other hand. Figure C-76
shows the front of the fan tray, including the handle.
Caution
The fans are exposed on the left side of the fan tray. Keep your fingers, clothing, and jewelry
away from the fans. Always handle the fan tray by the handle.
OL-17499-07
C-143
Appendix C
RSP Installation
Step 3
Pull the fan tray backward toward you no more than 1 inch to disengage it from the power receptacle on
the midplane, as shown in Figure C-77.
Figure C-77
Fan Tray Removal
FAN TEMP
SYNC
CRIT MAJ MIN
ACT
PWR
TOD
BITS
MGMT
ENET
STAT
24V60V
28A
209394
ALARM
When removing the fan tray, keep your hands and fingers away from the spinning fan
blades. Let the fan blades completely stop before you remove the fan tray. Statement 258
Warning
Step 4
Wait at least 5 seconds to allow the fans to stop spinning. Then, pull the fan tray backward toward you
and out of the chassis.
Note
As the fan tray slides out of the chassis, support the bottom of the fan tray with one hand and
keep your other hand on the fan tray handle.
This completes the steps for removing the fan tray from the chassis.
To install the new fan tray, follow the steps in Installing the Fan Tray section on page C-142.
RSP Installation
Follow these steps on handling an RSP module in the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf:
Installing an RSP Module, page C-145
Removing an RSP Module, page C-146
C-144
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
RSP Installation
Installing an RSP Module

To install an RSP module in the router chassis, perform the following steps:
Step 1
Choose a slot for the module. Make sure that there is enough clearance to accommodate any equipment
that will be connected to the ports on the module. If a blank module filler plate is installed in the slot in
which you plan to install the module, remove the plate by removing its 2 Phillips pan-head screws.
Step 2
Fully open both the ejector levers on the new module, as shown in Figure C-78.
Caution
Step 3
To prevent ESD damage, handle modules by carrier edges only.
Position the module in the slot. Make sure that you align the sides of the module with the guides on each
side of the slot, as shown in Figure C-78.
Figure C-78
Cisco ASR 903 RSP Installation
GE-0
GE-0
GE-0
GE-0
GE-0
RUDY RSP
GE-0
GE-1
GE-1
GE-1
GE-1
GE-1
GE-1
GE-2
GE-2
GE-2
GE-2
GE-2
GE-2
GE-3
GE-4
GE-5
GE-6
GE-7
PWR
GE-3
GE-4
GE-5
STAT
GE-6
GE-7
PWR
GE-3
GE-4
GE-5
STAT
GE-6
GE-7
FAN TEM
P
PWR
GE-3
GE-4
GE-5
STAT
GE-6
CRIT MAJ
MIN
GE-7
PWR
GE-3
GE-4
GE-5
STAT
GE-6
GE-7
PWR
GE-3
GE-4
GE-5
STAT
GE-6
GE-7
PWR
CONSOLE
1PPS
IN
INPUT
OK
OUTPUT
FAIL
STAT
1PPS
OUT
1OMHZ
IN
1OMHZ
OUT
SYNC
ACT
TOD
BITS
Step 4
MGMT
ENET
PWR
STAT
24V60V
28A
INPUT
OK
OUTPUT
FAIL
24V60V
28A
ALARM
281932
MEM
Carefully slide the module into the slot until the EMI gasket on the module makes contact with the
module in the adjacent slot and both the ejector levers have closed to approximately 45 degrees with
respect to the module faceplate.
Caution
If the top slot already has an RSP module installed, and you install a second RSP module in
the slot below it, be careful not to damage the EMI gasket of the bottom RSP module against
the ejector levers of the top RSP during insertion.
Step 5
While pressing down, simultaneously close both the ejector levers to fully seat the module in the
backplane connector. The ejector levers are fully closed when they are flush with the module faceplate.
Step 6
Tighten the two captive installation screws on the module. The recommended maximum torque is 5.5
lbf/sq in.
Note
Make sure that the ejector levers are fully closed before tightening the captive installation
screws.
OL-17499-07
C-145
Appendix C
RSP Installation
Step 7
Verify that the captive installation screws are tightened on all of the modules installed in the chassis.
This step ensures that the EMI gaskets on all the modules are fully compressed in order to maximize the
opening space for the new or replacement module.
Note
Note
If the captive installation screws are loose, the EMI gaskets on the installed modules will push
adjacent modules toward the open slot, which reduces the size of the opening and makes it
difficult to install the new module.
Blank module filler plates (Cisco part number A900-RSPA-BLANK) should be installed in any empty
chassis slots to keep dust out of the chassis and to maintain consistent airflow through the chassis.
Removing an RSP Module

Before you remove an RSP from the router, you should save the current configuration using the write
{host file | network | terminal} command. This saves you time when bringing the module back online.
If the module is running Cisco IOS software, save the current running configuration by entering the copy
running-config startup-config command.
Warning
Hazardous voltage or energy is present on the backplane when the system is operating. Use caution
when servicing. Statement 1034
Warning
To remove an RSP module, perform the following steps:

Step 1
Disconnect any cables attached to the ports on the module.
Step 2
Verify that the captive installation screws on all the modules in the chassis are tight. This step ensures
that the space created by the removed module is maintained.
Note
If the captive installation screws are loose, the EMI gaskets on the installed modules will push
the modules toward the open slot, which in turn reduces the size of the opening and makes it
difficult to remove the module.
Step 3
Loosen the two captive installation screws on the module you plan to remove from the chassis.
Step 4
Place your thumbs on the ejector levers (see Figure C-78) and simultaneously rotate the ejector levers
outward to unseat the module from the backplane connector.
Step 5
Grasp the front edge of the module and slide the module straight out of the slot. If the chassis has
horizontal slots, place your hand under the module to support its weight as you slide it out from the slot.
Do not touch the module circuitry.
Caution
To prevent ESD damage, handle modules by the carrier edges only.
C-146
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Interface Module Installation
Step 6
Place the module on an antistatic mat or antistatic foam, or immediately reinstall the module in another
slot.
Step 7
Install blank module filler plates (Cisco part number A900-RSPA-BLANK) in empty slots, if any.
Warning
Blank faceplates and cover panels serve three important functions: they prevent exposure to
hazardous voltages and currents inside the chassis; they contain electromagnetic interference (EMI)
that might disrupt other equipment; and they direct the flow of cooling air through the chassis. Do not
operate the system unless all cards, faceplates, front covers, and rear covers are in place. Statement
1029

The following sections describe the various tasks of associated with interface module installation on the
Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf:
Installing an Interface Module, page C-147
Removing an Interface Module, page C-148
Installing an Interface Module

Step 1
Before inserting an interface module, make sure that the chassis is grounded.
Step 2
To insert the interface module, carefully align the edges of the interface module between the upper and
lower edges of the router slot.
Step 3
Carefully slide the interface module into the router slot until the interface module makes contact with
the backplane. Figure C-79 shows how to install the interface module.
Inserting an Interface Module
282442
Figure C-79
Step 4
Tighten the locking thumbscrews on both sides of the interface module. The recommended maximum
torque is 5.5 lbf/sq in.
Step 5
Connect all the cables to each interface module.
OL-17499-07
C-147
Appendix C
Note
Caution
10 Gigabit Ethernet interface modules are not supported in slots 4 and 5.
Removing an Interface Module

Step 1
To remove an interface module, disconnect all the cables from each interface module.
Step 2
Loosen the locking thumbscrews on both sides of the interface module.
Step 3
Slide the interface module out of the router slot by pulling on the handles. If you are removing a blank
filler plate, pull the blank filler plate completely out of the router slot using the captive screws.
C-148
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Installing the Power Supply

The Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf provides the choice of two different power supplies:
DC power19.2VDC to -72VDC
The DC power supply uses 3 position terminal block-style connector with positive latching/securing
and labeled connections for +24/48V, GRD, -24/48V. The terminal block connector is of suitable
size to carry the appropriate AWG wire size to handle the input current of the power supply. No
ON/OFF switch is provided.
AC power85VAC to 264VAC
The AC power supply has an IEC 320-type power receptacle and a 15 Amp service connector. You
can use standard right angle power cords with the AC power supply. The power supply includes a
power cord retainer. No ON/OFF switch is provided.
Each power supply provides a single primary input power connection. You can install dual power
supplies for redundancy.
Warning
Read the installation instructions before connecting the system to the power source. Statement 10
Note
Products that have an AC power connection are required to have an external surge protective device
(SPD) provided as part of the building installation to comply with the Telcordia GR-1089 NEBS
standard for electromagnetic compatibility and safety.
Caution
The following sections describe the Cisco ASR 903 router satellite shelf power supplies:
Preventing Power Loss, page C-149
Power Connection Guidelines, page C-150
Installing the DC Power Supply, page C-151
Removing and Replacing the DC Power Supply, page C-156
Installing the AC power Supply, page C-157
Preventing Power Loss

Use the following guidelines to prevent power loss to the router.
To prevent loss of input power, ensure that the total maximum load on each circuit supplying the
power supplies is within the current ratings of the wiring and breakers.
In some systems, you can use an UPS to protect against power failures at your site. Avoid UPS types
that use ferroresonant technology. These UPS types can become unstable with systems like the Cisco
ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf, which can have substantial current draw fluctuations due to
bursty data traffic patterns.
OL-17499-07
C-149
Appendix C
Use the information in the DC Power Specifications section on page 1-4 to estimate the power
requirements and heat dissipation of a Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf based on a given
configuration of the router. Determining power requirements is useful for planning the power
distribution system needed to support the router.
Power Connection Guidelines

This section provides guidelines for connecting the Cisco ASR 903 router satellite shelf power supplies
to the site power source.
Warning
Never defeat the ground conductor or operate the equipment in the absence of a suitably installed
ground conductor. Contact the appropriate electrical inspection authority or an electrician if you are
uncertain that suitable grounding is available. Statement 213
Warning
The plug-socket combination must be accessible at all times because it serves as the main
disconnecting device. Statement 1019
Warning
Guidelines for DC-Powered Systems

Basic guidelines for DC-powered systems include the following:
Each chassis power supply should have its own dedicated input power source. The source must
comply with the safety extra-low voltage (SELV) requirements in the UL 60950, CSA 60950, EN
60950, and IEC 60950 standards.
The circuit must be protected by a dedicated two-pole circuit breaker. The circuit breaker should be
sized according to the power supply input rating and local or national code requirements.
The circuit breaker is considered the disconnect device and should be easily accessible.
The system ground is the power supply and chassis ground.
Do not connect the DC return wire to the system frame or to the system grounding equipment.
Use the grounding lug to attach a wrist strap for ESD protection during servicing.
Guidelines for AC-Powered Systems

Basic guidelines for AC-powered systems include the following:
Each chassis power supply should have its own dedicated branch circuit.
The circuit breaker should be sized according to the power supply input rating and local or national
code requirements.
The AC power receptacles used to plug in the chassis must be the grounding type. The grounding
conductors that connect to the receptacles should connect to protective earth ground at the service
equipment.
C-150
OL-17499-07
Appendix C

The following sections describe how to install a DC power supply in the Cisco ASR 903 router as a
satellite shelf:
Installing the DC Power Supply Module, page C-151
Installing the Terminal Block, page C-152
Activating the DC Power Supply, page C-155
Note
This equipment is suitable for installation in Network Telecommunications Facilities and locations
where the NEC applies.
Note
This equipment is suitable for installations utilizing the Common Bonding Network (CBN).
Note
The grounding architecture of this product is DC-Isolated (DC-I) for DC-powered products.
DC-powered products have a nominal operating DC voltage of 48 VDC.
Installing the DC Power Supply Module

Perform the following procedure to install the power supply module:
Step 1
Ensure that the system (earth) ground connection has been made. For ground connection installation
instructions, see the Installing the Chassis Ground Connection section on page C-139.
Step 2
If necessary, remove the blank power supply filler plate from the chassis power supply bay opening by
loosening the captive installation screws.
Step 3
Verify that power to the DC circuit connected to the power supply you are installing is off. To ensure that
power has been removed from the DC circuits, locate the circuit breakers for the DC circuits, switch the
circuit breakers to the OFF position, and tape the circuit-breaker switches in the OFF position.
Step 4
Grasp the power supply handle with one hand. Place your other hand underneath the power supply, as
shown in Figure C-80. Slide the power supply into the power supply bay. Make sure that the power
supply is fully seated in the bay.
OL-17499-07
C-151
Appendix C
Figure C-80
GE-0
GE-1
GE-2
GE-3
GE-4
GE-5
GE-6
GE-7
FAN TEMP
PWR
STAT
CRIT MAJ MIN

GE-0
GE-1
GE-2
GE-3
GE-4
GE-5
GE-6
GE-7
GE-0
GE-1
GE-2
GE-3
GE-4
GE-5
GE-6
GE-7
PWR
STAT
PWR
RUDY RSP
STAT
SYNC
ACT
PWR
CONSOLE
MEM
1PPS
IN
1PPS
OUT
1OMHZ
IN
STAT
L
7 S
7 S
7 S
1OMHZ
OUT
PWR
TOD
BITS
MGMT
ENET
STAT
PWR
ALARM
PWR
STAT
INPUT
OK
OUTPUT
FAIL
Step 5
24V60V
282340
STAT
28A
Tighten the captive installation screws of the power supply. The recommended maximum torque is 5.5
lbf/sq in.
If you are installing a redundant DC power supply, repeat these steps for the second power source.
Installing the Terminal Block

Perform the following procedure to install the terminal block:
Step 1
Locate the terminal block plug.
Step 2
Use a wire-stripping tool to strip the ends of each of the two wires coming from the DC-input power
source to 0.27 inch (6.6 mm) 0.02 inch (0.5 mm) and the wire for grounding. Do not strip more than
0.29 inch (7.4 mm) of insulation from the wire. Stripping more than the recommended amount of wire
can leave behind exposed wire from the terminal block plug after installation.
Step 3
Identify the ground, positive, and negative feed positions for the terminal block connection. The
recommended wiring sequence is:
a.
Ground lead wire (right)
b.
Negative (-) lead wire (left)
c.
Positive (+) lead wire (middle)
C-152
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Figure C-81
DC Power Supply with Lead Wires
1
2
207765
Step 4
Ground lead wire
Negative () lead wire
Positive (+) lead wire
Insert the exposed wire of one of the three DC-input power source wires into the terminal block plug.
Make sure that you cannot see any wire lead. Only wire with insulation should extend from the terminal
block.
Caution
Do not overtorque the plug captive screws of the terminal block. The recommended maximum
torque is from 0.5 Nm (4.425 lbf/sq in) to 0.6 Nm (5.310 lbf/sq in).
OL-17499-07
C-153
Appendix C
Step 5
Use a ratcheting torque screwdriver to torque the terminal block plug captive screw (above the installed
wire lead) from 0.5 Nm (4.425 lbf/sq in) to 0.6 Nm (5.310 lbf/sq in) as shown in Figure C-82.
Figure C-82
Torquing the DC Power Supply Terminal Block Plug Screws
207764
1
Step 6
Torque is from 0.5 Nm (4.425 lbf/sq in) to 0.6 Nm (5.310 lbf/sq in)
Repeat Step 4 through Step 5 for the remaining DC input power source wire and the ground wire.
Figure C-83 shows the wiring completed for a terminal block plug.
Figure C-83
Inserting the DC Power Supply Terminal Block Plug in the Block Header
FAN TEM
P
RUDY RSP
CRIT MAJ
MIN
MEM
CONSOL
E
1PPS
IN
1PPS
OUT
1OMHZ
IN
1OMHZ
OUT
SYNC
ACT
TOD
BITS
MGMT
ENET
PWR
STAT
INPUT
OK
OUTPUT
FAIL
24V60V
28A
INPUT
OK
24V60V
28A
255730
OUTPUT
FAIL
ALARM
DC power supply ground lead wire
DC power supply negative (-) lead wire
DC power supply positive (+) lead wire
C-154
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Caution
Secure the wires coming in from the terminal block plug so that they cannot be disturbed by
casual contact.
Step 7
Ensure that the terminal block plug is fully seated in the terminal block header on the DC power supply
panel. The plug has a locking feature. You should hear a snap or click when it is installed properly.
Step 8
Use a tie wrap to secure the wires to the rack, so that the wires are not pulled from the terminal block
plug by casual contact. Make sure the tie wrap allows for some slack in the ground wire, as shown in
Figure C-84.
Figure C-84
Complete DC Terminal Block Plug Insertion and Secure Tie Wrap
FAN TEM
P
RUDY RSP
CRIT MAJ
MIN
MEM
CONSOL
E
1PPS
IN
1PPS
OUT
1OMHZ
IN
1OMHZ
OUT
SYNC
ACT
TOD
BITS
MGMT
ENET
PWR
STAT
INPUT
OK
OUTPUT
FAIL
28A
INPUT
OK
OUTPUT
FAIL
24V60V
28A
255731
24V60V
ALARM
2
1
Step 9
Lead wires secured with a tie wrap
DC power supply terminal block plug being

inserted into terminal block header.
Use a tie wrap to secure the wires to the handle. Leave a service loop on the ground wire between the
handle and the connector such that it is the last to receive strain if the wires are pulled.
This completes the procedure for connecting the DC power supply in the Cisco ASR 903 router as a
satellite shelf.
Activating the DC Power Supply

Perform the following procedure to activate the DC power supply:
Step 1
Remove the tape from the circuit-breaker switch handle, and restore power by moving the circuit-breaker
switch handle to the On (|) position.
OL-17499-07
C-155
Appendix C
Step 2
Verify power supply operation by checking if the power supply front panel LEDs are in the following
states:
INPUT OK LED is green
OUTPUT FAIL LED is green
If the LEDs indicate a power problem, see Chapter 5, Troubleshooting.

If you are installing a redundant DC power supply, ensure that each power supply is connected to a
separate power source in order to prevent power loss in the event of a power failure.
Removing and Replacing the DC Power Supply

This section provides information about removing and replacing the DC power supply in the Cisco ASR
903 router as a satellite shelf.
Note
The Cisco ASR 903 router satellite shelf power supplies are hot-swappable. If you have installed
redundant power supply modules, you can replace a single power supply without interrupting power to
the router.
Warning
When you install the unit, the ground connection must always be made first and disconnected last.
Statement 1046
Warning
Statement 1003
Warning
Statement 1030
Warning
Follow these steps to remove and replace the DC power supply on the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite
shelf:
Step 1
Before servicing the power supply, switch off the circuit breaker in your equipment area. As an
additional precaution, tape the circuit-breaker switch in the Off position.
Step 2
Slip on the ESD-preventive wrist strap that was included in the accessory kit.
Step 3
Switch the power supply circuit-breaker switch to the Off (O) position.
Step 4
Pull the terminal block plug connector out of the terminal block head in the power supply.
Step 5
Loosen the captive screws on the DC power supply.
Step 6
Grasping the power supply handle with one hand, pull the power supply out from the chassis while
supporting it with the other hand.
C-156
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Step 7
Replace the DC power supply within 5 minutes. If the power supply bay is to remain empty, install a
blank filler plate (Cisco part number A900-PWR-BLANK) over the opening, and secure it with the
captive installation screws.
Installing the AC power Supply

The following sections describe how to install a AC power supply in the Cisco ASR 901:
Warning
Installing the AC Power Supply Module, page C-157
Activating the AC Power Supply, page C-158
This product requires short-circuit (over current) protection, to be provided as part of the building
installation. Install only in accordance with national and local wiring regulations.
Installing the AC Power Supply Module

Follow these steps to install the power supply module:
Step 1
Ensure that the system (earth) ground connection has been made. For ground connection installation
instructions, see the Installing the Chassis Ground Connection section on page C-139.
Step 2
If necessary, remove the blank power supply filler plate from the chassis power supply bay opening by
loosening the captive installation screws.
Step 3
Grasp the power supply handle with one hand. Place your other hand underneath the power supply, as
shown in Figure C-85. Slide the power supply into the power supply bay. Make sure that the power
supply is fully seated in the bay.
Figure C-85
GE-0
GE-1
Installing the AC Power Supply
GE-2
GE-3
GE-4
GE-5
GE-6
GE-7
FAN TEMP
PWR
STAT
CRIT MAJ MIN

GE-0
GE-1
GE-2
GE-3
GE-4
GE-5
GE-6
GE-7
GE-0
GE-1
GE-2
GE-3
GE-4
GE-5
GE-6
GE-7
PWR
STAT
PWR
RUDY RSP
STAT
SYNC
ACT
PWR
STAT
L
7 S
7 S
7 S
MEM
CONSOLE
1PPS
IN
1PPS
OUT
1OMHZ
IN
1OMHZ
OUT
PWR
TOD
BITS
MGMT
ENET
STAT
PWR
ALARM
PWR
STAT
Step 4
Warning
344750
STAT
Tighten the captive installation screws of the power supply. The recommended maximum torque is 5.5
lbf/sq in.
Power supply captive installation screws must be tight to ensure protective grounding continuity.
OL-17499-07
C-157
Appendix C
Activating the AC Power Supply

Follow these steps to activate the AC power supply:
Step 1
Plug the power cord into the power supply.
Step 2
Connect the other end of the power cord to an AC-input power source.
Step 3
Verify power supply operation by checking that the power supply LEDs are in the following states:
INPUT OK LED is green
OUTPUT FAIL LED is green
Step 4
If the LEDs indicate a power problem, see the Chapter 5, Troubleshootingfor troubleshooting
information.
Step 5
If you are installing a redundant power supply, repeat these steps for the second power source.
Note
If you are installing a redundant AC power supply, ensure that each power supply is connected to a
separate power source in order to prevent power loss in the event of a power failure.
Removing and Replacing the AC Power Supply

This section describes how to remove and replace the AC power supply.
Note
The Cisco ASR 901 power supplies are hot-swappable. If you have installed redundant power supply
modules, you can replace a single power supply without interrupting power to the router.
Warning
When you install the unit, the ground connection must always be made first and disconnected last.
Statement 1046
Warning
Statement 1003
Warning
Statement 1030
Warning
Follow these steps to remove and replace the AC power supply:

Step 1
Disconnect the power cord from the power source. Do not touch the metal prongs on the power cord
when it is still connected to the power supply.
C-158
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Connecting the Cisco ASR 903 Router to the Network
Step 2
Remove the power cord from the power connection on the power supply. Do not touch the metal prongs
embedded in the power supply.
Step 3
Loosen the captive installation screws.
Step 4
Grasp the AC power supply with one hand, and slide it part of the way out of the chassis. Place your
other hand underneath the power supply, and slide it completely out of the chassis.
Step 5
If the power supply bay is to remain empty, install a blank filler plate (Cisco part number
A900-PWR-BLANK) over the opening, and secure it with the captive installation screws.

The following sections describe how to connect cables on the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf:
Connecting Console Cables, page C-159
Connecting to the Auxiliary Port, page C-165
Connecting a Management Ethernet Cable, page C-166
Installing and Removing SFP and XFP Modules, page C-167
Connecting a USB Flash Device, page C-167
Connecting Ethernet Cables, page C-168
Connecting Cables to SFP Modules, page C-169
Connecting the Fan Tray Alarm Port, page C-169
Connector and Cable Specifications, page C-170
Connecting Console Cables

The following sections describe how to connect to the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf using
console cables:
Note
Connecting to the Serial Port using Microsoft Windows, page C-160
Connecting to the Console Port using Mac OS X, page C-162
Connecting to the Console Port using Linux, page C-162
Installing the Cisco Microsoft Windows USB Device Driver, page C-163
Uninstalling the Cisco Microsoft Windows USB Driver, page C-164
You cannot use the USB and RS232 console ports at the same time; if you insert the USB cable into the
router, the RS232 port is disabled.
OL-17499-07
C-159
Appendix C
Connecting to the Serial Port using Microsoft Windows

This procedure shows how to connect to the serial port using Microsoft Windows.
Note
Install the USB device driver before establishing a physical connection between the router and the PC,
by using the USB Console cable plugged into the USB serial port. Otherwise, the connection will fail.
For more information, see the Installing the Cisco Microsoft Windows USB Device Driver section on
page C-163.
Step 1
Connect the end of the console cable with the RJ45 connector to the light blue console port on the router.
or
Connect a USB Type A-to-Type A cable to the USB console port as shown in Figure C-86. If you are
using the USB serial port for the first time on a Windows-based PC, install the USB driver now according
to the instructions in the following sections.
Installing the Cisco Microsoft Windows XP USB Driver section on page C-163
Installing the Cisco Microsoft Windows 2000 USB Driver section on page C-163
Installing the Cisco Microsoft Windows Vista USB Driver section on page C-164
Note
You cannot use the USB port and the EIA port concurrently. See Connecting to the Auxiliary
Port section on page C-165. When the USB port is used it takes priority over the RJ45 EIA port.
Note
The USB Type A-to-Type A cable is not included with the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite
shelf; it is ordered separately.
Step 2
Connect the end of the cable with the DB-9 connector (or USB Type-A) to the terminal or PC. If your
terminal or PC has a console port that does not accommodate a DB-9 connector, you must provide an
appropriate adapter for that port.
Step 3
To communicate with the router, start a terminal emulator application, such as Microsoft Windows
HyperTerminal. This software should be configured with the following parameters:
9600 baud
8 data bits
no parity
1 stop-bit
no flow control
C-160
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Figure C-86
Connecting the USB Console Cable to the Cisco ASR 901
MEM
GE-0
GE-1
GE-2
GE-3
GE-4
GE-5
GE-6
GE-7
GE-0
GE-1
GE-2
GE-3
GE-4
GE-5
GE-6
GE-7
PWR
1PPS
IN
CONSOLE
RUDY RSP
FAN TEMP
SYNC
STAT
ACT
PWR
PWR
MEM
CONSOLE
1PPS
IN
1PPS
OUT
1OMHZ
IN
1OMHZ
OUT
TOD
BITS
MGMT
ENET
MEM
CONSOLE
1PPS
IN
1PPS
OUT
1OMHZ
IN
1OMHZ
OUT
TOD
BITS
MGMT
ENET
STAT
24V60V
28A
CRIT MAJ MIN
STAT
STAT
GE-0
GE-1
GE-2
GE-3
GE-4
GE-5
GE-6
GE-7
PWR
RUDY RSP
STAT
SYNC
ACT
PWR
STAT
L
7 S
7 S
7 S
PWR
STAT
PWR
STAT
INPUT
OK
OUTPUT
FAIL
24V60V
28A
INPUT
OK
OUTPUT
FAIL
ALARM
282404
PWR
1
2
USB Type-A console port
USB 5-pin mini USB Type-B to USB Type-A

console cable
USB Type-A
OL-17499-07
C-161
Appendix C
Connecting to the Console Port using Mac OS X

This procedure describes how to connect a Mac OS X system USB port to the console using the built in
OS X Terminal utility.
Step 1
Use the Finder to go to Applications > Utilities > Terminal.
Step 2
Connect the OS X USB port to the router.
Step 3
Enter the following commands to find the OS X USB port number:

macbook:user$ cd /dev
macbook:user$ ls -ltr /dev/*usb*
crw-rw-rw- 1 root
wheel
DT-macbook:dev user$
Step 4
9,
66 Apr
1 16:46 tty.usbmodem1a21
Connect to the USB port with the following command followed by the router USB port speed
macbook:user$ screen /dev/tty.usbmodem1a21 9600
To disconnect the OS X USB console from the Terminal window
Enter Ctrl-a followed by Ctrl-\
Connecting to the Console Port using Linux

This procedure shows how to connect a Linux system USB port to the console using the built in Linux
Terminal utility.
Step 1
Open the Linux Terminal window.
Step 2
Connect the Linux USB port to the router.
Step 3
Enter the following commands to find the Linux USB port number
root@usb-suse# cd /dev
root@usb-suse /dev# ls -ltr *ACM*
crw-r--r-1 root
root
188,
root@usb-suse /dev#
Step 4
0 Jan 14 18:02 ttyACM0
Connect to the USB port with the following command followed by the router USB port speed
root@usb-suse /dev# screen /dev/ttyACM0 9600
To disconnect the Linux USB console from the Terminal window
Enter Ctrl-a followed by : then quit
C-162
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Installing the Cisco Microsoft Windows USB Device Driver

A USB device driver must be installed the first time a Microsoft Windows-based PC is connected to the
USB serial port on the router.
This section contains the following topics:
Installing the Cisco Microsoft Windows XP USB Driver
Installing the Cisco Microsoft Windows 2000 USB Driver
Installing the Cisco Microsoft Windows Vista USB Driver
Installing the Cisco Microsoft Windows XP USB Driver

This procedure shows how to install the Microsoft Windows XP USB driver. Download the driver for
your router model from the Tools and Resources Download Software site, USB Console Software
category, at the following URL:
http://tools.cisco.com/support/downloads/go/Redirect.x?mdfid=268437899
Step 1
Unzip the file Cisco_usbconsole_driver_X_X.zip (where X is a revision number).
Step 2
If using 32-bit Windows XP double-click the file setup.exe from the Windows_32 folder, or if using
64-bit Windows XP double-click the file setup(x64).exe from the Windows_64 folder.
Step 3
The Cisco Virtual Com InstallShield Wizard begins. Click Next.
Step 4
The Ready to Install the Program window appears, Click Install.
Step 5
The InstallShield Wizard Completed window appears. Click Finish.
Step 6
Connect the USB cable to the PC and router USB console ports. The EN LED for the USB console port
turns green, and within a few moments the Found New Hardware Wizard appears. Following the
instructions to complete the installation of the driver.
Step 7
The USB console is ready for use.
Installing the Cisco Microsoft Windows 2000 USB Driver

This procedure shows how to install the Microsoft Windows 2000 USB driver.
Step 1
Obtain the file Cisco_usbconsole_driver.zip from the Cisco.com web site and unzip it.
Step 2
Double-click the file setup.exe.
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 6
turns green, and within a few moments a series of Found New Hardware Wizard windows appear.
Following the instructions to complete the installation of the driver.
Step 7
OL-17499-07
C-163
Appendix C
Installing the Cisco Microsoft Windows Vista USB Driver

This procedure shows how to install the Microsoft Windows Vista USB driver.
Step 1
Obtain the file Cisco_usbconsole_driver.zip from the Cisco.com web site and unzip it.
Step 2
If using 32-bit Windows Vista double-click the file setup.exe from the Windows_32 folder, or if using
64-bit Windows Vista double-click the file setup(x64).exe from the Windows_64 folder.
Step 3
Step 4
Note
If a User Account Control warning appears, click Allow - I trust this program... to proceed.
Step 5
Step 6
turns green, and within a few moments a pop up window stating Installing device driver software
appears. Following the instructions to complete the installation of the driver.
Step 7
Uninstalling the Cisco Microsoft Windows USB Driver

This section provides instructions for how to uninstall the Cisco Microsoft Windows USB device driver.
Uninstalling the Cisco Microsoft Windows XP and 2000 USB Driver
Uninstalling the Cisco Microsoft Windows Vista USB Driver
Uninstalling the Cisco Microsoft Windows XP and 2000 USB Driver

This procedure shows you how to uninstall both the Microsoft Windows XP and 2000 USB driver. The
driver can be removed using the Windows Add Remove Programs utility or the setup.exe program.
Using the Add Remove Programs Utility
Note
Disconnect the router console terminal before uninstalling the driver.
Step 1
Click Start > Control Panel > Add or Remove Programs.
Step 2
Scroll to Cisco Virtual Com and click Remove.
Step 3
When the Program Maintenance window appears, select the Remove radio button. Click Next.
Using the Setup.exe Program
Note
C-164
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Step 1
Run the setup.exe for Windows 32-bit or setup(x64).exe for Windows-64bit. Click Next.
Step 2
The InstallShield Wizard for Cisco Virtual Com appears. Click Next.
Step 3
Step 4
When the Remove the Program window appears, click Remove.
Step 5
When the InstallShield Wizard Completed window appears click Finish.
Uninstalling the Cisco Microsoft Windows Vista USB Driver

This procedure shows you how to uninstall the Microsoft Windows Vista USB driver.
Note
Step 1
Run the setup.exe for Windows 32-bit or setup(x64).exe for Windows-64bit. Click Next.
Step 2
The InstallShield Wizard for Cisco Virtual Com appears. Click Next.
Step 3
Step 4
When the Remove the Program window appears, click Remove.
Note
Step 5
If a User Account Control warning appears, click Allow - I trust this program... to proceed.
When the InstallShield Wizard Completed window appears click Finish.
Connecting to the Auxiliary Port

When a modem is connected to the auxiliary port, a remote user can dial in to the router and configure
it. Use a light blue console cable and the DB-9-to-DB-25 connector adapter.
Note
The console cable and DB-9-to-DB-25 connector are not included with the Cisco ASR 903
router as a satellite shelf; they are ordered separately.
OL-17499-07
C-165
Appendix C
To connect a modem to the router, follow these steps:

Step 1
Connect the RJ45 end of the adapter cable to the black AUX port on the router, as shown in Figure C-87.
Figure C-87
Connecting a Modem to the Cisco ASR 903 Router Satellite Shelf
MEM
GE-0
GE-1
GE-2
GE-3
GE-4
GE-5
GE-6
GE-7
GE-0
GE-1
GE-2
GE-3
GE-4
GE-5
GE-6
GE-7
PWR
1PPS
IN
CONSOLE
RUDY RSP
FAN TEMP
SYNC
STAT
ACT
PWR
PWR
MEM
CONSOLE
1PPS
IN
1PPS
OUT
1OMHZ
IN
1OMHZ
OUT
TOD
BITS
MGMT
ENET
MEM
CONSOLE
1PPS
IN
1PPS
OUT
1OMHZ
IN
1OMHZ
OUT
TOD
BITS
MGMT
ENET
STAT
24V60V
28A
CRIT MAJ MIN
STAT
STAT
GE-0
GE-1
GE-2
GE-3
GE-4
GE-5
GE-6
GE-7
PWR
RUDY RSP
STAT
SYNC
ACT
PWR
PWR
STAT
L
7 S
7 S
7 S
STAT
PWR
STAT
INPUT
OK
OUTPUT
FAIL
24V60V
28A
ALARM
INPUT
OK
OUTPUT
FAIL
282405
PWR
1
2
3
4
RJ45 AUX port
RJ45 to DB-9
DB-9 to DB-25 adapter
Modem
Step 2
Connect the DB-9 end of the console cable to the DB-9 end of the modem adapter.
Step 3
Connect the DB-25 end of the modem adapter to the modem.
Step 4
Make sure that your modem and the router auxiliary port are configured for the same transmission speed
(up to 115200 bps is supported) and for mode control with data carrier detect (DCD) and data terminal
ready (DTR) operations.
Connecting a Management Ethernet Cable

When using the Ethernet Management port in the default mode (speed-auto and duplex-auto) the port
operates in auto-MDI/MDI-X mode. The port automatically provides the correct signal connectivity
through the Auto-MDI/MDI-X feature. The port automatically senses a crossover or straight-through
cable and adapts to it.
C-166
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
However, when the Ethernet Management port is configured to a fixed speed (10 or 100 Mbps) through
command-line interface (CLI) commands, the port is forced to MDI mode.
When in a fixed-speed configuration and MDI mode:
Warning
Use a crossover cable to connect to an MDI port
Use a straight-through cable to connect to an MDI-X port
To comply with the Telcordia GR-1089 NEBS standard for electromagnetic compatibility and safety,
connect the Management Ethernet ports only to intra-building or unexposed wiring or cable. The
intrabuilding cable must be shielded and the shield must be grounded at both ends. The intra-building
port(s) of the equipment or subassembly must not be metallically connected to interfaces that connect
to the OSP or its wiring. These interfaces are designed for use as intra-building interfaces only (Type
2 or Type 4 ports as described in GR-1089-CORE) and require isolation from the exposed OSP cabling.
The addition of Primary Protectors is not sufficient protection in order to connect these interfaces
metallically to OSP wiring.
Installing and Removing SFP and XFP Modules

The Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf supports a variety of SFP and XFP modules, including
optical and Ethernet modules. For information on how to install and remove SFP and XFP modules, see
the documentation for the SFP or XFP module at
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/products/hw/modules/ps5455/prod_installation_guides_list.html
For information about inspecting and cleaning fiber-optic connections, see
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/tech/tk482/tk876/technologies_white_paper09186a0080254eba.s
html
Connecting a USB Flash Device

To connect a USB flash device to the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf, insert the memory stick
in the USB port labeled MEM. The Flash memory module can be inserted in only one way, and can be
inserted or removed regardless of whether the router is powered up or not.
Figure C-88 shows the USB port connector on the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf.
OL-17499-07
C-167
Appendix C
Figure C-88
Cisco ASR 903 Router Satellite Shelf Flash Token Memory Stick
CONSOL
E
209390
MEM
Removing a USB Flash Device

To remove and then replace a USB flash token memory stick from a Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite
shelf, follow these steps:
Step 1
Pull the memory stick from the USB port.
Step 2
To replace a Cisco USB Flash memory stick, simply insert the module into the USB port labeled MEM
as shown in Figure C-88 . The Flash memory module can be inserted in only one way, and can be inserted
or removed regardless of whether the router is powered up or not.
Note
You can insert or remove the memory stick whether the router is powered on or not.
This completes the USB Flash memory installation procedure.
Connecting Ethernet Cables

The Cisco ASR 901 interface modules support RJ45 or SFP Ethernet ports. For instructions on how to
connect cables to Ethernet SFP ports, see Connecting Cables to SFP Modules, page C-169.
The RJ45 port supports standard straight-through and crossover Category 5 unshielded twisted-pair
(UTP) cables. Cisco Systems does not supply Category 5 UTP cables; these cables are available
commercially.
Warning
connect the Gigabit Ethernet ports only to intra-building or unexposed wiring or cable. The
intrabuilding cable must be shielded and the shield must be grounded at both ends. The intra-building
port(s) of the equipment or subassembly must not be metallically connected to interfaces that connect
to the OSP or its wiring. These interfaces are designed for use as intra-building interfaces only (Type
2 or Type 4 ports as described in GR-1089-CORE) and require isolation from the exposed OSP cabling.
The addition of Primary Protectors is not sufficient protection in order to connect these interfaces
C-168
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Follow these steps to connect the cable to a copper Gigabit Ethernet port:
Step 1
Step 2
Connect one end of the cable to the Gigabit Ethernet port on the router.
Step 3
Connect the other end to the BTS patch or demarcation panel at your site.
Connecting Cables to SFP Modules

For information on connecting cables to Cisco optical and Ethernet SFP interfaces, see
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/products/hw/modules/ps5455/prod_installation_guides_list.html.
Connecting the Fan Tray Alarm Port

The fan tray includes an alarm port that maps to 4 dry contact alarm inputs.
The pins on the alarm port are passive signals and can be configured as Normally Open (an alarm
generated when current is interrupted) or Normally Closed (an alarm is generated when a circuit is
established) alarms. You can configure each alarm input as critical, major, or minor. An alarm triggers
alarm LEDs and alarm messages. The relay contacts can be controlled through any appropriate
third-party relay controller. The open/close configuration is an option controlled in IOS.
Warning
connect the alarm ports only to intra-building or unexposed wiring or cable. The intrabuilding cable
must be shielded and the shield must be grounded at both ends. The intra-building port(s) of the
equipment or subassembly must not be metallically connected to interfaces that connect to the OSP
or its wiring. These interfaces are designed for use as intra-building interfaces only (Type 2 or Type 4
ports as described in GR-1089-CORE) and require isolation from the exposed OSP cabling. The
addition of Primary Protectors is not sufficient protection in order to connect these interfaces
Only Pins 1, 2, 4, 6, and 8 are available for customer use. The remaining pins are for Cisco manufacturing
test, and should not be connected. Use a shielded cable for connection to this port for EMC protection.
Table C-30 on page C-170 summarizes the pinouts on the alarm port.
Step 1
Attach an RJ45 cable to the alarm port.
Step 2
Attach the other end of the RJ45 cable to the relay controller.
For information about how to map alarm inputs to critical, major, and minor alarm conditions, see the
Cisco ASR 903 Software Configuration Guide.
OL-17499-07
C-169
Appendix C
Connector and Cable Specifications

For more information on cable specifications and pinouts, see the next section.

The following sections provide information for troubleshooting problems on the Cisco ASR 903 router
as a satellite shelf.
Pinouts, page C-170
LED Summary, page C-172
Pinouts
The following sections describe the pinouts for the Cisco ASR 903 router satellite shelf interfaces:
Alarm Port Pinout, page C-170
Console/Aux RJ45 RS232 Serial Port Pinout, page C-171
Management Ethernet Port Pinout, page C-171
USB Console Port Pinout, page C-171
USB Flash/MEM Port Pinout, page C-172
Fiber-Optic Specifications, page C-172
Alarm Port Pinout

Table C-30 summarizes the external alarm input pinout.
Table C-30
External Alarm Input Pinout
Pin
Signal Name
Description
ALARM0_IN
Alarm input 0
ALARM1_IN
Alarm input 1
No connect
ALARM2_IN
Alarm input 2
ALARM3_IN
Alarm input 3
No connect
No connect
COMMON
Alarm common
C-170
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Pinouts
Console/Aux RJ45 RS232 Serial Port Pinout

Table C-31 summarizes the console/aux RJ45 RS232 serial port pinout.
Table C-31
Console/Aux RJ45 RS232 Serial Port
Pin
Signal Name
Direction
Description
RTS
Output
Request to send
DTR
Output
Data Terminal Ready (always On).
TXD
Output
Transmit data
RI
GND
RXD
Input
Receive data
DSR/DCD
Input
Data set ready/Data Carrier detect
CTS
Input
Clear to send
Ring Indicator

Table C-32 summarizes the Management Ethernet port pinout.
Table C-32
Pin
Signal Name
TRP0+
TRP0-
TRP1+
TRP2+
TRP2-
TRP1-
TRP3+
TRP3-
Description
USB Console Port Pinout

Table C-33 summarizes the USB console port pinout.
Table C-33
Single USB Console Port
Pin
Signal Name
Direction
Description
A1
Vcc
+5VDC (500mA)
A2
D-
Data -
OL-17499-07
C-171
Appendix C
LED Summary
Table C-33
Single USB Console Port (continued)
Pin
Signal Name
Direction
Description
A3
D+
Data +
A4
Gnd
Ground
The USB Console port +5VDC is input and operates as an USB peripheral device.
Note
USB Flash/MEM Port Pinout

Table C-34 summarizes the USB flash/MEM port pinout.
Table C-34
Single USB Flash/MEM Port
Pin
Signal Name
Direction
Description
A1
Vcc
+5VDC (500mA)
A2
D-
Data -
A3
D+
Data +
A4
Gnd
Ground
Note
USB TYPE-A receptacle used.
Note
The USB flash/MEM port +5VDC is output. We provide power for USB flash/MEM, and it
operates as a USB host device.
Fiber-Optic Specifications
The specification for optical fiber transmission defines two types of fiber: single-mode and multimode.
Within the single-mode category, three transmission types are defined: short reach, intermediate reach,
and long reach. Within the multimode category, only short reach is available. For information about
optical SFP modules, see the documentation for the SFP module at
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/products/hw/modules/ps5455/prod_installation_guides_list.html.
LED Summary
The following sections describe the meanings of the LEDs on the Cisco ASR 903 router satellite shelf.
RSP LEDs, page C-173
Interface Module LEDs, page C-174
Power Supply LEDs, page C-174
C-172
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
LED Summary
Fan Tray LEDs, page C-175
RSP LEDs
Table C-35 summarizes the RSP LEDs.
Note
A major alarm condition indicates the failure of a single fan in the fan tray; a critical alarm
indicates the failure of multiple fans. In the event that a single fan fails, the Cisco ASR 903 router
satellite shelf software adjusts the fan speed to prevent excessive heat within the chassis.
Table C-35
RSP LEDs
LED
Color/State
Description (two LEDs for eachT1/E1 port)
Power
(PWR)
Off
Disabled/no power to RSP
Green
Power rails on RSP in range
Status
(STAT)
Off
Disabled/power down
Red
Failure to boot (lit at reset)
Yellow
Rommon booted
Green
IOS booted and running
Off
Not available
Yellow
Standby (indicates standby RSP)
Green
Active (indicates active RSP)
Active
(ACTV)
Management Off
port
(MGMT)
No connection
Green
Connected with no activity
Flashing
green
Connected with activity
Off
Not enabled
Yellow
Free run
Flashing
yellow
Holdover
Green
Locked to source
USB flash
(MEM)
Flashing
green
USB activity
BITS
Off
Out of service/not configured
Amber
Fault or loop condition
Green
In frame/working properly
Sync status
(SYNC)
OL-17499-07
C-173
Appendix C
LED Summary

Table C-36 summarizes the interface module LEDs. This LED summary applies to the following
interface modules:
SFP Gigabit Ethernet Interface Module
RJ45 Gigabit Ethernet Interface Module
XFP 10 Gigabit Ethernet XFP Interface Module
Table C-36
LED
Color/State
Description
Power
(PWR)
Off
Disabled/no power to IM
Green
Enabled and power rails on IM in range
Status
(STAT)
Off
Disabled/power-down
Red
Failure (on at reset)
Amber
Booting (if local CPU)
Green
Operational
Off
Inactive or no connection
Amber
Fault/loop condition
Green
Ok with no activity
Flashing
green
OK with activity
Off
100/10 Mbps/Slow
Green
1Gbps/Full
Link status
(L)
Speed (S)
Power Supply LEDs

Table C-37 and Table C-38 summarize the power supply LEDs for both the AC and DC power supplies.
Table C-37
Power Supply LEDs
LED
Color/State
Description
Input OK
Off
No Input Voltage
Amber
Input voltage out of range
Green
Input voltage within acceptable operating range
Off
Disabled/Forced Shut down/No input power
Red
Power supply fault (internal failure such as over temperature)
Green
Operational
Output Fail
C-174
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
LED Summary
Table C-38
Power Supply LEDs
LED
Color/State
Description
Input Power
(PWR)
Off
No input voltage
Amber
Input voltage out of range
Green
Input voltage within acceptable operating range
Off
Disabled/power-down/no power
Red
Power supply fault (internal failure)
Green
Operational
Status
(STAT)
Fan Tray LEDs

Table C-39 summarizes the fan tray LEDs.
Table C-39
Fan Tray LEDs
LED
Color/State
Description
Status
(TEMP)
Off
Disabled/power down
Amber
Over temperature
Green
OK
Green
Fan rotation in range
Amber
Fan fault
Red
Two or more fan faults
Minor
(MIN)
Off
No minor alarm
Amber
Minor alarm
Major
(MAJ)
Off
No major alarm
Red
Major alarm
Critical
(CRIT)
Off
No critical alarm
Red
Critical alarm (defaults to ON upon RSP reset)
Fan (FAN)
OL-17499-07
C-175
Appendix C
Site Log
Site Log
Use the Site Log to provide a record of actions related to installing and maintaining the router. Keep it
in an accessible place near the chassis so that those who performs tasks have access to it. Use the
Installation Checklist (see the Site Planning section on page C-122) to verify the steps in the
installation and maintenance of your router. Site Log entries might include the following:
Installation progressMake a copy of the Cisco ASR 903 router as a satellite shelf Installation
Checklist, and insert it into the Site Log. Make entries as you complete each task.
Upgrade, removal, and maintenance proceduresUse the Site Log as a record of ongoing router
maintenance and expansion history. Each time a task is performed on the Cisco ASR 903 router as
a satellite shelf, update the Site Log to reflect the following:
Removal or replacement of interface modules, fan tray, power supplies, or RSPs
Configuration changes
Maintenance schedules and requirements
Maintenance procedures performed
Intermittent problems
Comments and notes
Table C-40 on page C-177 shows a sample site log. Make copies of the sample or design your own site
log to meet the needs of your site and equipment.
C-176
OL-17499-07
Appendix C
Site Log
Table C-40 Site Log
Date
Description of Action Performed or Symptom Observed
Initials
OL-17499-07
C-177
Appendix C
Site Log
C-178
OL-17499-07
INDEX
installing a power module
Numerics
installing components
10Mhz Interface, Connecting cables to
C-104
rated input voltage
A-13
redundancy
16-port 10GE Ethernet line card

power consumption
troubleshooting
A-12
A-12
A-12
A-12
A-12
A-13
A-12
5-4, 5-5
replacing
5-4
1-14, 4-27
guidelines
1-11
illustration
1-12, 1-13
airflow
chassis clearance
8-port 10GE 80G Ethernet line card

power consumption
removing
clearance
8-port 10GE 2-1 oversubscribed Ethernet line card

power consumption
C-108, C-109
air flow

power consumption
adapter pinouts
4-23
air filter

power consumption
4-6, 4-9
ACTV display on RSP card

power consumption
A-5, A-6, A-7
See noise specification
2-port 10GE + 20-port 1GE Combination Ethernet line card

power consumption
3-22
acoustic noise specification

power consumption
5-9
source AC service requirement

power consumption
A-5, A-6, A-7
service requirements
C-104
4-5
A-5, A-7, A-8, A-9
removing components
A-12
1PPS Interface, Connecting cables to
5-9
power module LEDs at startup

power consumption
3-1
C-130
Alarm Out cable connector (illustration)
A-12
3-21
alarms
connector, RSP card
caution
1-44
illustration
pinout
AC-input power
connecting
external site
3-22, 5-12
1-43
1-44
1-43
current rating
A-5, A-7
front panel indicators, RSP card
disconnecting
5-12
line cards
electrical specifications
installing an AC power module
4-25
alphanumeric display on the RSP-440
A-5, A-7
3-2
4-19, 4-20
4-23
alphanumeric LED display
OL-17499-07
IN-1
Index
code descriptions
description
bonding and grounding locations
4-23
BOOT display on RSP card
4-22
troubleshooting using
troubleshooting with
altitude
4-2
A-4
cable
ASR 9006
assemblies
AC Electrical Specifications
A-5

chassis dimensions
2-34
A-8
cable management bracket
A-5, A-7
2-34, 2-35
cables
attaching
alarm connector
A-2
DC Electrical Specifications
grounding cable lugs

line cards
3-14
RSP card
1-40, 3-20
connecting to a modem
description
4-22
illustration
1-38
3-17
RSP card console port
1-38, 3-18, C-91
connector pinout
3-14
RSP card auxiliary port
C-166 to ??
1-40
3-20
3-20
RSP card management LAN port
3-20
using cable management brackets
3-15
avoiding noise interference

console port
C-108, C-109
1-7
1-39
DC-input grounding cable lug

management LAN ports
managing
back panel
twisted pair
before you begin
C-110
3-14
1-11
2-15, 3-5, 5-20
cautions
1-45
BITS Interface, Connecting cables to

BITS Pinouts
1-7
card handling, ESD protection (caution)
C-89
BITS connector pinout
1-43
See also wiring
unpacking and checking

shipment
1-33
routing through management tray
C-93, C-98, C-140, C-141
2-34
2-33
line cards to the network
auxiliary port
connections
2-33, 2-34
4-21
connecting devices to
3-18
bonding and grounding cable
A-2
See auxiliary port; console port
pinouts
3-21
auxiliary and console port
A-7, A-9
asynchronous serial ports

autosensing, RSP card
1-7
cable management tray, routing interface cables

through 3-14
ASR 9010
AC Electrical Specifications
3-15
cable-management system recommendations
A-2
Physical Specifications
C-127
connecting cables to line cards with
DC Electrical Specifications
Physical Specifications
C-107
cable length, factors determining
A-2
chassis dimensions
4-23
4-24
C-123
altitude specifications
2-34, 2-35
C-104
alarm connector
EMC
1-44
3-5, 3-22
IN-2
OL-17499-07
Index
EMI gasket
fan trays
Cisco ASR 9000 Series Routers
2-15, 3-5
bonding and grounding connection
5-9
handling cards
installation guide, organization
2-15, 3-5, 5-20
inserting fan tray

installing cards
lifting safely
3-4
maintaining
3-5
management LAN port cable connection

SELV circuit connections
3-21
chassis
?? to 5-23
mounting in a rack
powering on
air flow
connecting ESD wrist strap to

correct lifting position
A-5
4-2
CLETOP
incorrect lifting position

installing cards in
show environment
2-28
show version
5-8
4-1
AC power
5-12
installing line cards in
3-10
AC-powered routers
installing RSP cards in
3-6, 3-9
alarm cable
rack installation
line cards to the network
removing a line card from (illustration)

2-16, 5-19
removing from a rack
5-21
replacing the air filter
5-4
slot numbering
2-16, 2-17, 2-18, 2-21
checklist, installation
specifications
A-2
A-1
1-3, 1-4, 1-5
gigabit ethernet interface cables

network cables
5-4, 5-5
removing cards from
1-32
ESD wrist strap to chassis
C-130
5-21
removing air filter
3-17
DC-powered routers
5-23
2-24
removal warning
1-22
3-21
cables to RSP card
1-5, 2-26
preventing overheating
1-2
connecting
2-25
5-22
packing for shipment
4-27
compliance, with regulations
2-29
installing in a telco 2-post rack
lifting (warning)
4-12, 4-27, C-130
show environment all
installing in a 4-post rack

installing in rack
C-126
commands
C-125
5-19
installing fan trays in
C-73
C-74
coaxial cable
1-8, 1-9, 1-10
ground connection description
C-75
fiber connectors
2-27
C-90
C-89
cleaning
fiber adaptors
1-3, 1-4, 1-5
A-2
footprint dimensions
dimensions
1-22
Cisco Information Packet publication
configuring for required power budgets
dimensions
1-14
3-27
startup sequence
See air flow
1-xxvi
1-5
power connection guidelines
1-38, 3-19
2-33
2-19, 2-20
C-103
3-14
C-103
network interface cables to a line card

(illustration) 3-15
power supply
C-95
power to AC-powered router
3-22
power to DC-powered router
3-24
router to a PC
?? to C-160
RSP card alarm cable
3-21
RSP card to a hub, repeater, or switch

site power to router
1-43
1-22
OL-17499-07
IN-3
Index
supplemental earth ground
disconnecting
2-33
connector
auxiliary port
1-40
console port
AC power
5-12
DC power
5-13
dust
1-39
1-14
console port
adapter
C-109
connections
1-38, 3-18, C-91, C-102
considerations
C-91
description
4-22
illustration
1-38
pinouts
3-20
A-5, A-7
DC-input power subsystem
A-7, A-8, A-9
electrical wiring requirements
1-39, C-109
C-125
electromagnetic compatibility (caution)
console port signaling cabling, DB-25 (table)

console port signaling cabling, DB-9 (table)
console port signals and pinouts
C-108
cooling subsystem
C-109
C-108
3-5, 3-22
electromagnetic interference
See EMI
electromagnetic pulse
See EMP
environmental shutdown
isolating problems
troubleshooting
AC-input power subsystem
4-27
See EMP prevention
4-27
electrostatic discharge (ESD)
4-25
1-2
EMC
See electromagnetic compatibility
EMI
caution regarding gasket
DC-input power
prevention
cabling (illustration)
1-34
EMP, avoiding
connecting power to
3-24
EMP prevention
connecting routers
disconnecting
1-10
C-127
4-27
equipment
5-13
installing a power module

3-3
for installation
C-89
racks rack-mounting
3-1
equipment
5-9
power module
C-88
Ethernet line cards
input current rating

LEDs at startup
power consumption
A-8, A-9
specifications
A-7, A-8, A-9
A-11
Ethernet management port

See management LAN ports
A-8, A-9
removing components
A-11
See line cards
4-5
power system
exposed wires (warning)
5-9
source DC service requirement

troubleshooting
1-11
environmental monitoring commands
1-32
installing a DC power module
redundancy
2-15, 3-5
C-98
A-8, A-9
4-9, 4-11
IN-4
OL-17499-07
Index
hub
1-43
humidity
fan tray power consumption
A-13
C-123
humidity guidelines
1-22, A-4
fan trays
caution
5-9
caution when inserting

fan failure
3-4
4-26
installing in the chassis

LEDs at startup
5-8
4-5
ICBC display on RSP card
4-23
IGEN display on RSP card
4-23
IMEM display on RSP card
operation
4-26
INIT display on RSP card
removing
2-12, 2-13, 2-15, 5-7
installation
replacing
5-7
troubleshooting
warnings
4-27
5-8
fiber
checklist
C-90
hardware
C-83, C-114
mounting
C-92
tools required
cleaning adapters
C-75
installing
C-73
AC power modules
flash memory, RSP card
4-21
cables
FRUs, list
C-5, C-12
3-2
See connecting
5-2
cards
fuse and alarm panel

description
3-5, 5-19
chassis in a 4-post rack
C-3
fan trays
general site requirements
C-87
line cards
connecting interface cables
C-103
GPS Cables, Connecting cables to

C-111
grounding
grounding (caution)
3-10
C-104
power module
5-11
rack-mounting the chassis
2-1
2-24
3-6, 3-9
sample site log

1-22
3-11, 3-12, 3-13
pre-installation considerations and requirements

RSP cards
C-113
C-133
line cards (illustration)
C-104
GPS Interfaces, connecting cables to
3-3
5-8
lifting chassis
gigabit ethernet
2-25
5-22
DC power modules
(warning)
2-29
chassis in a telco 2-post rack

chassis in rack
GPS Port Pinouts
4-23
C-89
cleaning connectors
Front View
4-23
B-1
installing SFP modules
C-99 to C-100
interface
numbering
C-11
interface, attaching cables

Interface Numbering
hardware
installing
C-83, C-114
3-14 to 3-17
C-11
interference
OL-17499-07
IN-5
Index
avoiding in network interface cables

radio frequency
1-7
management LAN ports

bandwidth limitations
1-10
invisible laser radiation (warning)

IOXR display on RSP card
cable connection
1-2
4-21
3-21
cable connection (caution)
4-23
L
laser safety
LINK
1-41, 1-42
RJ-45 cabling
4-21
front panel
4-22
1-43
4-21
MBI display on RSP card
4-23
memory, flash, RSP card
1-46
method of procedures
C-8
See MOP
lifting chassis
correct position (illustration)
MOP
2-27
incorrect position (illustration)
C-88
mounting
2-28
instructions
line cards
alarms
3-20
1-42
troubleshooting
4-2
LEDs
C-92
4-25
attaching interface cables
3-14
connecting network interface cable

connecting to the network
installing
3-15
connection points
3-11, 3-12, 3-13
grounding
5-19
interface cable installation
3-14
4-3
removing and replacing
2-16, 2-19, 2-20, 5-19
network cables, connecting
C-103
noise interference, avoiding
1-7
LOAD display on RSP card
interface
4-23
log
C-176
A-4
numbering
4-25
line frequency, AC-input power supply
1-36, 1-37
2-33
noise specification
5-19
removing from the chassis

troubleshooting
C-11
A-5, A-7
O
OIR
5-3
online insertion and removal

overtemperature conditions
M
maintaining routers
1-22
NEBS

LED at startup
N
National Electrical Code (NEC)
3-14
3-10
installing (illustration)
site
illustration
LEDs (illustration)
4-21
at startup
1-40
LED indicators
1-2
LED indicators
ACT
description
3-21
5-3
4-27
?? to 5-23
IN-6
OL-17499-07
Index
P
packing the chassis for shipment
A-12
8-port 10GE 2-1 oversubscribed Ethernet line

card A-12
5-23
8-port 10GE 80G Ethernet line card
PC
connecting to router
fan tray
?? to C-160
PDxy display on RSP card
A-13
RSP card
4-23
physical specifications, Cisco ASR 9000 Series
A-2
A-12
powering on
A-11
C-113
powering on the Cisco ASR 9000 Series Router
pinouts
alarm display connector
1-44
power lines (warning)
auxiliary port connector
1-40
power module
console port connector

Pinouts, GPS Port
C-84, C-117
AC-input
1-39
indicators (illustration)
C-111
service requirement
port
specifications
auxiliary port
console port
See console port
See management LAN ports
ports
Sync, RSP card
1-22
A-8, A-9
rated input voltage
A-8, A-9
installing
5-11
removing
5-9
AC power cord figures
A-11
power supplies (warning)
A-11
1-24, 1-28
C-84, C-117
power supply
A-11
AC-input
power
distribution system, troubleshooting
4-14
current rating
recommendations and requirements
1-22 to 1-33
line frequency
surge suppression
power (warning)
A-8, A-9
power supplies
A-11
LAN management, RSP card
A-5, A-6, A-7
service requirement
management LAN port
Console, RSP card
4-7
DC-input
See auxiliary port
AUX, RSP card
3-27
operation
1-11, C-127
connecting
Power Consumption
A-5, A-7
4-26
rated input voltage
C-84
A-5, A-7
C-95
DC-input
A-13
A-13
operation
power consumption
A-12
rated input voltage
A-12
redundancy
A-12
A-12
power surges
A-8, A-9
A-8, A-9
power supply (warning)
2-port 10GE + 20-port 1GE Combination Ethernet line

card A-12
A-8, A-9
4-26
A-5, A-7, A-8, A-9
C-98, C-113
1-22
power system
5-9
OL-17499-07
IN-7
Index
removing components
5-9
air filter
replacing components
5-9
cards from the chassis
troubleshooting
5-4, 5-5
chassis from racks
4-11
PREP display on RSP card
fan trays
4-23
processor
2-19, 2-20
power module
4-16
route. See RP
5-9
sample site log
PSTx display on RSP card
5-21
2-12, 2-13, 2-15, 5-7
line cards
CPU on the RSP card
B-1
removing SFP modules
4-23
repeater
2-16, 5-19
C-100 to C-101
1-43
replacing
air filter
cards
racks
installing the chassis in
open rack, description
replacing Cisco ASR 9000 Series Router

componentsreplacing components 5-1 to ??
1-6
restricted access (warning)
2-24
mounting Cisco ASR 9000 Series Routers in

reinstalling chassis in
5-21
telco 2-post
description
1-15
illustration
1-15
RFI prevention
C-83, C-84, C-117
1-11
C-127
RMN display on RSP card
4-23
rollover cable, identifying
C-110
route processor
See RP
installation requirements
installing the chassis in
1-6
router
connecting to a PC
2-25
?? to C-160
router and rack stability (warning)
telco two-post
illustration
1-14
RJ-45 connectors
5-22
removing chassis from
B-1
See also installing
1-16
1-17
installing the chassis
5-7
sample site log
2-29
installation precautions and guidelines
3-14
RP
2-24
overview
radio frequency interference
4-16
subsystem, troubleshooting
See RFI prevention
RS-232 asynchronous data
reconnecting
4-15
C-127
RSP-440 card
See connecting
record keeping, site log
2-1
routing cables through management tray
1-16
verifying dimensions
startup sequence
C-91
4-4
RSP card
redundancy
AC-input power specifications
A-5, A-6, A-7
DC-input power specifications
A-8, A-9
regulatory compliance
removing
5-19
fan trays
4-post
enclosed
5-4
C-12
alphanumeric LED display

See alphanumeric LED display
autosensing
compact flash
4-21
4-21
IN-8
OL-17499-07
Index
compact flash slot
serial ports, asynchronous
1-46
connecting alarm cable

connecting cables to
console port
See auxiliary port; console port
3-21
SFP modules
3-17
bale-clasp latch removal
4-22
flash memory
installation
4-22
front panel
C-99 to C-100
SFP Modules and Cable Specifications
illustration
indicators
Temperature
4-19
front panel (illustration)
C-70
shipment
4-19, 4-20
unpacking and checking
4-16
shock specifications, system
3-6, 3-9
show environment command
See console port; auxiliary port; management

LAN port; sync port
power-on self-test
A-11
removing and replacing
show version command
environment
5-19
removing from the chassis
2-16, 5-19
route processor (RP)
4-27
4-12, 4-27, C-130
4-1
log
C-87
C-87
C-176
site log, record keeping
C-91
site requirements
See RP
air flow
supported flash disk sizes

troubleshooting
A-4
site
configuration
4-15
C-89
show environment all command
5-19
ports
power consumption
C-106
Shelf
4-17, 4-18
indicators, table of
installing
C-100
4-23
4-23
1-11
grounding lug
layout
1-6
MOPs
C-88
1-33
permanent ground connection to central office ground

system 1-36
safety
rack mounting
compliance information
general guidelines
information
lifting
1-2
B-1
supplemental earth ground connection
1-1
temperature and humidity
C-12
3-19
secure cabling (warning)
C-98
C-129
site wiring
guidelines
See also laser safety
1-36
1-22
site requirements, rack-mounting
1-5
SELV circuit connections
1-10
slot numbering
2-16, 2-17, 2-18, 2-21
specifications
SELV circuit
connections
warning
site log
1-14
AC-input power subsystem
1-38, 3-19
acoustic noise
1-38
altitude
See also safety

SELV circuits (warning)
C-9, C-84
A-5, A-7
A-4
A-4
A-1
OL-17499-07
IN-9
Index
DC-input power subsystem

humidity
shock
A-4
A-4
system
vibration
4-11
RP subsystem
4-15
4-23
startup problems
A-4
4-6
power system
RSP card
C-11
temperature
4-1
subsystem approach
A-4
specifications, system
temperature
C-11
STBY display on RSP card

switch
power subsystem
A-7, A-8, A-9
twisted-pair cable
4-23
4-2
4-25
1-11
1-43
sync port
connection guidelines
system specifications
1-45
C-11
using handles for lifting (warning)

UTI connector pinout
1-5
1-45
T
V
telco rack
See racks, telco 2-post
ventilation
temperature
C-88
verifying
air flow guidelines

guidelines
1-11
equipment rack dimensions (illustration)
1-22
rack dimensions
overtemperature conditions
system specifications
troubleshooting
temperature sensor
4-27
4-25
AC-input power module
C-11
A-5, A-7, A-9
AC-input power supply
A-5, A-7, A-8, A-9
DC-input power module
fuse and alarm panels
A-4
voltage
third-party equipment
A-8, A-9
C-3
Time of Day Interface, Connecting cables to

tools required for installation
C-89
troubleshooting
C-112
W
warning
AC-input power
4-6 to 4-9
AC-input power supply

cooling subsystem
DC-input power
short circuit
4-6
4-25
warnings
5-15
disconnecting DC power
4-27
4-27
front panel LEDs
C-98
connecting DC power
4-9
environmental shutdown
fan tray
2-24
vibration specifications, system
A-4
2-24
fan trays
5-8
invisible laser radiation

C-8
5-13, 5-14
keeping power turned off
1-2
3-23
line cards
4-25
lifting chassis
overview
4-1
removing chassis from racks
power distribution system
2-26
5-21
4-14
IN-10
OL-17499-07
Index
router and rack stability

SELV circuits
shock hazard
2-1
1-38
1-33
valid lifting grips
1-5
wiring
bonding and grounding cable connection
site guidelines
2-33
1-10
OL-17499-07
IN-11
Index
IN-12
OL-17499-07

Asr 9 K HIGbook

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Asr 9 K HIGbook

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Cisco ASR 9000 Series

Aggregation Services Router

Text Part Number: OL-17499-07

Preparing for Installation

Safety Guidelines 1-1

Site Requirement Guidelines 1-6

Management LAN RJ45 Cabling 1-43

Unpacking and Installing the Chassis

Pre-Installation Considerations and Requirements

Unpacking the Router 2-3

Supplemental Bonding and Grounding Connections

Installing Chassis Accessories 2-35

Installing Cards and Modules in the Chassis

Installing Cards in the Chassis 3-5

Connecting Cables to the RSP or RP 3-17

Connecting Power to the Router 3-22

Troubleshooting the Installation

Troubleshooting Overview 4-1

Troubleshooting the Power Subsystem 4-6

Obtaining Temperature and Environmental Information

Troubleshooting the Route Processor Subsystem 4-15

Replacing Cisco ASR 9000 Series Router Components

Prerequisites and Preparation 5-1

Removing and Replacing the Fan Trays 5-7

Installing a Version 2 AC or DC Power Module 5-11

Installing a Replacement Chassis in the Equipment Rack

Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf Overview C-3

Reading the LEDs C-8

Environmental Monitoring Temperature Sensor

Router Interface Numbering

Cisco ASR 903 Router Hardware Features

Cisco ASR 903 Router Front View

Preparing to Install the Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf C-21

Power and Ground Description C-47

Cisco ASR 9000v Satellite Shelf System Specifications C-78

Site Planning C-87

Console Port Considerations C-91

Mounting the Cisco ASR 901 Router C-92

Connecting Cables C-101

Gigabit Ethernet Connector Pinouts

SFP Port Pinouts and Cable Specifications

Console Port Signals and Pinouts C-107

Time of Day Pinouts

Management Ethernet Port Pinouts C-112

Checklist for Power Up C-113

Installing the Cisco ASR 903 Router as a Satellite Shelf

Safety Guidelines C-114

Attaching the Cable Management Brackets

RSP Installation C-144

Connector and Cable Specifications

Troubleshooting the Cisco ASR 903 Router Satellite Shelf

LED Summary C-172

ESD Label Information on Router Chassis

Air Flow Path through the Cisco ASR 9006 Router

Equipment Rack Types

Cisco ASR 9010 Router Mounted in a 2-Post Rack

Cisco ASR 9006 Router Mounted in a 2-Post Rack

Cisco ASR 9922 Router Mounted in a 4-Post Rack

ASR 9010 Clearance Requirements for an Enclosed 4-Post Rack Installation

ASR 9006 Clearance Requirements for an Enclosed 4-Post Rack Installation

ASR 9922 Clearance Requirements for a 4-Post Rack Installation

AC Power Cord CAB-7513ACA=

AC Power Cord CAB-AC-16A-AUS